<?xml version="1.0"?><rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
  <channel>
    <title>Libertarianism.org</title>
    <atom:link href="https://www.libertarianism.org/rss/all" rel="self"
               type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <link>
    http://www.libertarianism.org</link>
    <description>Exploring the theory and history of liberty</description>
    <managingEditor>apowell@cato.org (Aaron Powell)</managingEditor>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <copyright>Copyright 2016, Libertarianism.org, All Rights
      Reserved
    </copyright>
    <image>
      <url>
        http://cdn.cato.org/libertarianismdotorg/libertarianism_cover_144.jpg
      </url>
      <title>Libertarianism.org</title>
      <link>
      http://www.libertarianism.org</link>
      <description>Libertarianism.org</description>
      <width>144</width>
      <height>144</height>
    </image>
    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 16 Oct 2016 08:53:17 -0400</lastBuildDate>
     <item> <title>The Hayek Bibliography</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/hayek-bibliography</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_066"><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_262">The following bibliography of the writings by and about Friedrich A. Hayek was compiled near the end of 1982 by John Cody assisted by Nancy Ostrem. We gratefully acknowledge the helpful suggestions of Kurt R. Leube (Editor-in-chief of the International Carl Menger Library, Vienna), Prof. Albert H. Zlabinger of Jacksonville University (and co-editor with Kurt Leube of Philosophia Verlag), Prof. Paul Michelson of Huntington College, Paul Varnell of Chicago, and members of the Institute for Humane Studies staff, including Leonard P. Liggio, Walter Grinder, and John Blundell.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_263">While aiming to be the most comprehensive, accurate, and up-to-date listing of Hayekian scholarship yet assembled, this bibliography–owing to the prolific and dispersed nature of the materials involved—must unavoidably contain errors, incomplete citations, and omissions. Among the omissions are a great many of Hayek&#8217;s voluminous letters-to-editors, short notes or comments, interviews (including tape recordings, video-cassettes, and films), and book reviews. Such journals as the&nbsp;Schriften des Vereins für Sozialpolitik, Jährbucher für Nationalökonomie und Statistik, Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft und Sozialpolitik&nbsp;(after 1927 superseded by&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie), andEconomica&nbsp;contain many items not listed in this edition of the bibliography. Many additional bibliographical items by or about Hayek came to our attention only after our typesetting deadline precluded further citations. To remedy our omissions and to emend our in-accuracies for a possible subsequent publication of an enlarged Hayek bibliography we welcome our readers’ comments and assistance.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_264">Earlier bibliographical orientations to Hayek&#8217;s writings that proved helpful in creating the present Bibliography are:</p><div>Erich Streissler, Gottfried Haberler, Friedrich A. Lutz, and Fritz Machlup, eds. “Bibliography of the Writings of Friedrich A. von Hayek,” in&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 309–315.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>Walter Eucken Institut. “Bibliographie der Schriften von F.A. von Hayek.” [“Bibliography of the Writings of F.A. von Hayek.”] in&nbsp;Freiburger Studien. Gesammelte Aufsätze von F.A. Hayek. Tübingen: J.C.B. Mohr/Paul Siebeck (Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche und wirtschaftsrechtliche Untersuchungen 5), 1969, pp. 279–284.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>Fritz Machlup, “Friedrich von Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Economics.”&nbsp;The Swedish Journal of Economics&nbsp;76 (December 1974): 498–531.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>———. “Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Economics,” in&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. Edited by Fritz Machlup. Foreward by Milton Friedman. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 13–39. [Machlup&#8217;s 1974 and his updated 1976 bibliographical essays are indispensable guides to Hayek&#8217;s writings through the mid-1970s. Adhering to the fourfold classification system of Hayek&#8217;s writings laid out in the Streissler 1969&nbsp;Roads to Freedom, Hayek “Bibliography,” Machlup devised an alphabetical and numerical identification code for easy reference to Hayek&#8217;s books (B-), pamphlets (P-), edited or introduced books (E-), and articles in learned journals or collections of essays (A-).]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>———.&nbsp;Würdigung der Werke von Friedrich August von Hayek. Translated by Kurt R. Leube. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 62), 1977, pp. 63–75. [This “Assessment of the Works of Friedrich August von Hayek is the German translation of the preceding Machlup Bibliography of Hayek.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>Leube, Kurt R. “Anhang: Bibliographie der Schriften von F.A. von Hayek,” [“Appendix: Bibliography of the Writings of F.A. von Hayek”] in: F.A. von Hayek.&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunkturtheorie. Reprint of the first edition (Vienna, 1929; see B-1). Salzburg: Philosophia Verlag, 1976. pp. 148–160. This is identical to Leube&#8217;s Hayek Bibliography in: Friedrich A. von Hayek.&nbsp;Individualismus und wirtschaftliche Ordnung. Reprint of the first German edition (Erlenbach-Zurich, 1952; see B-7). Salzburg: Philosophia Verlag, 1976, pp. 345–357.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>———. “Ausgewählte Bibliographie der Arbeiten F.A. Hayeks zu verwandten Problemkreisen” [“Selected Bibliography of the Works of F.A. Hayek to Related Problem Areas”], in the German reprint of the first edition (Vienna, 1931; see B-2) of&nbsp;Preise und Produktion. Vienna: Philosophia Verlag, 1976, pp. 13–18.</div><br /><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_067"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_062">Books</h2><div>B-1&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunkturtheorie. (Beitrage zur Konjunkturforschung, heraus-gegeben vom Österreichisches Institut für Konjunkturforschung, No. 1). Vienna and Leipzig: Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky, 1929/2, xii, 147 pp. (England 1933, Japan 1935, Spain 1936.) Translated into English by N. Kaldor and H. M. Croome with an “Introduction to the Series, Library of Money and Banking History” by Lionel an “Introduction to the Series, Library of Money and Banking History” by Lionel Robbins as&nbsp;Monetary Theory and the Trade Cycle. London: Jonathan Cape, 1933, 244 pp. American edition, New York: Harcourt Brace &amp; Co., 1933. Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1966. The German first edition of&nbsp;Geldtheorie&nbsp;is described as “Contributions to Trade Cycle Research, published by The Austrian Institute for Trade Cycle Research, No. 1.” This Institute was founded by Ludwig von Mises, and Hayek was its Director from 1927–1931.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_265">See also foreward and bibliography to the 2nd German edition by Kurt R. Leube, “Vorwort und Bibliographie zur Weiderauflage F. A. Hayek:&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunkturtheorie.” Salzburg: (W. Neugebauer) Philosophia Verlag, 1976. [Hayek&#8217;sGeldtheorie&nbsp;(1929) together with its English translation (1933) is an expanded version of the paper (A-7a) delivered at a meeting of the Verein für Sozialpolitik, held in Zurich, in September 1928 (See A-7a with annotations). Hayek cites earlier studies as the foundations for his&nbsp;Geldtheorie: A-2a, A-6, A-7a, A-9a, A-13. Hayek presents, from the Austrian School perspective, a critical assessment of rival theories on the cause of trade cycle. He argues that the cause of all significant trade cycle fluctuations are monetary interventions which distort relative price relationships.].</p><div>B-2&nbsp;Prices and Production. (Studies in Economics and Political Science, edited by the director of the London School of Economics and Political Sciences. No. 107 in the series of Monographs by writers connected with the London School of Economics and Political Science.) London: Routledge &amp; Sons, 1931/2, xv, 112 pp. 2nd revised and enlarged edition, London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1935/9, also 1967 edition, xiv, 162 pp. American edition, New York: Macmillan, 1932. German edition.&nbsp;Preise und Produktion. Vienna, 1931/2, also 1976 edition. (Japan 1934, China [Taipei] 1966, France 1975).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_266">See also the selected bibliography to the 2nd German edition: Kurt R. Leube, “Ausgewählte Bibliographie zur Wiederauflage F. A. Hayek:&nbsp;Preise und Produktion.” Philosophia Verlag, 1976.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_267">[The 1st edition of&nbsp;Prices&nbsp;(1931) literally reproduced Hayek&#8217;s four lectures on industrial fluctuations presented at the University of London (LSE) during the session 1930–1931. The “Preface to the Second Edition” of&nbsp;Prices&nbsp;(1935) states how Hayek developed Austrian capital theory following the four lectures. These developments were contained in the 2nd edition and prepared for by A-11a, A-12, A-13, A-14, A-21, A-22, A-23, A-24a, as well as by the first German edition of&nbsp;Preise&nbsp;(1931), the English version (B-1), and A-9a. Economist Sudha R. Shenoy, in an unpublished manuscript, has done a detailed comparative analysis of the differences between the 1931 and 1935 editions of&nbsp;Prices.]</p><div>B-3&nbsp;Monetary Nationalism and International Stability. Geneva, 1937; London: Longmans, Green (The Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva, Publication Number 18), 1937, xiv, 94 pp. Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1964, 1971, 1974.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_268">[Revised version of five lectures delivered at the&nbsp;Institute Universitaire de Hautes Études Internationales&nbsp;at Geneva. Hayek surveys the consequence of alternative monetary arrangements, such as gold vs. paper currency and flexible vs. fixed exchange rates.]</p><div>B-4&nbsp;Profits, Interest and Investment: and Other Essays on The Theory on Industrial Fluctuations. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1939/3, viii, 266 pp., also 1969 edition. Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1969, 1970; Clifton, New Jersey: Augustus M. Kelley, 1975.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_269">[Collection of essays, mostly reprints or revised versions of earlier essays, which are attempts “to improve and develop the outline of a Theory of Industrial Fluctuations contained in” B-1 and B-2. The first chapter, “Profits, Interest and Investment” is new; the other chapters are revisions of A-37a, A-27a, A-26, A-19, A-21, A-14, A-9a. Hayek&#8217;s essays defend the Austrian School&#8217;s theory of the trade cycle. He argues that monetary interventions cause far-ranging economic distortions that bring about malinvestment and unemployment.]</p><div>B-5&nbsp;The Pure Theory of Capital. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1941/2 (also 1950 edition); Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1941 (also 1950, 1952 and 1975 editions); xxxi, 454 pp. (Spain 1946, Japan 1951 and 1952).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_270">[Growing out of Hayek&#8217;s concern for the causes of the trade cycle or industrial fluctuations, this work deals with capital, interest, and time components in the structure of production.]</p><div>B-6&nbsp;The Road to Serfdom. London: George Routledge &amp; Sons, 1944/1945/20 (also 1969 edition); Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1944/1945/20 (also 1969 edition), 250 pp. (Sweden 1944; France 1945; German version 1945:&nbsp;Der Weg zur Knechtschaft. Zurich 1945/3 (also 1952 edition); the German translation by Eva Röpke is available in paperback from Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag (Munich, 1976); Denmark, Portugal, and Spain 1946; Netherlands 1948; Italy 1948; Norway 1949; Japan 1954; China [Taipei] 1956/1965/1966; Iceland 1980). Reprinted in two different paperback versions with new Prefaces by F. A. H. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, Phoenix Books, 1956 (see B-13, chapt. 15) and also 1976 paperback edition by University of Chicago Press and Routledge and Kegan Paul.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_271">[Hayek wrote&nbsp;The Road to Serfdom&nbsp;in his “spare time from 1940 to 1943” while he was engaged in pure economic theory. The central argument was first sketched in A-37b (1938) and expanded in P-2 (1939). Hayek&#8217;s thesis is that social-political planning endangers both political and economic liberties of the individual.]</p><div>B-7&nbsp;Individualism and Economic Order. London: George Routledge &amp; Sons, 1948/5, also 1960, 1976; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1948/5, also 1969, 1976, vii, 272 pp. Paperback edition, Chicago: Henry Regnery Co., Gateway edition 1972 (out of print), but now available in a University of Chicago paperback edition; (German edition, Zurich, 1952, Norway [shortened version] 1953, Spain 1968, Netherlands no date.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_272">See also bibliographic postscript in the German reprint of the 1st edition, Erlenbach-Zurich: 1952: Kurt R. Leube, “Bibliographisches Nachwort zur Wiederauflage F. A. Hayek:&nbsp;Individualismus und wirtschaftliche Ordnung.” Salzburg: Philosophia Verlag, 1977.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_273">[Individualism&nbsp;reprints P-5, A-34, A-49, A-50, E-5 (Chapt. 1: “The Nature of the Problem”), E-5 (Chapt. 5: “The (Present) State of the Debate”), A-41, A-48, A-45, A-38; and some previously unpublished lectures: Chapt. 5: “The Meaning of Competition” and Chapt. 6 “‘Free’ Enterprise and Competitive Order.” These articles and speeches sound the Hayekian warning against economic and social planning.]</p><div>B-8&nbsp;John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor: Their Friendship and Subsequent Marriage. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1951/1969; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1951/1969, 320 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_274">[During the 1920s the Mill-Taylor correspondence became available for scholarly assessment of how much ideological influence Harriet Taylor exerted on the political, economic, and social ideas of her intimate friend and eventual husband, John Stuart Mill. Hayek&#8217;s volume presenting their correspondence allows the reader to judge the nature of their relationship.]</p><div>B-9&nbsp;The Counter-Revolution of Science: Studies on the Abuse of Reason. Glencoe, Illinois: The Free Press, 1952, 255 pp; new edition New York, 1964; 2nd edition with 1959 Preface to German edition, Indianapolis, Indiana: Liberty&nbsp;Press, 1979, also available in Liberty&nbsp;Press&nbsp;paperback. (Germany 1959, Frankfurt am Main edition published under the title&nbsp;Missbrauch und Verfall der Vernunft&nbsp;or “The Abuse and Decline of Reason”; German reprint of Frankfurt edition, Salzburg: Philosophia Verlag, 1979; France excerpts, 1953; Italy 1967.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_275">[The two major sections of this volume first appeared as articles in&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;as A-46 (1942–1944) and A-42 (1941), respectively: the third study first appeared as A-70 (1951). Hayek analyzes the intellectual origins of social planning and engineering. Topics covered include: scientism and the methodology of studying society, collectivism, historicism, non-spontaneous or rationalistic social planning, as well as the role of Saint-Simon, Comte, and Hegel in legitimizing scientistic sociology.]</p><div>B-10&nbsp;The Sensory Order: An Inquiry into the Foundations of Theoretical Psychology. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1952; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1952, xxii, 209 pp; new edition 1963/1976. Reprinted Chicago: University of Chicago Press, Phonenix Book paperback, 1963 (out of print). University of Chicago Press has reissued the paperback in a Midway Reprint, 1976, with the Heinrich Klüver Introduction.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_276">[Though published in 1952, the “whole principle” of&nbsp;The Sensory Order&nbsp;was conceived 30 years earlier by Hayek in a draft of a student paper composed around 1919–1920, while he was still uncertain whether to become a psychologist or an economist. Three decades later his concern about the logical character of social theory led him to reexamine favorably his youthful conclusions on certain topics of epistemology and theoretical psychology: concepts of mind, classification, and the ordering of our mental and sensory world. In his 1952 Preface Hayek acknowledges his indebtedness “particularly” to Ernst Mach and his analysis of perceptual organization.]</p><div>B-11&nbsp;The Political Ideal of the Rule of Law. Cairo: National Bank of Egypt, Fiftieth Anniversary Commemorative Lectures, 1955, 76 pp. [Publication of four lectures Hayek delivered at the invitation of the National Bank of Egypt. These essays form a historical survey of the evolution of freedom and the rule of law in Britain, France, Germany, and America.]</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_277">[Reprinted in a revised, edited, and abridged format as Chapters 11 and 13 - 16 of Hayek&#8217;s B-12; Chapters 11 and 16 of the B-12 version were reprinted under the title,&nbsp;The Rule of Law. Menlo Park, California: Institute for Humane Studies (Studies in Law, No. 3), 1975.]</p><div>B-12&nbsp;The Constitution of Liberty. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1960; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1960/1963/5 (also 1969 edition); Toronto: The University of Toronto Press, 1960, x, 570 pp. Also available in paperback: Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. Gateway Edition, 1972.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_278">German translation:&nbsp;Die Verfassung der Freiheit. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche und wirtschaftrechtliche Untersuchungen No. 7), [J. C. B. Mohr/P. Siebeck], 1971. (Spain 1961, Italy 1971, China [Taipei] 1975). [Hayek composed the Preface of&nbsp;The Constitution of Liberty&nbsp;on his 60th birthday (May 8, 1959). He intended this survey of the ideals of freedom in Western civilization to commemorate the centenary of John Stuart Mill&#8217;s&nbsp;On Liberty&nbsp;(1859). In “Acknowledgments and Notes” he describes the various preliminary drafts and versions he incorporated into this volume; also see B-11. Hayek stresses the working of the liberal, spontaneous order of society, which is too complex to be subjected to social planning and engineering.]</p><div>B-13&nbsp;Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1967/1969; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1967/1969; Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1967/1969; x, 356 pp. Reprinted in paperback New York: Simon and Schuster Clarion Book, 1969.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_279">[This volume of 25 essays contains reprints of articles and speeches by F. A. H. as well as previously unpublished writing and speeches over a 20-year period preceding 1967. Reprints (often revised) include: A-76, A-102, A-103b, A-112, A-108, A-115, A-65, A-68, A-99a, etc. Consult volume to determine other essays published for the first time. The scope of topics includes essays on epistemology, history of ideas, specialization, Hume, spontaneous order, the liberal social order, the transmission of liberal economic ideas, and a variety of other topics on philosophy, politics, and economics.]</p><div>B-14&nbsp;Freiburger Studien. Gesammelte Aufsätze. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Wirtschaftswissenschaftliche und wirtschaftsrechliche Untersuchungen 5) J.C.B. Mohr/P. Siebeck, 1969, 284 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_280">[“Freiburg Studies. Collected Essays.” German anthology of Hayek&#8217;s essays. Contains German versions of such items as P-9 and P-10.]</p><div>B-15&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty: A New Statement of the Liberal Principles of Justice and Political Economy, Vol. I,&nbsp;Rules and Order. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1973, xi, 184 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_281">A trilogy published in the following sequence:</p><ul><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_680">Vol. I,&nbsp;Rules and Order, 1973</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_681">Vol. II,&nbsp;The Mirage of Social Justice, 1976</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_682">Vol. III,&nbsp;The Political Order of a Free People, 1979</li></ul><div>These volumes are also available in paperback, Phoenix Books editions of the University of Chicago Press. A French translation,&nbsp;Droit, Législation et Liberté, is available from Presses Universitaires de France in the Collection Libre Échange, edited by Florian Aftalion and Georges Gallais-Hamonno.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_282">[Vol. I distinguishes between liberal spontaneous order (‘cosmos’) and planned or engineered, rationalistic social orders (‘taxis’). Hayek also traces the changing concept of law, principles vs. expediency in politics, and the ‘law of legislation’.]</p><div>B-16&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty: A New Statement of the Liberal Principles of Justice and Political Economy, Vol. II,&nbsp;The Mirage of Social Justice. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1976, xiv, 195 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_283">[Vol. II outlines the meaning of justice in the free, liberal social order, critiques the notion of ‘social’ or distributive justice, and contrasts it with the market order or ‘catallaxy’, the regime of the Open Society.]</p><div>B-17&nbsp;New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1978; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1978. [This volume of 20 essays supplements Hayek&#8217;s earlier&nbsp;Studies&nbsp;(B-13) by reprinting in a more accessible form some of his earlier articles and unpublished lectures not reprinted inStudies. Reprints include P-11a, P-9, A-121, P-10, A-127, P-9, A-131a, A-136a, A-116, A-113. Consult&nbsp;New Studies&nbsp;for titles of essays not previously published. Ranging over themes from philosophy, politics, economics, and the history of ideas, Hayek analyzes such topics as constructivism, the ‘atavism of social justice’, liberalism, the dangers of economic planning, and the ideas of Mandeville, Smith, and Keynes. Chapter 2 reprints his 1974 Nobel Prize speech, “The Pretence of Knowledge.”]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>B-18&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty: A New Statement of the Liberal Principles of Justice and Political Economy, Vol. III,&nbsp;The Political Order of a Free People. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979, xv, 244 pp. [Vol. III concludes Hayek&#8217;s trilogy. Hayek exposes the weakness inherent in most forms of democratic government and outlines his alternative constitutional, political, and legal arrangements to create a democratic order that would be consistent with the free society. The Epilogue, “The Three Sources of Human Values,” reprints Hayek&#8217;s Hobhouse Lecture delivered at the London School of Economics, May 17, 1978.]</div></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_068"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_063">Pamphlets</h2><div>P-1&nbsp;Das Mieterschutzproblem, Nationalökonomische Betrachtungen. Vienna: Steyrermühl-Verlag,&nbsp;Bibliothek für Volkswirtschaft und Politik, No. 2, 1929. [“The Rent Control Problem, Political Economic Considerations.” Hayek&#8217;s later article (A-9b) was adapted from P-1 (the more detailed study on the effects of rent control) and both were used to form the substance of Hayek&#8217;s “The Repercussions of Rent Restrictions,” in F. A. Hayek, Milton Friedman,&nbsp;et al. Rent Control: A Popular Paradox. Evidence on The Effects of Rent Control. Vancouver: The Fraser Institute, 1975, pp. 67–83; this last volume grew out of an earlier version: Arthur Seldon, ed.&nbsp;Verdict on Rent Control. London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 1972.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-2&nbsp;Freedom and the Economic System. University of Chicago Press (Public Policy Pamphlet No. 29. Harry D. Gideonse, editor), 1939, iv, 38 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_284">[Reprinted in an enlarged form from&nbsp;Contemporary Review&nbsp;(April 1938).]</p><div>P-3&nbsp;The Case of the Tyrol. London: Committee on Justice for the South Tyrol, 1944. [F. A. H. advocates Tyrolean autonomy independent of Italian hegemony. Compare with Hayek&#8217;s artice A-53 (1944).]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-4&nbsp;Report on the Changes in the Cost of Living in Gibraltar 1939–1944 and on Wages and Salaries. Gibraltar, no date (1945).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-5&nbsp;Individualism: True and False. (The Twelfth Finlay Lecture, delivered at University College, Dublin, on December 17, 1945.) Dublin: Hodges, Figgis &amp; Co. Ltd. 1946; and Oxford: B. H. Blackwell Ltd. 1946, 38 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_285">[Reprinted in&nbsp;Individualism&nbsp;(B-7), chapter 1. German edition: “Wahrer und Falscher Individualismus.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;1, 1948. Spain, 1968. Also reprinted in the various translation of B-7.]</p><div>P-6&nbsp;Two Essays on Free Enterprise. Bombay: Forum of Free Enterprise, 1962.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-7&nbsp;Wirtschaft, Wissenschaft und Politik. Freiburger Universitätsreden, N.F. Heft 34, Freiburg im Breisgau: H.F. Schulz, 1963, 24 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_286">[English version, “The Economy, Science and Politics,” chapter 18 of B-13. The original (in German) was Hayek&#8217;s inaugural lecture on the assumption of the professorship of Political Economy Albert Ludwig University at Freiburg im Breisgau, June 18, 1962.]</p><div>P-8&nbsp;Was der Goldwährung geschehen ist. Ein Bericht aus dem Jahre 1932 mit zwei Ergänzungen. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze, 12), 1965, 36 pp. (France 1966):&nbsp;Révue d&#8217;Economie Politique&nbsp;76 (1966), for French version. [“What Has Happened to the Gold Standard. A Report Beginning with the Year 1932 with Two Supplements.”]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-9&nbsp;The Confusion of Language in Political Thought, With Some Suggestions for Remedying It. London: Institute of Economic Affairs (Occasional Paper 20), 1968/1976, 36 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_287">[Lecture originally delivered in 1967 in German to the Walter Eucken Institut at Freiburg im Breisgau. Reprinted in English as Chapter 6 of B-17, and in German as “Die Sprachverwirrung im politischen Denken” in B-14.]</p><div>P-10&nbsp;Der Wettbewerb als Entdeckungsverfahren. Kiel: (Kieler Vorträge, N.S. 56), 1968, 20 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_288">[“Competition as a Discovery Procedure.” Originally delivered in English as a lecture to the Philadelphia Society at Chicago on March 29, 1968 and later on July 5, 1968, in German, to the Institut für Weltwirtschaft of the University of Kiel. The German version was published first, but it lacked the final section found in the English version published in Chapter 12 of&nbsp;New Studies&nbsp;(B-17). The German version also was reprinted in F. A. H.’s German collection of essays entitled&nbsp;Freiburger Studien&nbsp;(B-14), 1979.]</p><div>P-11a&nbsp;Die Irrtümer des Konstruktivismus und die Grundlagen legitimer kritik gesellschaftlicher Gebilde. Munich-Salzburg 1970/2 (also 1975 edition). Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 51), 1975. (Italy, 1971).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_289">[Reprinted with some changes as “The Errors of Constructivism” (Chapt. 1) of B-17.]</p><div>P-11b&nbsp;A Tiger by the Tail: The Keynesian Legacy of Inflation. A 40 Years’ Running Commentary on Keynesianism by F. A. Hayek. Compiled and introduced by Sudha R. Shenoy. London: Institute of Economic Affairs (Hobart Paperback #4), 1972; 2nd edition 1978, xii, 124 pp. Also reprinted, San Francisco: The Cato Institute (The Cato Papers, No. 6), 1979. See A-130.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-11c&nbsp;Die Theorie Komplexer Phänomene. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 36), 1972.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_290">[English version, “The Theory of Complex Phenomena” appears in Chapter 2 of B-13. This essay originally appeared in English in M. Bunge, ed.&nbsp;The Critical Approach and Philosophy. Essays in Honor of K. R. Popper. New York: The Free Press, 1964.]</p><div>P-12&nbsp;Economic Freedom and Representative Government. Fourth Wincott Memorial Lecture delivered at the Royal Society of Arts, Oct. 21, 1973. London: The Institute of Economic Affairs (Occasional Paper 39), 1973, 22 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_291">[Appears as Chapter 8 of B-17.]</p><div>P-13&nbsp;Full Employment at Any Price?&nbsp;London: Institute of Economic Affairs (Occasional Paper 45), 1975/1978, (Italy 1975), 52 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_292">[Three Lectures. Lecture 1: “Inflation, The Misdirection of Labour, and Unemployment; Lecture 2: “The Pretence of Knowledge” (Hayek&#8217;s 1974 Nobel Prize Speech); Lecture 3: “No Escape: Unemployment Must Follow Inflation.” A Short Note on Austrian Capital Theory is added as an Appendix. Reprinted as&nbsp;Unemployment and Monetary Policy. San Francisco: Cato Institute (Cato Paper No. 3), 1979, 53 pp.]</p><div>P-14&nbsp;Choice in Currency. A Way to Stop Inflation. London: Institute of Economic Affairs (Occasional Paper 48), February 1976/1977, 46 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_293">[Based on an Address entitled “International Money” delivered to the Geneva Gold and Monetary Conference on September 25, 1975 at Lausanne, Switzerland.]</p><div>P-15&nbsp;Drei Vorlesungen über Demokratie, Gerechtigkeit und Sozialismus. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 63 [J.C.B. Mohr/P. Siebeck]), 1977. [“Three Lectures on Democracy, Justice, and Socialism.”]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-16a&nbsp;Denationalisation of Money: An Analysis of the Theory and Practice of Concurrent Currencies. London: The Institute of Economic Affairs (Hobart Paper Special 70), October 1976, 107 pp.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-16b See, along with P-16a, the revision:&nbsp;Denationalisation of Money—The Argument Refined. An Analysis of the Theory and Practice of Concurrent Currencies. Hobart Paper Special 70, Second (Extended) edition, 1978, 141 pp.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-17&nbsp;The Reactionary Character of the Socialist Conception, Remarks by F. A. Hayek. Hoover Institution, Stanford University, 1978.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-18&nbsp;Economic Progress in an Open Society. Seoul, Korea: Korea International Economic Institute (Seminar Series No. 16), 1978.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-19 “The Three Sources of Human Values.” The Hobhouse Lecture given at the London School of Economics, May 17, 1978. Published in the Epilogue to&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. III. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1979 (B-18).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_294">[German translation: “Die drei Quellen der menschlichen Werte.” Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 70) [J. C. B. Mohr/P. Siebeck], 1979.]</p><div>P-20&nbsp;Social Injustice, Socialism and Democracy. Sidney, Australia, 1979.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>P-21&nbsp;Wissenschaft und Sozialismus. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut, (Vorträge und Aufsätze 71) [J. C. B. Mohr/P. Siebeck], 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_295">[“Science and Socialism.”]</p><div>P-22&nbsp;Liberalismus. Translated from English by Eva von Malchus. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 72) [J. C. B. Mohr/P. Siebeck 1979], 47 pp. [“Liberalism”] Reprint-translation into German of article in&nbsp;New Studies&nbsp;(B-17).</div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_069"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_064">Books Edited or Introduced</h2><div>E-1 Hermann Heinrich Gossen.&nbsp;Entwicklung der Gesetze des menschlichen Verkehrs und der daraus fliessenden Regeln für menschliches Handeln. Introduced by Friedrich A. Hayek. 3rd edition. Berlin: Prager, 1927, xxiii, 278 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_296">[“The Laws of Human Relationships and of the Rules to be Derived Therefrom for Human Action.” Cf.: A-15. Gossen&#8217;s (1810–1858) fame rests on this one book, first published in 1854, in which he developed a comprehensive theory of the hedonistic calculus and postulated the principle of diminishing marginal utility. He thereby anticipated the marginal utility breakthrough in the theory of economic value in 1871 by Menger, Jevons, and Walras.]</p><div>E-2 Friedrich Freiherr von Wieser.&nbsp;Gesammelte Abhandlungen. Edited with an introduction by Friedrich A. von Hayek. Tübingen: Mohr, 1929, xxxiv, 404 pp. [This edition includes von Wieser&#8217;s Collected Writings published between 1876 and 1923. Friedrich Freiherr von Wieser (1851–1926) was Hayek&#8217;s mentor at the University of Vienna and represented the “older Austrian school” of Economics. See A-4 and A-125b.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-3 Richard Cantillon.&nbsp;Abhandlung über die Natur des Handels im Allgemeinen. Translated by Hella von Hayek. Introduction and annotations by F. A. von Hayek. Jena, 1931, xix, 207 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_297">[A French translation of Cantillon&#8217;s “Essay on the Nature of Trade in General” appeared as&nbsp;Essai sur la Nature du Commerce en Général in Revue des Sciences Économiques(Liège, April-October, 1936). Italian translation by the Italian liberal editor of&nbsp;Il Politico, Luigi Einaudi appeared in&nbsp;Riforma sociale&nbsp;(July 1932).]</p><div>E-4&nbsp;Beiträge zur Geldtheorie. Edited and prefaced by Friedrich A. Hayek. Contributions by Marco Fanno, Marius W. Holtrop, Johan G. Koopmans, Gunnar Myrdal, Knut Wicksell. Vienna, 1933, ix, 511 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_298">[“Contributions on Monetary Theory.”]</p><div>E-5&nbsp;Collectivist Economic Planning: Critical Studies on the Possibilities of Socialism. Edited with an Introduction and a Concluding Essay by F. A. Hayek. Contributions by N. G. Pierson, Ludwig von Mises, Georg Halm, and Enrico Barone. London: George Routledge &amp; Sons, 1935, v, 293 pp. (France 1939, Italy 1946.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_299">[Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelley (1967), 1970 from the 1935 edition; reprinted Clifton, New Jersey: Augustus M. Kelley, 1975. Hayek&#8217;s Introductory Chapter 1 deals with “The Nature and History of The Problem” of socialist calculation. Hayek&#8217;s concluding chapter concerns “The Present State of the Debate.” Mises’ (1881–1973) article “Economic Calculation in the Socialist Commonwealth” (translated from the German by S. Adler), chapter 3, had set off the debate when it appeared originally under the title “Die Wirtschaftsrechnung im sozialstischen Gemeinwesen” in the&nbsp;Archiv für Socialwissenschaften&nbsp;47 (1920). N.G. Pierson&#8217;s (1839–1909) article, “The Problem of Value in the Socialist Community,” chapter 2, originally appeared in Dutch in&nbsp;De Economist&nbsp;41 (s&#8217;Gravenhage, 1902): 423–456.]</p><div>E-6 Boris Brutzkus.&nbsp;Economic Planning in Soviet Russia. Edited and prefaced by Friedrich A. Hayek. London: George Routledge &amp; Sons, 1935; xvii, 234 pp.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-7&nbsp;The Collected Works of Carl Menger. 4 volumes with an Introduction by F. A. von Hayek. London: The London School of Economics and Political Science (Series of Reprints of Scarce Tracts in Economic and Political Science No. 17–20), 1933–1936.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_300">Volume 1:&nbsp;Grundsätze der Volkswirthschaftslehre&nbsp;(1871) 1934.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_301">Volume 2:&nbsp;Untersuchungen über die Methode der Socialwissenschaften&nbsp;(1883) 1933.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_302">Volume 3:&nbsp;Kleinere Shriften zur Methode und Geschichte der Volkswirthschaftlehre(1884–1915) 1935.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_303">Volume 4:&nbsp;Schriften über Geldtheorie und Währungspolitik&nbsp;(1889–1893), 1936.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_304">[Vol. 1 contains a biographical introduction to Menger by Hayek. Vol. 4 contains a complete list of Menger&#8217;s known writings.]</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_305">Later 2nd German edition: Carl Menger,&nbsp;Gesammelte Werke. 4 vols. Tübingen, 1968–1970.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_306">[“Collected Works”]</p><div>E-8 Henry Thornton.&nbsp;An Enquiry into the Nature and Effects of the Paper Credit of Great Britain&nbsp;(1802). Edited and introduced by Friedrich A. Hayek. London: Allen and Unwin, 1939, 368 pp.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-9&nbsp;John Stuart Mill, The Spirit of the Age. Introduced by F.A. Hayek. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1942, xxxiii, 93 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_307">[Hayek&#8217;s Introduction is entitled, “John Stuart Mill at the Age of Twenty-Four,” and surveys Mill&#8217;s intellectual development at the time of Mill&#8217;s famous essay, “The Spirit of the Age,” which represented important deviations from Benthamite Utilitarian liberalism.]</p><div>E-10&nbsp;Capitalism and the Historians. Edited and introduced by F. A. Hayek. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, and Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1954, 188 pp. [The inspiration for the several papers presented was The Mont Pélèrin Society meetings held at Beauvallon in France in September 1951 on the distortions of historians and intellectuals in describing Capitalism and The Industrial Revolution. Hayek&#8217;s Introduction (pp. 3–29) is entitled “History and Politics” and is reprinted in B-13 and (in German) as “Wirtschaftsgeschichte and Politik” [“Economic History and Politics”] inOrdo&nbsp;7 (1955): 3–22. T. S. Ashton&#8217;s first chapter is “The Treatment of Capitalism by Historians”; L. M. Hacker&#8217;s second chapter is entitled “The Anticapitalist Bias of American Historians”; Bertrand de Jouvenel contributed chapter 3, “The Treatment of Capitalism by Continental Intellectuals”; T. S. Ashton&#8217;s chapter 4, “The Standard of Life of the Workers in England, 1790–1830,” originally appeared in&nbsp;The Journal of Economic History, Supplement 9, 1949; the final article by W. H. Hutt, “The Factory System of The Early Nineteenth Century,” originally appeared in&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;(March 1926). Hayek&#8217;s volume provoked many pro and con reviews. A sampling: Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.,&nbsp;The Reporter&nbsp;(March 30, 1954): 38–40; Oscar Handlin,&nbsp;The New England Quarterly&nbsp;(March 1955): 99–107; Charles Wilson,&nbsp;Economic History Review&nbsp;(April 1956); Asa Briggs,&nbsp;The Journal of Economic History&nbsp;(Summer 1954); W. T. Eastbrook,&nbsp;The American Economic Review&nbsp;(September 1954); Max Eastman,&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;(February 22, 1954); Helmut Schoek,&nbsp;U.S.A. (July 14, 1954); Eric E. Lampard,&nbsp;The American Historical Review(October 1954); and John Chamberlain,&nbsp;Barron&#8217;s&nbsp;(January 4, 1954.)]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-11 Louis Rougier.&nbsp;The Genius of the West. Introduction by F.A. v. Hayek. Los Angeles: Nash Publishing (published for the Principles of Freedom Committee), 1971, pp. xv-xviii.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-12 Gerald P. O&#8217;Driscoll, Jr.&nbsp;Economics as a Coordination Problem. The Contributions of Friedrich A. Hayek. Foreward by F.A. Hayek. Kansas City: Sheed Andrews and McMeel, Inc., 1977, pp. xi-xii.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>E-13 Ludwig von Mises.&nbsp;Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis. Translated by Jacques Kahane. 1981 Introduction by F.A. Hayek. Indianapolis: LibertyClassics, 1981, pp. xix-xxiv. Dated August 1978.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_308">[Hayek&#8217;s Foreward pays tribute to Mises for the anti-socialist impact that Mises’&nbsp;Die Gemeinwirtschaft: Untersuchungen über den Sozialismus&nbsp;(Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1922) created on many intellectuals after the First World War.]</p><div>E-14 Ewald Schams.&nbsp;Gesammelte Aufsätze. Prefaced by F.A. Hayek. Ready in Spring 1983. Munich: Philosophia Verlag.</div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_070"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_065">Articles in Journals, Newspapers, or Collections of Essays</h2><div>A-1a “Das Stabilisierungsproblem in Goldwährungsländern.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft und Sozialpolitik, N.S. 4 (1924).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_309">[“The Stabilization Problem for Countries on the Gold Standard.” See note A-2a for the biographical context of Hayek&#8217;s first two article publications. The journal in which Hayek published some of his first articles was closely associated with the Austrian School of economics through its editorial direction. It underwent several name changes:</p><ul><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_683">1892–1918: The journal was known as&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Socialpolitik und Verwaltung. Organ der Gesellschaft österreichischer Volkswirt. [“Journal of Political Economy, Social Policy, and Administration. Publication of the Society of Austrian Political Economy”], and was published in Vienna by F. Tempsky.</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_684">1919–1920: Suspended publication.</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_685">1921–1927: It was known as&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft und Socialpolitik. [“Journal of Political Economy and Social Policy”] and was published in Vienna and Leipsig by F. Deuticke.</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_686">After 1927, the journal was superseded by&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie. [“Journal of National Economy”]. See&nbsp;Bibliography&nbsp;A-22, etc.</li></ul><div>The heavily Austrian School of economics-oriented editorial staff included:</div><ul><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_687">1892–1918 Ernst von Plener (1841–1923)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_688">1892–1914 Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk (1851–1914)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_689">1892–1907 Karl Theodor von Inama-Sternegg (1843–1908)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_690">1904–1916 Eugen von Philippovich (1858–1917)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_691">1904–1918 Friedrich Freiherr von Wieser (1851–1926)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_692">1911–1916 Robert Meyer (1855–1914)</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_693">1921–1927 R. Reisch (1866–?), Othmar Spann (1878–1950), and others.]</li></ul><div>A-1b “Diskontopolitik und Warenpreise.”&nbsp;Der Österreichische Volkswirt&nbsp;17 (1,2), (Vienna 1924).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_310">[“Discount Policy and Commodity Prices.”]</p><div>A-2a “Die Währungspolitik der Vereinigten Staaten seit der Überwindung der Krise von 1920.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft und Sozialpolitik. N.S. 5 (1925).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_311">[“The Monetary Policy in the United States Since Overcoming the Crisis of 1920.” Both this article and A-1a grew out of Hayek&#8217;s post-graduate studies in America which he pursued from March 1923 to June 1924 at New York University. On the chronology of the Nobel Prize biography of Hayek: Official Announcement of the Royal Academy of Sciences, republished in the&nbsp;Swedish Journal of Economics&nbsp;76 (December 1974): 469 ff. Also see Machlup, ed. (1976), pp. 16–17, as well as the annotation in the present HayekBibliography&nbsp;on item A-64. Hayek&#8217;s American academic sojourn took place while he was on a leave of absence from his Austrian civil service position (1921–1926) as a legal consultant (along with Ludwig von Mises) for carrying out the provisions of the Treaty of St. Germain; see&nbsp;Bibliography&nbsp;A-145, p. 1 for Hayek&#8217;s anecdote and background for his introduction to von Mises through von Wieser.]</p><div>A-2b “Das amerikanische Bankwesen seit der Reform von 1914.”&nbsp;Der Österreichische Volkswirt&nbsp;17 (29–33), (Vienna 1925).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_312">[“The American Banking System since the Reform of 1914.”]</p><div>A-3a “Bemerkungen zum Zurechnungsproblem.”&nbsp;Jahrbücher für Nationalökonomie und Statistik&nbsp;124 (1926): 1–18.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_313">[“Comments on the Problem of Imputation.” On the valuation of Producer goods. Compare Wilhelm Vleugel&#8217;s&nbsp;Die Lösung des wirtschaftlichen Zurechnungsproblem bei Böhm-Bawerk und Wieser. Halle: Neimeyer (Königsberger Gelehrte Gesellschaft, Geisteswissenschaftliche Klasse, Shriften, Vol. 7, part 5), 1930.]</p><div>A-3b “Die Bedeutung der Konjunkturforschung für das Wirtschaftsleben.”&nbsp;Der Österreichische Volkswirt&nbsp;19 (2), (Vienna 1926).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_314">[“The Meaning of Business Cycle Research for Economic Life.”]</p><div>A-4 “Friedrich Freiherr von Wieser.”&nbsp;Jahrbücher für Nationalökonomie und Statistik&nbsp;125 (1926): 513–530.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_315">[Commemorative article on the occasion of the death of Hayek&#8217;s Austrian School of economics mentor, von Wieser (1851–1926). Compare with Hayek&#8217;s later article on von Wieser in&nbsp;The International Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences&nbsp;(1968, 1972). Also see E-2 (1929) Hayek&#8217;s German introduction and edition of von Wieser&#8217;s Collected Writings. A-4 translated into English in an abridged form appears in&nbsp;The Development of Economic Thought: Great Economists in Perspective. Edited by Henry William Spiegel. New York &amp; London: John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc. 1952, 1961, pp. 554–567.]</p><div>A-5a “Zur Problemstellung der Zinstheorie.”&nbsp;Archiv für Sozialwissenschaften und Sozialpolitik&nbsp;58 (1927): 517–532.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_316">[“On the Setting of the Problem of Rent Theory.”]</p><div>A-5b “Konjunkturforschung in Osterreich.”&nbsp;Die Industrie&nbsp;32 (30), (Vienna 1927).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_317">[“Business Cycle Research in Austria.”]</p><div>A-6 “Das intertemporale Gleichgewichtssystem der Preise und die Bewegungen des ‘Geldwertes.’”&nbsp;Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv&nbsp;28 (1928): 33–76.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_318">[“The Intertemporal Equilibrium System of Prices and the Movements of the ‘Value of Money.’”]</p><div>A-7a “Einige Bemerkungen über das Verhältnis der Geldtheorie zur Konjunkturtheorie.”Schriften des Vereins für Sozialpolitik&nbsp;173/2 (1928): 247–295. Also see same journal, Volume 175, for a discussion.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_319">[“Some Remarks on the Relationship between Monetary Theory and Business Cycle Theory.”]</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_320">[See B-1 with annotation. The journal in which Hayek published this article was the publication of the influential&nbsp;Verein für Sozialpolitik, founded in 1872 by (among others) Gustav Schmoller (1838–1917). This organization for social reform did not express a monolithic unity of doctrine, but was, nevertheless, excoriated by its opponents as a union of ‘Professorial Socialists’ (Katheder Sozialisten). See the interesting group photograph of a meeting of the&nbsp;Verein&nbsp;at the University of Zurich, September 11–13, 1928, showing the wonderfully variegated grouping that includes Hayek, von Mises, Machlup, A. Rüstow, Hunold, Morgenstern, Strigl, and Sombart: in Albert Hunold, “How Mises Changed My Mind.”&nbsp;The Mont Pélèrin Quarterly&nbsp;3 (October 1961): 16–19. For background on the&nbsp;Verein, see Haney (1949), pp. 546, 820, 885. It was at the September 1928 meeting of the&nbsp;Verein&nbsp;that Hayek presented his paper, A-7a, which eventually grew into his&nbsp;Geldtheorie&nbsp;(1929).]</p><div>A-7b “Diskussionsbemerkungen über ‘Kredit und Konjunktur.’”&nbsp;Shriften des Vereins für Sozialpolitik&nbsp;175, Verhandlungen 1928, (1928). [“Discussion Comments on ‘Credit and Business Cycle’”&#8230;(Transactions 1928).]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-8 “Theorie der Preistaxen.”&nbsp;Közgazdasági Enciklopédia, Budapest, 1929.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_321">[In Hungarian-German printing.]</p><div>A-9a “Gibt es einen ‘Widersinn des Sparens’? Eine Kritik der Krisentheorie von W.T. Foster und W. Catchings mit einigen Bemerkungen zur Lehre von de Beziehungen zwischen Geld und Kapital.” [“Is There a ‘Paradox of Saving’? A Critique of the Crises-Theory of W.T. Foster and W. Catchings with some Remarks on the Theory of the Relationship between Money and Capital.”]&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;1, no. 3 (1929): 125–169; revised and enlarged edition, Vienna: Springer, 1931. [English version: “The Paradox of Saving.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;11, no. 32 (May 1931). Reprinted in B-4 (“Appendix”). The English translation was done by Nicholas Kaldor and Georg Tugendhat.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-9b “Wirkungen der Mietzinbeschränkungen.” Munich:&nbsp;Schriften des Vereins für Sozialpolitik&nbsp;182 (1930)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_322">[“The Repercussions of Rent Restrictions.” See P-1 for different treatments of the effects of rent control. A-9b formed the substance of Hayek&#8217;s article in the Hayek-Friedman volume mentioned in P-1.]</p><div>A-9c “Bemerkungen zur vorstehenden Erwiderung Prof. Emil Lederers.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;1 (5), (1930).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_323">[“Comments on the Preceding Reply of Prof. Emil Lederer.”]</p><div>A-10 “Reflections on the Pure Theory of Money of Mr. J. M. Keynes.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;11, no. 33 (August 1931 - Part I): 270–295.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_324">[See also A-11b.]</p><div>A-11a “The Pure Theory of Money: A Rejoinder to Mr. Keynes.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;11, no. 34 (November 1931): 398–403.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_325">[In the same issue of&nbsp;Economica, pp. 387–397, Keynes’ article appears: “A Reply to Dr. Hayek.”]</p><div>A-11b “Reflections on the Pure Theory of Money of Mr. J. M. Keynes.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;12 (February 1932 - Part II): 22–44.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_326">[See also A-10 and A-11a.]</p><div>A-11c “Das Schicksal der Goldwährung.”&nbsp;Der Deutsche Volkswirt&nbsp;6 (20), (1932).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_327">[“The Fate of the Gold Standard.” See P-8.]</p><div>A-11d “Foreign Exchange Restrictions.”&nbsp;The Economist&nbsp;6 (1932).</div><div>A-12 “Money and Capital: A Reply to Mr. Sraffa.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;42 (June 1932): 237–249.</div><div>A-13 “Kapitalaufzehrung.”&nbsp;Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv&nbsp;36 (July 1932/II): 86–108.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_328">[“Capital Consumption.”]</p><div>A-14 “A Note on the Development of the Doctrine of ‘Forced Saving’.”&nbsp;Quarterly Journal of Economics&nbsp;47 (November 1932): 123–133.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_329">[Reprinted in B-4.]</p><div>A-15 “Gossen, Hermann Heinrich.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, 1932. Vol. 7, p. 3.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-16 “Macleod, Henry D.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, 1933. Vol. 2, p. 30.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_330">[Henry Dunning Macleod (1821–1902) was a Scottish economist who wrote&nbsp;The Theory and Practice of Banking, 2 vols, (1856) and&nbsp;The Theory of Credit, 2 vols, (1889–1891).]</p><div>A-17 “Norman, George W.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, 1933. Vol. 2.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-18 “Philippovich, Eugen von.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, 1934. Vol. 12, p. 116.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-19 “Saving.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, 1934. Vol. 13, pp. 548–552.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_331">[Reprinted in revised form in B-4.]</p><div>A-20 “The Trend of Economic Thinking.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;13 (May 1933): 121–137.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_332">[Hayek&#8217;s first inaugural lecture given at the University of London about a year after he assumed the Tooke professorship, in which speech he explained his general economic philosophy. See B-13, p. 254.]</p><div>A-21 Contribution to Gustav Clausing, ed.&nbsp;Der Stand und die nächste Zukunft der Konjunkturforschung. Festschrift für Arthur Spiethoff. Munich: Duncker &amp; Humblot, 1933.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_333">[Translated into English in B-4 (Chapter 6) as “The Present State and Immediate Prospects of the Study of Industrial Fluctuations.” Arthur Spiethoff, (1873–1957),&nbsp;[78]who is honored in this&nbsp;Festschrift, was born in 1873, studied under Schmoller, and devised a “non-monetary overinvestment theory” of the business cycle. See Haney (1949), p. 673.]</p><div>A-22 “Über Neutrales Geld.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;4 (October 1933).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_334">[“Concerning Neutral Money.”]</p><div>A-23 “Capital and Industrial Fluctuations.”&nbsp;Econometrica&nbsp;2 (April 1934): 152–167.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-24a “On the Relationship between Investment and Output.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;44 (1934): 207–231.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-24b “The Outlook for Interest Rates.”&nbsp;The Economist&nbsp;7 (1934).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-24c “Stable Prices or Neutral Money.”&nbsp;The Economist&nbsp;7 (1934).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-25 “Carl Menger.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 1 (November 1934): 393–420.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_335">[This is an English translation of Hayek&#8217;s Introduction to Menger&#8217;s&nbsp;Grundsätze&nbsp;in E-7. Reprinted in&nbsp;The Development of Economic Thought: Great Economists in Perspective. Edited by Henry William Spiegel. New York and London: John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc. 1952, 527–553. Also reprinted in&nbsp;Principles of Economics&nbsp;by Carl Menger. Translated by James Dingwall and Bert F. Hoselitz. With an Introduction by F. A. Hayek. New York &amp; London: New York University Press, 1981, pp. 11–36. See A-131a.]</p><div>A-26 “Preiserwartungen, Monetäre Störungen und Fehlinvestitionen.”Nationalökonomisk Tidsskrift&nbsp;73, no. 3 (1935).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_336">[Reprinted in a revised form in B-4 as “Price Expectations, Monetary Disturbances and Malinvestments.” Originally delivered as a lecture on December 7, 1933 in theSozialökonomisk Samfund&nbsp;in Copenhagen. First published in German and later in French in the&nbsp;Revue de Science Economique, Liège (October, 1935).]</p><div>A-27a “The Maintenance of Capital.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 2 (1935): 241–276.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_337">[Reprinted in B-4.]</p><div>A-27b “A Regulated Gold Standard.”&nbsp;The Economist&nbsp;(May 11, 1935).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-28 “Spor miedzy szkola ‘Currency’ i szkola ‘Banking’.”&nbsp;Ekonomista&nbsp;55 (Warsaw, 1935).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-29 “Edwin Cannan” (Obituary).&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;6 (1935): 246–250.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_338">[Cannan (1861–1935) is also celebrated by Hayek in A-72. Cannan associated himself at the London School of Economics with a group who developed liberal theory. This group included Lionel Robbins, Cannan&#8217;s successor, and his colleague Sir Arnold Plant (see Plant, 1969), Sir Theodore Gregory (Athens), F.C. Benkam (Singapore), W.H. Hutt (South Africa), and F.W. Paish (Paris).</p><div>A-30 “Technischer Fortschritt und Überkapazität.”&nbsp;Österreichische Zeitschrift für Bankwesen&nbsp;1 (1936).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_339">[“Technical Progress and Overcapacity.”]</p><div>A-31 “The Mythology of Capital.”&nbsp;Quarterly Journal of Economics&nbsp;50 (1936): 199–228.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_340">[Reprinted in William Fellner and Bernard F. Haley, eds.,&nbsp;Readings in the Theory of Income Distribution. Philadelphia: 1946.]</p><div>A-32 “Utility Analysis and Interest.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;46 (1936): 44–60.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-33 “La situation monétaire internationale.”&nbsp;Bulletin Périodique de la Societé Belge d&#8217;Études et d&#8217;Expansion&nbsp;(Brussels), No. 103. (1936).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_341">[“The International Monetary Situation.”]</p><div>A-34 “Economics and Knowledge.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 4 (February 1937): 33–54.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_342">[Reprinted in B-7. Also reprinted in J. M. Buchanan and G. F. Thirlby (eds.) L.S.E.&nbsp;Essays on Cost. New York and London: New York University Press, 1981 as chapter 3. Originally presented as a presidential address to the London Economic Club, 10 November 1936.]</p><div>A-35 “Einleitung zu einer Kapitaltheorie.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;8 (1937): 1–9.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_343">[“Introduction to a Theory of Capital.”]</p><div>A-36 “Das Goldproblem.”&nbsp;Österreichische Zeitschrift für Bankwesen&nbsp;2 (1937).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_344">[“The Gold Problem.”]</p><div>A-37a “Investment that Raises the Demand for Capital.”&nbsp;Review of Economic Statistics&nbsp;19 (November 1937).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_345">[Reprinted in B-4.]</p><div>A-37b “Freedom and the Economic System.”&nbsp;Contemporary Review&nbsp;(April 1938).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_346">[Reprinted in enlarged form in P-2.]</p><div>A-38 “Economic Conditions of Inter-State Federation.”&nbsp;New Commonwealth Quarterly&nbsp;5 (London, 1939).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_347">[Reprinted in B-7.]</p><div>A-39 “Pricing versus Rationing.”&nbsp;The Banker&nbsp;51 (London, September 1939).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-40 “The Economy of Capital.”&nbsp;The Banker&nbsp;52 (London, October 1939).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-41 “Socialist Calculation: The Competitive ‘Solution’.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 7 (May 1940): 125–149.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_348">[Reprinted in B-7.]</p><div>A-42 “The Counter-Revolution of Science.” Parts I-III.&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 8 (February - August 1941): 281–320.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_349">[Reprinted in B-9.]</p><div>A-43 “Maintaining Capital Intact: A Reply [to Professor Pigou.]”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 8 (1941): 276–280.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-44 “Planning, Science and Freedom.”&nbsp;Nature&nbsp;148 (November 15, 1941).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-45 “The Ricardo Effect.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 9 (1942).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_350">[Reprinted in B-7. See also in B-17, Chapt. 11: “Three Elucidations of the Ricardo Effect,” and A-127.]</p><div>A-46 “Scientism and the Study of Society.” Part I:&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 9 (1942). Part II:Economica&nbsp;10 (1943). Part III:&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;11 (1944).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_351">[Reprinted in B-9.]</p><div>A-47 “A Comment on an Article by Mr. Kaldor: ‘Professor Hayek and the Concertina Effect’.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 9 (November 1942): 383–385.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-48 “A Commodity Reserve Currency.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;53 (1943).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_352">[Reprinted in B-7 as chapter 10. Also reprinted in part as a pamphlet, “Material Relating to Proposals for an International Commodity Reserve Currency,” submitted to The International Monetary and Financial Conference at Bretton Woods, N.H. by the Committee for Economic Stability (1944). #380 of the F. A. Harper Archives at The Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>A-49 “The Facts of the Social Sciences.”&nbsp;Ethics&nbsp;54 (October 1943).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_353">[Reprinted in B-7.]</p><div>A-50 “The Geometrical Representation of Complementarity.”&nbsp;Review of Economic Studies&nbsp;10 (1942–1943): 122–125.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-51 “Gospodarka planowa a idea planowania prawa.”&nbsp;Economista Polski&nbsp;(London, 1943).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_354">[Cf. Chapter 6 of B-6: “Planning and the Rule of Law.”]</p><div>A-52 Edited: “John Rae and John Stuart Mill: A Correspondence.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 10 (1943): 253–255.</div><div>’]</div><div>14ujyA-53 “The Economic Position of South Tyrol.” In:&nbsp;Justice for South Tyrol. London: 1943.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_355">[Compare with P-3.]</p><div>A-54 “Richard von Strigl” (Obituary).&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;54 (1944): 284–286.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_356">[Strigl who died in 1944 was a “Neo-Austrian” who developed the theory of saving and investment and analyzed monopolistic competition theory.]</p><div>A-55 “The Use of Knowledge in Society.”&nbsp;American Economic Review&nbsp;35 (September 1945): 519–530.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_357">[Reprinted in B-7 and in a revised, abridged version as a pamphlet; Menlo Park, CA: Institute for Humane Studies. (Reprint No. 5), no date (1971, 1975).]</p><div>A-56 “Time-Preference and Productivity: A Reconsideration.”&nbsp;Economica, N.S. no. 4, 12 (February 1945): 22–25.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-57 Edited: “‘Notes on N.W. Senior&#8217;s Political Economy’ by John Stuart Mill.”Economica&nbsp;N.S. 12 (1945): 134–139.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-58 “Nationalities and States in Central Europe.”&nbsp;Central European Trade Review&nbsp;3 (London, 1945): 134–139.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-59 “Fuld Beskaeftigelse.”&nbsp;Nationalökonomisk Tidsskrift&nbsp;84 (1946): 1–31.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-60 “The London School of Economics 1895–1945.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 13 (February 1946): 1–31.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-61 “Probleme und Schwierigkeiten der englischen Wirtschaft.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte27 (1947).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_358">[“Problems and Difficulties of the English Economy.”]</p><div>A-62 “Le plein emploi.”&nbsp;Economie Appliquée&nbsp;1, no. 2–3, (Paris, 1948): 197–210.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_359">[“Full Employment.”]</p><div>A-63a “Der Mensch in der Planwirtschaft.” In Simon Moser (ed.)&nbsp;Weltbild und Menschenbild. Innsbruck and Vienna: 1948.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_360">[“Man in the Planned Economy.”]</p><div>A-63b “Die politischen Folgen der Planwirtschaft.”&nbsp;Die Industrie. Zeitschrift der Vereinigung Österreichischer Industrieller. No. 3 (Vienna, January 1948).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_361">[“The Political Effects of the Planned Economy.”]</p><div>A-64 “Wesley Clair Mitchell 1874–1948” (Obituary).&nbsp;Journal of the Royal Statistical Society&nbsp;111 (1948).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_362">[Compare with Arthur F. Burns’ commemoration of Mitchell in the&nbsp;Twenty-Ninth Report of The National Bureau of Economic Research. New York: 1969; adapted in&nbsp;The Development of Economic Thought. Edited by Henry William Spiegel. New York, 1952, 1961, pp. 414–442. Also note Hayek&#8217;s personal association with Mitchell, as indicated in B-17, p. 3, note 3, during Hayek&#8217;s stay in America during the early 1920s. Also note the correspondence between Wesley Mitchell and Hayek mentioned&nbsp;[80]&nbsp;in Emil Kauder,&nbsp;A History of Marginal Utility Theory. Princeton University Press, 1965.]</p><div>A-65a “The Intellectuals and Socialism.”&nbsp;The University of Chicago Law Review&nbsp;16, no. 3 (Spring 1949): 417–433. German translation in&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;29 (1944–50); Norwegian translation (1951).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_363">[Reprinted in B-13 and by the Institute for Humane Studies, 1971.]</p><div>A-65b “A Levy on Increasing Efficiency. The Economics of Development Charges.”&nbsp;The Financial Times&nbsp;(April 26–28, 1949).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-66 “Economics.”&nbsp;Chambers’ Encyclopaedia&nbsp;4 (Oxford 1950).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-67 “Ricardo, David.”&nbsp;Chambers’ Encyclopaedia&nbsp;11 (Oxford 1950).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-68 “Full Employment, Planning and Inflation.”&nbsp;Institute of Public Affairs Review&nbsp;4 (6) (Melbourne, Australia 1950).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_364">[Reprinted as Chapter 19 in B-13. Also in German (1951) and Spanish (1960).]</p><div>A-69a “Capitalism and the Proletariat.”&nbsp;Farmand&nbsp;7, no. 56 (Oslo: February 17, 1951).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-69b “Gleichheit und Gerechtigkeit.”&nbsp;Jahresbericht der Züricher Volkswirt-schaftlichen Gesellschaft&nbsp;(1951).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_365">[“Equality and Justice.”]</p><div>A-70 “Comte and Hegel.”&nbsp;Measure&nbsp;2 (Chicago, July 1951).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_366">[Reprinted in B-9.]</p><div>A-71 “Comments on ‘The Economics and Politics of the Modern Corporation’.”&nbsp;The University of Chicago Law School, Conference Series&nbsp;no. 8, (December 7, 1951).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-72 “Die Überlieferung der Ideale der Wirtschaftsfreiheit.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;31, No. 6 (1951).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_367">[“The Transmission of the Ideals of Economic Freedom.” First in German (1951) and later in an English translation as “The Ideals of Economic Freedom: A Liberal Inheritance,” inThe Owl&nbsp;(London 1951), pp. 7–12. A “corrected version” in English is reprinted as Chapter 13 of B-13. Published in&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;2 (July 28, 1952): 729–731, as “A Rebirth of Liberalism.” A remarkably similar overview of the various liberal currents that flowed into modern economic liberalism is given by Carlo Mötteli (a financial editor for&nbsp;Neue Zücher Zeitung) in&nbsp;Swiss Review of World Affairs&nbsp;1, no. 8 (November 1951) and entitled “The Regeneration of Liberalism,” reprinted in&nbsp;The Mont Pelerin Quarterly&nbsp;3 (October 1961): 29–30.]</p><div>A-73a “Die Ungerechtigkeit der Steuerprogression.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;32 (November 1952).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_368">[“The Injustice of the Progressive Income Tax.” cf. A-79 and A-73b of which this is a translation.]</p><div>A-73b “The Case Against Progressive Income Taxes.”&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;4 (December 28, 1953): 229–232.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-74a “Leftist Foreign Correspondent.”&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;3 (January 12, 1953): 275.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-74b “The Actonian Revival.” Review of&nbsp;Lord Acton&nbsp;by Gertrude Himmelfarb andActon&#8217;s Political Philosophy&nbsp;by G. E. Fasnacht.&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;3 (March 23, 1953): 461–462.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-74c “Decline of the Rule of Law. Part I.”&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;3 (April 20, 1953): 518–520; Part II&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;3 (May 4, 1953): 561–563.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-74d “Substitute for Foreign Aid.”&nbsp;The Freeman&nbsp;3 (April 6, 1953): 482–484.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-74e “Entstehung und Verfall des Rechtsstaatsideales.” In: Albert Hunold (ed.)Wirtschaft ohne Wunder. Volkswirtschaftliche Studien für das Schweizerische Institut für Auslandsforschung. Zurich, 1953.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_369">[“The Rise and Fall of the Ideal of the Constitutional State.”]</p><div>A-75a “Marktwirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;6 (February 1954): 3–18.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_370">[“Market Economy and The Economic Policy.”]</p><div>A-75b “Wirtschaftsgeschichte und Politik.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;7 (March 1955).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_371">[“Economic History and Politics.” See E-10.]</p><div>A-76 “Degrees of Explanation.”&nbsp;The British Journal for the Philosophy of Science&nbsp;6, no. 23 (1955): 209–225.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_372">[Received by journal Nov. 11, 1954. Hayek acknowledges indebtedness to Chester Barnand, Heinrich Klüver, Herbert Lamm, Michael Polanyi, Karl Popper, Warren Weaver and the members of a Faculty Seminar of the Committee of Social Thought in the University of Chicago “for reading and commenting on an earlier draft of this paper.” Reprinted in revised form in B-13, Chapter 1.]</p><div>A-77 “Towards a Theory of Economic Growth, Discussion of Simon Kuznets’ Paper.” In:National Policy for Economic Welfare at Home and Abroad. New York: Columbia University Bicentennial Conference, 1955.</div><br /><div>A-78 “Comments.” In: Congress for Cultural Freedom (ed.)&nbsp;Science and Freedom. London: (Proceedings of the Hamburg Conference of the Congress for Cultural Freedom) 1955.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_373">[Also printed in German.]</p><div>A-79 “Progressive Taxation Reconsidered.” In: Mary Sennholz (ed.)&nbsp;On Freedom and Free Enterprise: Essays in Honor of Ludwig von Mises. Princeton: D. von Nostrand Co., 1956. Presented on the Occasion of the Fiftieth Anniversary of his [von Mises’] Doctorate, February 26, 1956.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-80 “The Dilemma of Specialization.” In Leonard D. White (ed.)&nbsp;The State of the Social Sciences. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1956.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_374">[Reprinted in B-13, Chapter 8.]</p><div>A-81a “Uber den ‘Sinn’ sozialer Institutionen.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;36 (October 1956).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_375">[“On the ‘Meaning’ of Social Institutions.”]</p><div>A-81b “Freedom &amp; The Rule of Law.” (The Third Programme, BBC Radio; 1st of 2 talks.)The Listener&nbsp;(Dec. 13, 1956).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-82a “Was ist und was heisst ‘sozial’?” In Albert Hunold (ed.)&nbsp;Masse und Demokratie. Zürich: 1957.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_376">[“What is ‘Social’—What Does It Mean?” Translated in an unauthorized English translation in&nbsp;Freedom and Serfdom&nbsp;(ed. A. Hunold), Dordrecht, 1961. The reprint in B-13, Chapter 17 is a revised version of the unauthorized English translation “which in parts gravely misrepresented the meaning of the original.”]</p><div>A-82b Review of&nbsp;Mill and His Early Critics&nbsp;by J.C. Rees. Leicester: University College of Leicester, 1956. In&nbsp;Journal of Modern History&nbsp;(June 1957): 54.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-83 “Grundtatsachen des Fortschritts.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;9 (1957): 19–42.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_377">[“The Fundamental Facts of Progress.”]</p><div>A-84 “Inflation Resulting from the Downward Inflexibility of Wages.” In: Committee for Economic Development (ed.)&nbsp;Problems of United States Economic Development, New York: 1958, Vol. I, pp. 147–152.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_378">[Reprinted in B-13, Chapter 21.]</p><div>A-85a “La Libertad, La Economia Planificada y el Derecho.”&nbsp;Temas Contemporaneos(Buenos Aires) 3 (1958).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_379">[“Liberty, the Planned Economy, and the Law.”]</p><div>A-85b “Das Individuum im Wandel der Wirtschaftsordnung.”&nbsp;Der Volkswirt&nbsp;No. 51–52 (Frankfurt am Main 1958).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_380">[“The Individual and Change of Economic System.”]</p><div>A-86 “The Creative Powers of a Free Civilization.” In: Felix Morley (ed.)&nbsp;Essays in Individuality. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1958.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-87 “Freedom, Reason, and Tradition.”&nbsp;Ethics&nbsp;68 (1958).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-88a “Gleichheit, Wert und Verdienst.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;10 (1958): 5–29.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_381">[“Equality, Value, and Profit.”]</p><div>A-88b “Attualitá di un insegnamento,” In: Angelo Dalle Molle, ed.&nbsp;Il Maestro dell’ Economia di Domani&nbsp;(Festschrift for Luigi Einaudi on his 85th Birthday). Verona, 1958, pp. 20–24.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_382">[“The Reality of a Teaching,” In&nbsp;The Master of the Economics of the Future. Luigi Einaudi (1874–1961), who is honored in this Festschrift, was a classical liberal Italian economist and statesman. He was the first president of Italy (1948–1955). Following World War II he was governor of the Bank of Italy and devised programs for monetary stabilization. Einaudi is celebrated by Hayek, in an allusion, in A-72.]</p><div>A-89 “Liberalismus (1) Politischer Liberalismus.”&nbsp;Handwörterbuch der Sozialwissenschaften&nbsp;6 (Stuttgart-Tübingen-Göttingen, 1959).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_383">[“Liberalism (1) Political Liberalism.” See Chapter 9 of B-17.]</p><div>A-90 “Bernard Mandeville.”&nbsp;Handwörterbuch der Sozialwissenschaften&nbsp;7 (Stuttgart-Tübingen-Göttingen, 1959).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-91 “Unions, Inflation and Profits.” In: Philip D. Bradley (ed.)&nbsp;The Public Stake in Union Power. Charlottesville, University of Virginia Press: 1959.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_384">[Reprinted in B-13.]</p><div>A-92 “Freiheit und Unabhängigkeit.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;39 (1959).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_385">[“Freedom and Independence.”]</p><div>A-93 “Verantwortlichkeit und Freiheit.” In: Albert Hunold (ed.)&nbsp;Erziehung zur Freiheit. Erlenbach-Zürich: E. Rentsch, 1959: 147–170.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_386">[“Responsibility and Freedom.”]</p><div>A-94 “Marktwirtschaft und Strukturpolitik.”&nbsp;Die Aussprache&nbsp;9 (1959).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_387">[“Market Economy and Structural Policy.”]</p><div>A-95 “An Röpke.” In Wilhelm Röpke,&nbsp;Gegen die Brandung. Zürich: E. Rentsch, 1959.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_388">[On Röpke.”]</p><div>A-96a “The Free Market Economy: The Most Efficient Way of Solving Economic Problems.”&nbsp;Human Events&nbsp;16, no. 50 (Dec. 16, 1959).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_389">[Reprinted in P-6.]</p><div>A-96b “The Economics of Abundance,” in Henry Hazlitt, ed.&nbsp;The Critics of Keynesian Economics. Princeton and London: Van Nostrand Co., 1960, pp. 126–130.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-97a “The Social Environment.” In B. H. Bagdikian (ed.)&nbsp;Man&#8217;s Contracting World in an Expanding Universe&nbsp;Providence, R.I.: 1960.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-97b “Freedom, Reason and Tradition.”&nbsp;Proceedings of the 16th Annual Meeting:&nbsp;The Western Conference of Prepaid Medical Service Plans, (Winnipeg 1960).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-97c “Progenitor of Scientism.”&nbsp;National Review&nbsp;(1960).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-97d “Gobierno Democratico y Actividad Economica.”&nbsp;Espejo&nbsp;1 (Mexico City 1960).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_390">[“Democratic Government and Economic Activity.”]</p><div>A-98 “The Corporation in a Democratic Society: In Whose Interest Ought It and Will It Be Run?” In: M. Anshen and G. L. Bach (eds.)&nbsp;Management and Corporations 1985. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_391">[Reprinted in B-13.]</p><div>A-99a “The ‘Non Sequitur’ of the ‘Dependence Effect’.”&nbsp;The Southern Economic Journal27 (April 1961).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_392">[Reprinted in B-13, Chapter 23.]</p><div>A-99b “Freedom and Coercion: Some Comments and Mr. Hamowy&#8217;s Criticism.”&nbsp;New Individualist Review&nbsp;1, no. 2 (Summer 1961): 28–32.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-100a “Die Ursachen der ständigen Gefährdung der Freiheit.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;12 (1961): 103–112.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_393">[“The Origins of the Constant Danger to Freedom.”]</p><div>A-100b “How Much Education at Public Expense?”&nbsp;Context&nbsp;1 (Chicago 1961).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-101 “The Moral Element in Free Enterprise.” In: National Association of Manufacturers (eds.)&nbsp;The Spiritual and Moral Significance of Free Enterprise. New York: 1962.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_394">[Reprinted in B-13 as Chapter 16. Originally delivered as an address to the 66th Congress of American Industry organized by the N.A.M. New York, December 6, 1961.]</p><div>A-102 “Rules, Perception and Intelligibility.”&nbsp;Proceedings of the British Academy&nbsp;48 (1962), London, 1963, pp. 321–344.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_395">[Reprinted as Chapter 3 in B-13.]</p><div>A-103a “Wiener Schule.”&nbsp;Handwörterbuch der Sozialwissenschaften&nbsp;12 (Stuttgart-Tübingen-Göttingen, 1962).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_396">[“The Vienna School.”]</p><div>A-103b “The Uses of ‘Gresham&#8217;s Law’ as an Illustration of ‘Historical Theory’.”&nbsp;History and Theory&nbsp;1 (1962).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_397">[Reprinted in B-13, Chapter 24.]</p><div>A-104 “Alte Wahrheiten und neue Irrtümer.” In: Internationales Institut der Sparkassen, ed.&nbsp;Das Sparwesen der Welt, Proceedings of the 7th International Conference of Savings Banks. Amsterdam: 1963.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_398">[“Old Truths and New Errors.” Reprinted in B-14; Italian translation in&nbsp;Il Risparmio(Milan) 11 (1963).]</p><div>A-105 “Arten der Ordnung.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;14 (1963).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_399">English version under the title “Kinds of Order in Society.”&nbsp;New Individualist Review(University of Chicago) 3, no. 2 (Winter 1964): 3–12. [Reprinted in B-14.] [The five volumes of&nbsp;New Individualist Review&nbsp;(1961–1968) in which “Kinds of Order” appears have been published in one volume as&nbsp;New Individualist Review. Indianapolis: LibertyPress, 1981. Reprinted as pamphlet: Menlo Park, California: The Institute for Humane Studies (Studies in Social Theory No. 5), 1975. Hayek used this essay as the basis of the second chapter of Vol. I of&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty&nbsp;(B-15). Reprinted in German in B-14.]</p><div>A-106 “Recht, Gesetz und Wirtschaftsfreiheit.” In:&nbsp;Hundert Jahre Industrie und Handelskammer zu Dortmund 1863–1963. Dortmund, 1963.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_400">[“Right, Law, and Economic Freedom.” Reprinted in B-14.]</p><div>A-107 Introduction to “The Earlier Letters of John Stuart Mill.” In F.E. Mineka, ed.&nbsp;John Stuart Mill, Vol. XII. Toronto: Toronto University Press and London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1963.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-108 “The Legal and Political Philosophy of David Hume.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;28, no. 4 (December 1963): 691–704.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_401">[Lecture delivered for the Faculty of Law and Political Science of the University of Freiburg im Breisgau on July 18, 1963. Reprinted as chapter 7 of B-13. Also (in German) in B-14.]</p><div>A-109 “The Theory of Complex Phenomena.” In Mario A. Bunge (ed.)&nbsp;The Critical Approach to Science and Philosophy: Essays in Honor of Karl R. Popper. New York: The Free Press of Glencoe, Inc., 1964.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_402">[Reprinted in B-13; see P-11c.]</p><div>A-110 Parts of “Commerce, History of.”&nbsp;Encyclopaedia Britannica, vol. VI. Chicago: 1964.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-111 “Die Anschauungen der Mehrheit und die zeitgenössische Demokratie.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;15/16 (1965): 19–41.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_403">[“The Perception of the Majority and Contemporary Democracy.” Reprinted in B-14.]</p><div>A-112 “Kinds of Rationalism.”&nbsp;The Economic Studies Quarterly&nbsp;15, no. 3 (Tokyo, 1965).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_404">[Reprinted in B-13, Chapter 5. Originally delivered as a lecture on April 27, 1964 at Rikkyo University, Tokyo. German translation in B-14.]</p><div>A-113 “Personal Recollections of Keynes and the ‘Keynesian Revolution’.”&nbsp;The Oriental Economist&nbsp;34 (Tokyo, January 1966).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_405">[German translation in B-14. Reprinted in B-17.]</p><div>A-114 “The Misconception of Human Rights as Positive Claims.”&nbsp;Farmand&nbsp;Anniversary Issue II/12 (Oslo, 1966): 32–35.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-115 “The Principles of a Liberal Social Order.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;31, no. 4 (December 1966): 601–618.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_406">[Paper submitted to The Tokyo Meeting of the Mont Pélèrin Society, Sept. 5–10, 1966. German translation in&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;18 (1967); also reprinted in B-14. Reprinted as Chapter 11 of B-13 in a slightly altered version, deleting final poem linking spontaneous order to Lao-Tzu&#8217;s Taoism of&nbsp;wu-wei. See Chiaki Nishiyama (1967) for a discussion of and reflection on Hayek&#8217;s paper.]</p><div>A-116 “Dr. Bernard Mandeville.”&nbsp;Proceedings of the British Academy&nbsp;52 (1966), London 1967.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_407">[“Lecture on a Master Mind” delivered to the British Academy on March 23, 1966. Reprinted as Chapter 15 of B-17. German translation in B-14.]</p><div>A-117 “L&#8217;Etalon d&#8217;Or — Son Evolution.”&nbsp;Revue d&#8217;Economie Politique&nbsp;76 (1966).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_408">[“The Gold Standard—Its Evolution.”]</p><div>A-118 “Résultats de l&#8217;action des hommes mais non de leurs desseins.” In:&nbsp;Les Fondements Philosophiques des Systèmes Economiques. Textes de Jacques Rueff et essais rédiges en son honneur. (Paris 1967).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_409">[Translated in English in B-13 as “The Results of Human Action but not of Human Design.” German translation in B-14.]</p><div>A-119 Remarks on “Ernst Mach und das sozialwissenschaftliche Denken in Wien.” In Ernst Mach Institut (ed.),&nbsp;Symposium aus Anlass des 50. Todestages von Ernst Mach. (Freiburg i. B., 1967.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_410">[See (B-10) for the influence of Mach (1838–1916) on Hayek. A-119 is part of a symposium commemorating the 50th anniversary of Mach&#8217;s death: “Ernst Mach and Social Science Thought in Vienna.”]</p><div>A-120 “Rechtsordnung und Handelnsordnung.” In Eric Streissler (ed.),&nbsp;Zur Einheit der Rechts-und Staatswissenschaften, Vol. 27. Karlsruhe, 1967.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_411">[“Legal Order and Commercial Order.” Reprinted in B-14.]</p><div>A-121 “The Constitution of A Liberal State.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;32, no. 1 (Sept. 1967): 455–461.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_412">[German translation in&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;19 (1968) and in B-14.]</p><div>A-122a “Bruno Leoni, the Scholar.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;33, no. 1 (March 1968): 21–25. Also translated in the same journal as “Bruno Leoni lo studioso.” (pp. 26–30). In commemoration of Leoni&#8217;s death (November 21, 1967).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-122b “Ordinamento giuridico e ordine sociale.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;33, no. 4 (December 1968): 693–724.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_413">[“Juridical Regulation and Social Order.”]</p><div>A-123a “A Self-Generating Order for Society.” In John Nef (ed.),&nbsp;Towards World Community. The Hague, 1968.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-123b Speech on the 70th Birthday of Leonard Reed. In:&nbsp;What&#8217;s Past is Prologue. New York: Foundation for Economic Education, 1968.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-124 “Economic Thought VI: The Austrian School.” In&nbsp;International Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. Edited by David L. Sills. New York: The Macmillan Co. &amp; Free Press, 1968, 1972; Volume 4, pp. 458–462.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-125a “Menger, Carl.” In&nbsp;International Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. Edited by David L. Sills. New York: The Macmillan Company &amp; Free Press, 1968, 1972; Volume 10, pp. 124–127.</div><br /><div>A-125b “Wieser, Friedrich von.” In&nbsp;International Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. Edited by David L. Sills. New York: The Macmillan Co. &amp; The Free Press, 1968, 1972; Volumes 15, 16, 17, pp. 549–550.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-126 “Szientismus.” In W. Bernsdorf (ed.),&nbsp;Wörterbuch der Soziologie, Edited by W. Bernsdorf. 2nd ed. (Stuttgart, 1969).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_414">[“Scientism.”]</p><div>A-127 “Three Elucidations of the ‘Ricardo Effect’.”&nbsp;Journal of Political Economy&nbsp;77 (March-April 1969): 274–285.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_415">[Reprinted in B-13 and (in German) in B-14.]</p><div>A-128a “The Primacy of the Abstract.” In Arthur Koestler and J. R. Smythies (eds.),Beyond Reductionism—The Alpbach Symposium. London, 1969.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_416">[Reprinted in B-17.]</p><div>A-128b “Marktwirtschaft oder Syndikalismus?” In:&nbsp;Protokoll des Wirtschaftstages der CDU/DSU&nbsp;(Bonn 1969).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_417">[“Market Economy or Syndicalism?”]</p><div>A-129a “Il sistema concorrenziale come strumento di conoscenza.”&nbsp;L&#8217;industria&nbsp;1 (Turin, January-March 1970): 34–50.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_418">[Translated with an English summary as “The Competitive System as a Tool of Knowledge.”]</p><div>A-129b “Principles or Expediency?” In&nbsp;Toward Liberty: Essays in Honor of Ludwig von Mises on the Occasion of his 90th Birthday, September 29, 1971. Sponsoring Committee F. A. von Hayek&nbsp;et.al; F. A. Harper, Secretary. Menlo Park, California: Institute for Humane Studies, 1971, vol I, pp. 29–45.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-129c “Nature vs. Nurture Once Again.” A comment on C. D. Darlington,&nbsp;The Evolution of Man and Society, London, 1962 in&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;(February 1971).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_419">[Reprinted as Chapter 19 in B-17.]</p><div>A-130 “The Outlook for the 1970’s: Open or Repressed Inflation.” In Sudha R. Shenoy (ed.)&nbsp;A Tiger by the Tail: The Keynesian Legacy of Inflation. A 40-Years’ Running Commentary on Keynesianism. London: Institute of Economic Affairs (Hobart Paperback 4), 1972.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_420">[This actually appeared in a pamphlet format (P-11b) to which Hayek adds a new article, “The Campaign Against Keynesian Inflation.” This article is also reprinted as Chapter 13 of B-17.]</p><div>A-131a “Die Stellung von Mengers ‘Grundsätzen’ in der Geschichte der Volkswirtschaftslehre.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;32, no. 1 (Vienna, 1972.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_421">English version: “The Place of Menger&#8217;s&nbsp;Grundsätze&nbsp;in the History of Economic Thought.” In J. R. Hicks and W. Weber (eds.),&nbsp;Carl Menger and the Austrian School of Economics. Oxford, 1973, pp. 1–14. Reprinted as Chapter 17 in B-17. Compare with E-7.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_422">[The 1934 earlier and distinct biographical study entitled “Carl Menger” found in E-7 was “written as an Introduction to the Reprint of Menger&#8217;s&nbsp;Grundsätze der Volkwirtschaftslehre&nbsp;which constitutes the first of a series of four reprints embodying Menger&#8217;s chief published contributions to Economic Science and which were published by the London School of Economics as Numbers 17 to 20 of its Series of Reprints of Scarce Works in Economics and Political Science.” An English translation of this earlier “Carl Menger” Introduction can be found in Carl Menger,&nbsp;Principles of Economics. A translation of Menger&#8217;s&nbsp;Grundsätze&nbsp;by James Digwall and Bert F. Hoselitz, with an Introduction (“Carl Menger”) by F. A. Hayek. New York and London: New York University Press, 1981, pp. 11–36.</p><div>A-131b “In Memoriam Ludwig von Mises 1881–1973.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie33 (Vienna 1973)</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-131c “Tribute to von Mises, Vienna Years.”&nbsp;National Review&nbsp;(Autumn 1973).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-131d “Talk at the Mont Pélèrin.”&nbsp;Newsletter of the Mont Pélèrin Society&nbsp;3 (Luxembourg 1973).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-132a “Inflation: The Path to Unemployment.” Addendum 2 to Lord Robbins et. al.Inflation: Causes, Consequences, Cures: Discourses on the Debate between the Monetary and the Trade Union Interpretations. London: The Institute for Economic Affairs (IEA Readings, No. 14), 1974, pp. 115–120.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_423">[Reprinted from&nbsp;The Daily Telegraph&nbsp;of London (October 15 and 16, 1974).]</p><div>A-132b “Inflation and Unemployment.”&nbsp;New York Times&nbsp;(Nov. 15, 1974).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_424">[Reprinted from&nbsp;The Daily Telegraph&nbsp;of London.]</p><div>A-132c Hayek, F.A. “Introduction” to&nbsp;Catallaxy: The Science of Exchange. Paper read at the first meeting of The Carl Menger Society, London, December 1974. [Hayek did not continue his intention to complete this book. The “Introduction”&nbsp;[85]along with comment and discussion by Hayek, Lionel Robbins, and others is available in transcription at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-132d “The Pretence of Knowledge.” An Alfred Nobel Memorial Lecture, delivered December 11, 1974 at the Stockholm School of Economics. In&nbsp;Les Prix Nobel en 1974. Stockholm: Nobel Foundation, 1975.</div><div>[Reprinted in&nbsp;Full Employment at Any Price&nbsp;[P-13]. (Occasional Paper 45), Institute of Economic Affairs, London 1975. Also reprinted in&nbsp;Unemployment and Monetary Policy: Government as Generator of the Business Cycle&nbsp;with a foreward by Gerald O&#8217;Driscoll Jr. San Francisco: Cato Institute, 1979, pp. 23–36. This has also been reprinted as Chapter 2 of B-17.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-132e “Freedom and Equality in Contemporary Society.”&nbsp;PHP&nbsp;4 (The PHP Institute, Tokyo), (Tokyo 1975).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-132f “Economics, Politics &amp; Freedom: An Interview with F. A. Hayek.” Interview conducted by Tibor Machan in Salzburg, Austria.&nbsp;Reason&nbsp;6 (February 1975): 4–12.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-133a “Die Erhaltung des liberalen Gedankengutes.” In Friedrich A. Lutz (ed.)&nbsp;Der Streit um die Gesellschaftsordnung&nbsp;(Zurich 1975).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_425">[“The Preservation of the Liberal Ideal of Thought.”]</p><div>A-133b T.V. interview on “NBC Meet the Press.” Sunday, June 22, 1975.&nbsp;Meet the Press19, no. 25 (June 22, 1975) Washington D.C.: Merkle Press, Inc. 1975, 9 pp.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-133c “The Courage of His Convictions.” In&nbsp;Tribute to Mises 1881–1973. The Session of the Mont Pélèrin Society at Brussels 1974 devoted to the Memory of Ludwig von Mises. Chislehurst, 1975.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-133d “The Formation of the Open Society.” Address given by Professor Friedrich A. von Hayek at the University of Dallas Commencement Exercises, May 18, 1975. [Unpublished typescript, available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-134a “Types of Mind.”&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;45 (September 1975).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_426">[This was revised and retitled “Two Types of Mind” in Chapter 4 of B-17.]</p><div>A-134b “Politicians Can&#8217;t Be Trusted with Money.” [(Newspaper editor&#8217;s title. Paper delivered in September at the Gold and Monetary Conference in Lausanne, Switzerland.)The Daily Telegraph&nbsp;of London, Part I (September 30, 1975); Part II “Financial Power to the People” (newspaper editor&#8217;s title October 1, 1975).]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-135a “A Discussion with Friedrich Hayek.” American Enterprise Institute.&nbsp;Domestic Affairs Studies&nbsp;39 (Washington, D.C. 1975).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-135b “World Inflationary Recession.” Paper presented to the International Conference on World Economic Stabilization, April 17–18, 1975, co-sponsored by the First National Bank of Chicago and the University of Chicago.&nbsp;First Chicago&nbsp;Report 5/1975.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-136a “The New Confusion about Planning.”&nbsp;The Morgan Guaranty Survey&nbsp;(January 1976): 4–13.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_427">[German translation in&nbsp;Die Industrie&nbsp;10 (1976).]</p><div>A-136b “Institutions May Fail, but Democracy Survives.”&nbsp;U.S. News and World Report(March 8, 1976.)</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-136c “Adam Smith&#8217;s Message in Today&#8217;s Language.”&nbsp;Daily Telegraph, London (March 9, 1976.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_428">[Reprinted as Chapter 16 of B-17.]</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_429">[The gap in identification number (A-137 through A-141) will be supplied in subsequent revisions of this Hayek bibliography.]</p><div>A-142 “Il Problema della Moneta Oggi.” Academia Nationale dei Lincei. Atti de Convegni Rome (1976).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_430">[“The Problem of Money Today.”]</p><div>A-143 “Remembering My Cousin Ludwig Wittgenstein.”&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;(August 1977).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-144a “Die Illusion der sozialen Gerechtigkeit.” In&nbsp;Schicksal? Grenzen der Machbarkeit. Eine Symposion. Munchen: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, 1977.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_431">[“The Illusion of Social Justice.” Cf. B-16, Vol. II of&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty: The Mirage of Social Justice&nbsp;esp. Chapt. 9, also note Chapter 5 of B-17: “The Atavism of Social Justice.”]</p><div>A-144b “Toward Free Market Money.”&nbsp;Wall Street Journal&nbsp;(August 19, 1977).</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-144c “Persona Grata: Interview with Friedrich Hayek.” Interviewed by Albert Zlabinger,&nbsp;World Research INK&nbsp;1, no. 12 (September, 1977): 7–9. Also available as a 30 minute 16mm color movie, entitled “Inside the Hayek Equation,” from World Research, Inc.; Campus Studies Division; 11722 Sorrento Valley Rd., San Diego, CA 92121.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-144d “An Interview with Friedrich Hayek.” by Richard Ebeling.&nbsp;Libertarian Review(September 1977): 10–16.</div><br /><div>A-144e “Is There a Case for Private Property.”&nbsp;Firing Line. Columbia S.C.: Southern Educational Communications Association, 1977.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-145 “Coping with Ignorance.” Ludwig von Mises Memorial Lecture.&nbsp;Imprimis(Hillsdale College) 7 (July 1978) 6 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_432">[Reprinted in Cheryl A. Yurchis (ed.)&nbsp;Champions of Freedom. Hillsdale, Michigan: Hillsdale College Press, (The Ludwig von Mises Lecture Series Vol. 5) 1979.]</p><div>A-146a “The Miscarriage of the Democratic Ideal.”&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;(March 1978). [A slightly revised version later appeared as Chapter 16 of B-18.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-146b “Will the Democratic Ideal Prevail?” In Arthur Seldon, ed.&nbsp;The Coming Confrontation: Will the Open Society Survive to 1989?&nbsp;London: The Institute for Economic Affairs (Hobart Paperback No. 12), 1978, pp. 61–73.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_433">[Revised version of an article which appeared in&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;(March 1978).]</p><div>A-147 “Die Entthronung der Politik.” In&nbsp;Uberforderte Demokratie?&nbsp;hrsg. von D. Frei, Sozialwissenschaftliche Studien de schweizerischen Instituts für Auslandsforschung, N.F. 7, Zurich 1978.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_434">[“The Dethronement of Politics” in&nbsp;Has Democracy Overextended Itself?&nbsp;See also Chapter 18 of B-18: “The Containment of Power and the Dethronement of Politics.”]</p><div>A-148a “Can we still avoid inflation?” In Richard M. Ebeling (ed.)&nbsp;The Austrian Theory of the Trade Cycle and Other Essays. New York: Center for Libertarian Studies (Occasional Paper Series 8) 1978.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-148b “Exploitation of Workers by Workers.” The last of three talks given by Professor F. A. Hayek under the title, “The Market Economy” (Radio 3, BBC). The&nbsp;Listener&nbsp;(August 17, 1978): 202–203.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-149 “Notas sobre la Evolución de Sistemas de Reglas de Conducta.”&nbsp;Teorema&nbsp;9, no. 1 (1979): 57–77.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_435">[“Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct.” Spanish version of Chapt. 4 of B-13.]</p><div>A-150 “Towards a Free Market Monetary System.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;3, no. 1 (1979): 1–8.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_436">[A lecture delivered at the Gold and Monetary Conference, New Orleans, Louisiana (November 10, 1977).]</p><div>A-151a “Freie Wahl de Währungen.” In&nbsp;Geldpolitik, ed. by J. Badura and O. Issing. Stuttgart and New York, 1980, pp. 136–146.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_437">[“Free Choice of Currency Standards.”]</p><div>A-151b “An Interview with F. A. Hayek.” Conducted by Richard E. Johns.&nbsp;The American Economic Council Report&nbsp;(May 1980.)</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_438">[Reprinted in&nbsp;IRI Insights&nbsp;(publication of Investment Rarities, Inc.) 1 (November—December, 1980): 6–12, 14–15, 32.]</p><div>A-151c “Midju—Modid.”&nbsp;Frelsid&nbsp;(Journal of the Freedom Association of Iceland) 1 (1980): 6–15.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_439">[“The Muddle of the Middle.”]</p><div>A-151d “Dankadresse.” In Erich Hoppmann, ed.&nbsp;Friedrich A. von Hayek. Baden—Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft, 1980. pp. 37–42.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_440">[See Hoppmann (1980) in the&nbsp;Bibliography&nbsp;of Works Relating to Hayek.]</p><div>A-151e Review of Thomas Sowell&#8217;s&nbsp;Knowledge and Decisions. (New York: Basic Books, 1980). In&nbsp;Reason&nbsp;13 (December 1981): 47–49.</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-151f “L&#8217;Hygiène de la démocratie.” French translation of the English text of a speech delivered April 12, 1980 at the l&#8217;Assemblée Nationale in Paris by Friedrich A. Hayek. [“The Health of Democracy.” In&nbsp;Liberté économique et progrès social&nbsp;(périodique d&#8217;information et de liaison des libéraux) No. 40 (December—January 1981): 20–23.]</div><div>&nbsp;</div><div>A-151g “The Ethics of Liberty and Property.” Chapter 4 of a forthcoming book,&nbsp;The Fatal Conceit. Published in the proceedings of the Mont Pélèrin Society 1982 General Meeting, 5–10 September, Berlin. Institut für Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universität zu Köln, 1982.</div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_071"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_066">Works about or relevant to Friedrich A. Hayek<a title="Back to TOC" href="http://oll.libertyfund.org/titles/liggio-literature-of-liberty-winter-1982-vol-5-no-4#toc">↩</a></h2><div>Aaron, Raymond. “La Definition Libérale le Libérté.”&nbsp;Archiv europäischer Sociologen&nbsp;II (1961).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_441">[“The Liberal Definition of Liberty.”]</p><div>Agonito, Rosemary. “Hayek Revisited: Mind as a Process of Classification.” In:Behaviorism: A Forum for Critical Discussions&nbsp;3, no. 2 (Spring 1975): 162–171.</div><div>Allen, Henry. “Hayek, the Answer Man.”&nbsp;The Washington Post&nbsp;(December 2, 1982), pp. C1, C17.</div><div>Arnold, G. L. “The Faith of a Whig.”&nbsp;Twentieth Century London&nbsp;(August 1960).</div><div>Arnold, Roger A. “The Efficiency Properties of Institutional Evolution: With Particular Reference to the Social—Philosophical Works of F. A. Hayek.” Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Ph.D. Dissertation, 1979. [Dissertation supervised by James M. Buchanan.]</div><div>———. “Hayek and Institutional Evolution.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;4, no. 4 (Fall 1980): 341–352.</div><div>Barry, Norman P. “Austrian Economists on Money and Society.”&nbsp;National Westminster Bank Quarterly Review&nbsp;(May 1981): 20–31.</div><div>———.&nbsp;An Introduction to Modern Political Theory. London: MacMillan, 1981.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Hayek&#8217;s Social and Economic Philosophy. London: Macmillan, 1979.</div><div>——— “The Tradition of Spontaneous Order.”&nbsp;Literature of Liberty&nbsp;5 (Summer 1982): 7–58.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_442">[A major section of this article deals with Hayek.]</p><div>Baumgarth, William P. “The Political Philosophy of F. A. von Hayek.” Harvard University Ph.D. Dissertation in Government, Cambridge, Mass., 1976</div><div>——— “Hayek and Political Order: The Rule of Law.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies2, no. 1 (Winter 1978): 11–28</div><div>Bay, Christian. “Hayek&#8217;s Liberalism: The Constitution of Perpetual Privilege.”&nbsp;Political Science Review&nbsp;1 (Fall 1971): 93–124.</div><div>Bettelheim, Charles. “Freiheit und Planwirtschaft.” In:&nbsp;Die Umschau. Internationale Revue, Mainz, 1 (1946): 83–192. [“Freedom and the Planned Economy.”]</div><div>Bianca, G.&nbsp;Verso la Schiavitù. Replica a von Hayek. Naples, 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_443">[“(The Road) to Serfdom. Reply to von Hayek.”]</p><div>Birner, Jack. “Hayek&#8217;s Research Program in Economics.” Ph.D. dissertation for Erasmus University in Rotterdam, no date (1982?).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_444">[In Dutch with a 36-page summary in English. The English summary is available at the Institute for Humane Studies, Menlo Park, CA 94025.]</p><div>Black, R.D., Collison Coats, A. W., and Goodwin, Craufurd D.W. (eds.)&nbsp;The Marginal Revolution in Economics: Interpretation and Evaluation. Durham, North Carolina: Duke University Press, 1973.</div><div>Böhm, Stephan B. “Liberalism and Economics in the Hapsburg Monarchy,” 12 pp. Unpublished typescript. Paper presented to “The History of Economics Society Conference,” Kress Library, Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, June 16–19, 1980.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_445">[Paper available at the Institute for Humane Studies]</p><div>Boland, L.A. “Time in Economics vs. Economics in Time. The ‘Hayek Problem.’” In&nbsp;The Canadian Journal of Economics&nbsp;(Canadian Economic Association) Toronto, 2, no. 2 (1978): 240–262.</div><div>Bostaph, Samuel. “The Methodological Debate between Carl Menger and the German Historical School.”&nbsp;Atlantic Economic Journal&nbsp;6 (September 1978): 3–16.</div><div>Bradley, Jr., Robert. “Market Socialism: A Subjectivist Evaluation.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;5, no. 1 (Winter 1981): 23–40.</div><div>Brell, K.H. “Zur Problematik der progressiven Einkommensbesteuerung. Eine Antikritik zu F.A. von Hayeks ‘Ungerechtigkeit der Steuerprogression’ und C. Fohls ‘Kritik der progressiven Einkommensbesteurung’.” Dissertation Karlsruhe (Berenz) 1957. [“On the Problematic of the Progressive Income Tax. A Counter—Critique to F.A. von Hayek&#8217;s ‘The Injustice of the Progressive Income Tax’ and C. Fohl&#8217;s ‘Critique of the Progressive Income Tax.’”]</div><div>Brittan, Samuel. “Hayek and the New Right.”&nbsp;Encounter&nbsp;54 (January 1980): 30–46.</div><div>Broadbeck, M. “On the Philosophy of the Social Sciences.”&nbsp;Philosophy of Science&nbsp;21, no. 2 (April 1959).</div><div>Brown, Pamela. “Constitution or Competition? Alternative Views on Monetary Reform.”Literature of Liberty&nbsp;5 (Autumn 1982): 7–52.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_446">[A major section of this article surveys Hayek&#8217;s proposals for the ‘denationalization’ of money. See Hayek, P-14, P-16a, and P-16b.]</p><div>Brozen, Yale M. “The Antitrust Task Force Deconcentration Recommendation.”&nbsp;Journal of Law &amp; Economics&nbsp;13 (October 1970) 279–292.</div><div>Buchanan, James M. “Cultural Evolution and Institutional Reform.” Unpublished manuscript.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Cost and Choice. Chicago: Markham Publishing Co., 1969.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Freedom in Constitutional Contract. College Station, Texas: Texas A &amp; M University Press, 1979.</div><div>Buchanan, James M. and Thirlby G.F. (eds.)&nbsp;L.S.E. Essays on Cost. London: Weidenfield Nicolsen, 1973.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_447">[Classic essays on cost from the London School of Economics, including Hayek.]</p><div>Buckley, Jr., William F. “The Road to Serfdom: The Intellectuals and Socialism.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 95–106.</div><div>Business Week. “The Austrian School&#8217;s Advice: ‘Hands Off!’”&nbsp;Business Week&nbsp;(August 3, 1974).</div><div>Campbell, William F. “Theory and History: The Methodology of Ludwig von Mises.” University of Minnesota M.A. thesis. Minneapolis, 1962.</div><div>Chambers, Raymond J.&nbsp;Accounting, Evaluation and Economic Behavior. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice—Hall, Inc., 1966.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_448">[Also see Thomas Cullom Taylor, Jr. (1970).]</p><div>Congdon, Tim. “Is the Provision of a Sound Currency a Necessary Function of the State?”National Westminster Bank Quarterly Review. (London, August 1981): 2–21. [Deals with the assorted problems of Hayek&#8217;s (P-16b). See Norman P. Barry (May, 1981).]</div><div>Corbin, Peter D. (Principal Investigator, Research Coordinator, American Geographic Society.) “Geoinflationary Variations in the U.S. Economy.”</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_449">[Examination of the Austrian theory of inflation which emphasizes the spatio—temporal aspects of the inflationary process. Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>Crespigny, Anthony de. “F.A. Hayek, Freedom for Progress.” in Anthony de Crespigny and Kenneth Minogue (eds.)&nbsp;Contemporary Political Philosophers. New York: Dodd, Mead and Co., 1975; London: Methuen, 1976, pp. 49–66.</div><div>Cunningham, Robert L. (ed.)&nbsp;Liberty and the Rule of Law. College Station, Texas: Texas A &amp; M University Press, 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_450">[A collection of 13 papers delivered at a conference in honor of F.A. Hayek, Jan. 14–18, 1976 in San Francisco. Co—sponsored by Liberty Fund, Inc. and the University of San Francisco.]</p><div>Davenport, John. “An Unrepentant Old Whig.”&nbsp;Fortune&nbsp;(March 1960): 134–135, 192, 194, 197–198.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_451">[Outline of Hayek&#8217;s Social Philosophy on the occasion of the publication of B-12.]</p><div>Davis, Kenneth.&nbsp;Discretionary Justice: A Preliminary Inquiry. Baton Rouge, Louisiana: Louisiana State University Press, 1969.</div><div>Delettres, J.M.&nbsp;Les récentes théories der crises foundées sur les disparités des prix. Paris: Pendone, 1941, pp. 195–276.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_452">[“Recent Theories of Economic Crises Based on Disparities in Prices.”]</p><div>Diamond, Arthur M. “F.A. Hayek on Constructivism and Ethics.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;4, no. 4 (Fall 1980): 353–366.</div><div>Dietze, Gottfried. “Hayek on The Rule of Law.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 107–146.</div><div>———. “From the Constitution of Liberty to its Deconstruction by Liberalist Dissipation, Disintegration, Disassociation, Disorder.” In Fritz Meyer, ed.,&nbsp;Zur Verfassung der Freiheit. Festgabe für Friedrich von Hayek. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag (Ordo, vol. 30), 1979, pp. 177–197.</div><div>Dolan, Edwin G., editor.&nbsp;The Foundations of Modern Austrian Economics. Kansas City: Sheed &amp; Ward, Inc. 1976.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_453">[Exposition by several authors of the history, principles and applications of the Austrian School of Economics. Among the topics of interest are Israel M. Kirzner&#8217;s “On the Method of Austrian Economics” and “The Theory of Capital;” Murray N. Rothbard&#8217;s “The Austrian Theory of Money,” and Gerald P. O&#8217;Driscoll, Jr.’s and Sudha R. Shenoy&#8217;s “Inflation, Recession, and Stagflation.”]</p><div>Dorn, J.A. “Law and Liberty: A Comparison of Hayek and Bastiat.” Unpublished paper (October 1980), 50 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_454">[Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>Dreyhaupt, K.F. and Siepmann U. “Privater Wettbewerb im Geldwesen. Uberlegungen zu einem Vorschlag von F.A. von Hayek.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;29 (1978).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_455">[“Private Competition in Monetary Affairs. Reflections on a Proposal by F.A. von Hayek.”]</p><div>Dyer, P.W. and Hickman, R.H. “American Conservatism and F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Modern Age23, no. 4 (Fall 1979).</div><div>Eagley, Robert V.&nbsp;The Structure of Classical Economic Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, 1974.</div><div>Eastman, Max. Review of Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Capitalism and the Historians. The Freeman&nbsp;4 (February 22, 1954): 385–387.</div><div>Eaton, Howard O.&nbsp;The Austrian Philosophy of Value. Norman, Okla.: The University of Oklahoma Press, 1930.</div><div>Ebeling, Richard. “An Interview with Friedrich Hayek.”&nbsp;Libertarian Review&nbsp;(September 1977): 10–16.</div><div>———. “Reflections on John Hick&#8217;s ‘The Hayek Story.’” Unpublished manuscript, no date; 23 pp.: Available from the Institute for Humane Studies, Menlo Park, California 94025.</div><div>———. “Hayek on Inflation.” Unpublished Paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, Dec. 6, 1980.</div><div>Ellis, Howard S.&nbsp;German Monetary Theory, 1905–1933. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press, 1934.</div><div>Fabrini, L. “La teoria del capitale e dell interesse di F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Revista internazionale de scienze sociali. Milano, Anno 58, Series 4, Volume 22 (1950): 250–286.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_456">[“The Theory of Capital and Interest of F.A. Hayek.”]</p><div>Falconer, Robert T. “Capital Intensity and the Real Wage: A Critical Evaluation of Hayek&#8217;s Ricardo Effect.” Texas A &amp; M Ph.D. Dissertation. College Station, Texas, 1971.</div><div>Finer, H.&nbsp;Road to Reaction. London: Dobson, 1946.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_457">[Reprinted Boston, 1945. Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1973.]</p><div>Fingleton, Eamonn. “The Guru Who Came In From the Cold.”&nbsp;NOW!&nbsp;(January 30, 1981) 39–41.</div><div>Flanagan, T.E. “F.A. Hayek on Property and Justice.” Unpublished manuscript presented at the Theory of Property Summer Workshop at the University of Calgary, July 7–14, 1978.</div><div>Frankel, S. H. “Hayek on Money.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Hayek at University College, London, October 28, 1978. [This conference was structured around Hayek&#8217;s newly published&nbsp;New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas. In addition to Frankel, it featured Thomas Torrance, Hillel Steiner and Jeremy Shearmur.]</div><div>Fridriksson, Fridrik. “Hayek á Íslandi 1940–1980.”&nbsp;Frelsid&nbsp;3 (1981): 312–336. [“Hayek and Iceland, 1940–1980.”]</div><div>———.&nbsp;Friedrich A. Hayek. Forthcoming book developed from Fridriksson&#8217;s Virginia Polytechnic Institute M.A. thesis in economics.</div><div>Garrigues, A. “El individualismo verdadero y falso, segun Hayek.”&nbsp;Moneda y credito, Revista de economie&nbsp;34 (Madrid, 1950): 3–14.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_458">[“Individualism: True and False, according to Hayek.”]</p><div>Garrison, Roger W. “The Austrian—Neoclassical Relation: A Study in Monetary Dynamics.” University of Virginia, Department of Economics, Ph.D. Dissertation, 1981.</div><div>Geddes, John M. “New Vogue for Critic of Keynes.”&nbsp;The New York Times&nbsp;(May 7, 1979).</div><div>Gerding, R. and Starbatty, J. “Zur ‘Entnationalisierung des Geldes.’ Eine Zwischenbilanz.” Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 78) (J.C.B. Mohr/Paul Siebeck), 1980.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_459">[“On the ‘Denationalisation of Money.’ An Interim Statement.”]</p><div>Gilbert, J.C. “Professor Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Trade Cycle Theory.”&nbsp;Economic Essays in Commemoration of the Dundee School of Economics, 1931–1955. pp. 51–62.</div><div>Glasner, David. “Friedrich Hayek: An Appreciation.”&nbsp;Intercollegiate Review&nbsp;7 (Summer 1971): 251–255.</div><div>Good, D.F. “The Great Depression and Austrian Growth after 1873.”&nbsp;The Economic History Review&nbsp;31 (1978).</div><div>Gordon, Scott. “The Political Economy of F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Canadian Journal of Economics14 (1981): 470–487.</div><div>Graf, Hans-Georg. “Muster-Voraussagen” und “Erklärungen des Prinzips” bei F.A. von Hayek. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze 65) (J.C.B. Mohr/P. Siebeck.), 1978.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_460">[“‘Pattern-Prediction’ and&#8217;Clarification of Principle’ in F.A. von Hayek.”]</p><div>———. “Nicht-nomologische Theorie bei Komplexen Sachverhalten.”&nbsp;Ordo, Jahrbuch für die Ordnung von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft 26 (1975): 298–308.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_461">[“Non-nomological Theory in Complex Phenomena.”]</p><div>Graham, F.D. “Keynes vs. Hayek on a Commodity Reserve Currency.”&nbsp;The Economic Journal&nbsp;54 (1944): 422–429.</div><div>Grant, James. “Hayek: The Road to Stockholm.”&nbsp;The Alternative: An American Spectator8, no. 8 (May 1975): 10–12.</div><div>Gray, John N. “F.A. Hayek on Liberty and Tradition.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies4 (Spring 1980): 119–137.</div><div>———. “Hayek on Spontaneous Order.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Hayek, London, Oct. 30, 1982.</div><div>Grinder, Walter E. Review of two books:&nbsp;Macro-economic Thinking &amp; The Market Economy&nbsp;by Ludwig M. Lachmann; and&nbsp;A Tiger by the Tail: The Keynesian Legacy of Inflation. In&nbsp;Libertarian Review&nbsp;(November 1974): 4–5.</div><div>———. Review of 4 books: F.A. Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;The Counter-Revolution of Science; Individualism and Economic Order; Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics;&nbsp;and Ludwig M. Lachmann&#8217;s&nbsp;The Legacy of Max Weber. In&nbsp;Libertarian Review&nbsp;4, no. 4 (April 1975): 4–5.</div><div>———. “In Pursuit of the Subjective Paradigm” and “Austrian Economics in the Present Crisis of Economic Thought.” In&nbsp;Capital, Expectations and the Market Process&nbsp;by Ludwig M. Lachmann. Edited by Walter E. Grinder. Kansas City: Sheed, Andrews &amp; McMeel, Inc., 1977.</div><div>———. “The Austrian Theory of the Business Cycle: Reflections on Some Socio-Economic Effects.” Unpublished paper presented at The Symposium on Austrian Economics, University of Hartford, June 22–28, 1975.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_462">[Available at the Institute for Humane Studies, Menlo Park, CA 94025.]</p><div>Gross, N.T.&nbsp;The Industrial Revolution in the Hapsburg Monarchy, 1750–1914. Fontana Economic History of Europe, vol. 4, Part 1. London, 1973.</div><div>Haberler, Gottfried. “Mises’ Private Seminar: Reminiscences.”&nbsp;The Mont Pélèrin Quarterly&nbsp;3 (October 1961): 20–21.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_463">[See also an expanded version in&nbsp;Wirtschafts Politische Blätter&nbsp;(Journal of Political Economy, Vienna) 28, 4 (1981). A Festschrift issue on the Centennary of Luwig von Mises’ birth (1881–1981).]</p><div>Hagel III, John. “From Laissez Faire to&nbsp;Zwangswirtschaft: The Dynamics of Interventionism.” Unpublished paper presented to The Symposium on Austrian Economics. University of Hartford, June 22–28, 1975, 37 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_464">[Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>Hamowy, Ronald. “Hayek&#8217;s Conception of Freedom: A Critique.”&nbsp;New Individualist Review&nbsp;1, no. 1 (April 1961): 28–31.</div><div>———. “Freedom and The Rule of Law in F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;36, no. 2 (June 1971): 349–377.</div><div>———. “Law and the Liberal Society: F.A. Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Constitution of Liberty.” Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;2, no. 4 (1978): 287–297.</div><div>Hampshire, Stuart.&nbsp;Thought and Action. London: Chatto and Windar, 1970.</div><div>———. “On Having a Reason.” In G.A. Vesey, ed.,&nbsp;Human Values. Royal Institute of Philosophy Lectures, Vol II 1976–1979: Harvester Press, 1976. Chapter 5.</div><div>Haney, Lewis H.&nbsp;History of Economic Thought. New York: Macmillan, 1949, 4th edition. [See especially pp. 607–634 (“Fully Developed Subjectivism: The Austrian School.”) and pp. 811–831 (“Economic Thought in Germany and Austria, from 1870 to World War II.”]</div><div>Harris, R. “On Hayek.”&nbsp;Swinton Journal&nbsp;(1970).</div><div>Harrod, R.&nbsp;Money. London: St. Martin&#8217;s Press, 1969.</div><div>———. “Professor Hayek on Individualism.” In R. Harrod, ed.&nbsp;Economic Essays, 2nd edition. London and New York: 1972. pp. 293–301.</div><div>Hart, H.L.A.&nbsp;The Concept of Law. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1961.</div><div>Hartwell, Ronald Max. “Capitalism and the Historians.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 73–94.</div><div>Hawtrey, Ralph G.&nbsp;Capital and Employment. London, 1937, especially chapter 8: “Professor Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Prices and Production.”</div><div>———. “The Trade Cycle and Capital Intensity.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;n.s. 7 (February 1940): 1–15. [Hawtrey was an economist connected with the British Treasury from 1919 to 1937. He “developed a purely monetary theory of the business cycle on a macro-economic concept of equilibrium.” See citation under Sennholz.]</div><div>———. “Professor Hayek&#8217;s Pure Theory of Capital.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;(Royal Economic Society) 51 (London 1941): 281–290.</div><div>———. “Prof. Hayek&#8217;s ‘Prices and Production’.” In&nbsp;Capital and Employment, 2nd edition. London: Longmans, Green &amp; Co., 1952, pp. 233–267.</div><div>Heimann, E. “Professor Hayek on German Socialism.”&nbsp;The American Economic Review. 35 (1945): 935–937.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_465">[Compare with B. Hoselitz.]</p><div>Hicks, J.R. “Maintaining Capital Intact: A Further Suggestion.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;9 (1942): 174–179.</div><div>———. “The Hayek Story.” In&nbsp;Critical Essays in Monetary Theory. Oxford University Press: 1967.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_466">[See Richard M. Ebeling citation.]</p><div>Hicks, J.R. and Weber, W.&nbsp;Carl Menger and the Austrian School of Economics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1973.</div><div>Hoppmann, Erich (ed.)&nbsp;Friedrich A. von Hayek. Vorträge und Ansprächen auf der Festveranstaltung der Frieburger Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät zum 80. Geburtstag von Friedrich A. von Hayek. Baden-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft, 1980.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_467">[Festschrift with bibliography on F.A. Hayek&#8217;s 80th birthday presented by the Faculty of Economics of the University of Freiburg. Contributors include: Erich Hoppmann, Berhard Stoeckle, Karl Brandt, Christian Watrin, Hans Otto Lenel, and Klaus Peter Krause. Hayek&#8217;s “Dankadresse,” pp. 37–42, surveys highlights in Hayek&#8217;s intellectual career and writings from the vantage point of his 80th year. The Hoppmann-edited Festschrift honoring Hayek also lists the contributors to the earlier 1979&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;Festschrift for Hayek, edited by Fritz Meyer,&nbsp;et.al&nbsp;(p. 53), and contains valuable updatings on bibliography by and about Hayek (pp. 55–60.)]</p><div>Hoselitz, B.F. “Professor Hayek on German Socialism.”&nbsp;The American Economic Review35 (1945): 926–934.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_468">[Compare with E. Heimann.]</p><div>Housinden, Daniel M.&nbsp;Capital, Profits, and Prices: An Essay in The Philosophy of Economics. New York: Columbia University Press, 1981.</div><div>Howey, Richard S.&nbsp;The Rise of the Marginal Utility School: 1870–1889. Lawrence, Kansas: The University of Kansas Press, 1960.</div><div>Hoy, Calvin M. “Hayek&#8217;s Philosophy of Liberty.” Columbia University Ph.D. Dissertation. New York, 1982.</div><div>Hummel, Jeffrey Roger. “Problems with Austrian Business Cycle Theory.”&nbsp;Reason PapersNo. 5 (Winter, 1979): 41–53.</div><div>Hunt, Lester. “Toward a Natural History of Morality.” Unpublished essay.</div><div>Hutchinson, T.W.&nbsp;The Politics and Philosophy of Economics: Marxians, Keynesians and Austrians. New York and London: New York University Press, 1981.</div><div>Janik, Allan and Toulmin, Stephen.&nbsp;Wittgenstein&#8217;s Vienna. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1973.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_469">[Important along with Carl Schorske&#8217;s volume on&nbsp;Fin-de-siècle Vienna&nbsp;for the cultural-historical context in which Hayek and his cousin Wittgenstein lived. See A-143.]</p><div>Johnson, Frank. “The Facts of Hayek.”&nbsp;Sunday Telegraph Magazine&nbsp;(London, no date, [1975?]) 30–34.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_470">[Profile and biographical sketch along with photographs of F.A. Hayek.]</p><div>Johnston, William.&nbsp;The Austrian Mind: An Intellectual and Social History, 1848–1938. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press, 1972.</div><div>Johr, W.A. “Note on Professor Hayek&#8217;s ‘True Theory of Unemployment.’”&nbsp;Kyklos&nbsp;30, no. 4 (1970): 713–723.</div><div>Jones, Harry W. “The Rule of Law and the Welfare State.”&nbsp;Columbia Law Review&nbsp;58, no. 2 (February 1958).</div><div>Kaldor, N. “Prof. Hayek and the Concertina Effect.” In&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;N.S. 9 (1942): 148–176; reprinted in: Kaldor,&nbsp;Essays on Economic Stability and Growth. London: Duckworth, 1960.</div><div>Kasp, M.E.&nbsp;Die geldliche Wechsellagenlehre. Darstellung und Kritik de geldlichen Wechsellagentheorien von Hawtrey, Wicksell und Hayek. Jena: Fischer, 1939.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_471">[“Monetary (Exchange) Models. Representation and Critique of the Monetary (Exchange) Theories of Hawtrey, Wicksell, and Hayek.”]</p><div>Kauder, Emil. “Intellectual and Political Roots of the Older Austrian School.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Nationalökonomie&nbsp;17 (1957): 411–425.</div><div>———.&nbsp;A History of Marginal Utility Theory. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1965.</div><div>Keizai, S. “Theories and Thoughts of Prof. Hayek.”&nbsp;The World Economy. Tokyo, 1964.</div><div>Keynes, J.M. “A Reply to Dr. Hayek.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;12 (November 1931): 387–397. [Cf. Hayek: A-10, A-11a, A-11b.]</div><div>Kirzner, Israel M.&nbsp;The Economic Point of View: An Essay in The History of Economic Thought. Princeton: Van Nostrand, 1960.</div><div>———. “Divergent Approaches in Libertarian Economic Thought.”&nbsp;The Intercollegiate Review&nbsp;3 (January-February 1967): 101–108.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Competition and Entrepreneurship. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press, 1973.</div><div>———. “Hayek, Knowledge and Market Processes.” Paper delivered at The Allied Social Science Association meetings in Dallas, Texas. New York: Xerox, 1975.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Perception, Opportunity and Profit. Studies in the Theory of Entrepreneurship. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1979. Chapter 2.</div><div>———. “Entrepreneurship, Choice, and Freedom.” In&nbsp;Verfassung der Freiheit: Festgabe für Friedrich A. von Hayek zur Vollendung seines achtzigstan Lebensjahres. Edited by Fritz W. Meyer,&nbsp;et.al. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag (Ordo&nbsp;30) 1979, pp. 245–256.</div><div>Knight, F.H. “Professor Hayek and the Theory of Investment.”&nbsp;The Economic Journal&nbsp;45 (1935): 77–94.</div><div>Kristol, Irving. “Capitalism, Socialism and Nihilism.” In&nbsp;Two Cheers for Capitalism. New York, 1978. Chapter 7.</div><div>Lachmann, Ludwig M.&nbsp;Macro-economic Thinking and the Market Economy: An Essay on the Neglect of the Micro-Foundations and Its Consequences. London: The Institute of Economic Affairs (Hobart Paper 56), 1973, 56 pp. Reprinted, Menlo Park, California: Institute for Humane Studies (Studies in Economics, No. 6), 1978. [See also Lachmann&#8217;s essay “Toward a Critique of Macroeconomics,” pp. 152–159, in Edwin G. Dolan, ed.&nbsp;The Foundations of Modern Austrian Economics.]</div><div>———. “Methodological Individualism in The Market Economy.” In&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. Edited by Erich Streissler&nbsp;et.al. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1969.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_472">[This essay is also reprinted in&nbsp;Capital, Expectations&#8230;]</p><div>———. “Reflections on Hayekian Capital Theory.” Paper delivered at The Allied Social Science Association meetings in Dallas, Texas. New York: Xerox, 1975.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Capital, Expectations, and the Market Process: Essays on The Theory of the Market Economy. Edited with an Introduction by Walter E. Grinder. Kansas City: Sheed Andrews &amp; McMeel, Inc., 1977.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_473">[See in this volume especially Walter E. Grinder&#8217;s Introduction “In Pursuit of the Subjective Paradigm” (pp. 3–24) and his “Austrian Economics in the Present Crisis of Economic Thought” (pp. 25–41). Noteworthy among Lachmann&#8217;s articles in this volume are: “The Significance of the The Austrian School of Economics in The History of Ideas” (pp. 45–64), and “A Reconsideration of the Austrian Theory of Industrial Fluctuations,” (pp. 267–286). The Appendix contains a useful Bibliography of “The Writings of Ludwig M. Lachmann,” (pp. 338–340.)]</p><div>———. “From Mises to Shackle: An Essay on Austrian Economics and the Kaleidic Society.”&nbsp;Journal of Economic Literature&nbsp;14 (March 1976): 54–62.</div><div>———. “Austrian Economics under Fire: The Hayek-Sraffa Duel in Retrospect,” 18 pp. [Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</div><div>———. “Austrian Economics: An Interview with Ludwig Lachmann.” Interviewed by Richard Ebeling.&nbsp;Institute Scholar&nbsp;(Publication of the Institute for Humane Studies) 2, no. 2 (February 1982): 6–9.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_474">[The Interview contains interesting facts about Hayek, The London School of Economics, and the Austrian approach to money and inflation.]</p><div>———. “Ludwig von Mises and The Extension of Subjectivism.” In&nbsp;Method, Process, and Austrian Economics: Essays in Honor of Ludwig von Mises. Edited by Israel M. Kirzner. Lexington, Massachusetts &amp; Toronto: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company, 1982, pp. 31–40.</div><div>Lakatos, I. “Popper on Demarcation and Induction.” In P.A. Schilpp (ed.)&nbsp;The Philosophy of Karl Popper. LaSalle, Illinois; 1973, pp. 241–273.</div><div>Lavoie, Don. “A Critique of the Standard Account of the Socialist Calculation Debate.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;5, no. 1 (Winter 1981): 4–87.</div><div>——— “The Market as a Procedure for the Discovery and Convergence of Inarticulate Knowledge.” Paper presented at The Liberty Fund Conference on Thomas Sowell&#8217;sKnowledge and Decisions. Savannah, Georgia; April 1982.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_475">[See&nbsp;Literature of Liberty&nbsp;5 (Summer 1982): 60, for a summary of Lavoie&#8217;s paper.]</p><div>———. “Rivalry and Central Planning: A Reexamination of the Debate over Economic Calculation under Socialism.” Ph.D. Dissertation, New York University, 1982.</div><div>Leduc, G. “En rélisant von Hayek.”&nbsp;Revue d&#8217;Economie Politique&nbsp;86 (1976): 491–494. [“Rereading von Hayek.”]</div><div>Leoni, Bruno.&nbsp;Freedom and the Law. Princeton, New Jersey: D. Van Nostrand, 1961.</div><div>Lepage, Henri. “Hayek ou l’économie politique de la liberté.” [“Hayek or the Political Economy of Liberty”]. Part 6 of&nbsp;Demain le libéralism&nbsp;[“Tomorrow Liberalism”]. Paris: Le Livre de Poche (8358L), Collection&nbsp;Pluriel, 1980, pp. 409–453.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_476">[Lepage, author of the influential&nbsp;Tomorrow, Capitalism, surveys the scholarly achievements of Hayek, covering the Austrian School of Economics, Hayek&#8217;s theory of the business cycle, his rivalry with Keynes, the value of liberty, the Road to Serfdom, and Hayek&#8217;s “Grand Synthesis” (Law, Legislation and Liberty). The article is sprinkled by anecdotes culled from a long interview with Hayek in February 1979.]</p><div>Letwin, Shirley Robin. “The Achievements of Friedrich A. Hayek.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 147–162.</div><div>Leube, Kurt R. “Friedrich A. von Hayek—Nobelpreis für Wirtschaftswissenschaften.” (University of Salzburg Research Papers, 1974).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_477">[“Friedrich A. von Hayek—Nobel Prize for Economic Science.”]</p><div>———. “F.A. von Hayek. Zu sienem 75. Geburtstag.”&nbsp;Salzburger Nachrichten&nbsp;1975.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_478">[“F.A. von Hayek. On His 75th Birthday.”]</p><div>———. “Inflationstheorie bei Hayek und Keynes.” (Paper prepared for a Seminar at the University of Salzburg, 1975).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_479">[“Inflation Theory in Hayek and Keynes.”]</p><div>———. “Vorwort und Bibliographie zur Wiederauflage F.A. Hayek:&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunkturtheorie. Salzburg, 1975.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_480">[“Foreward and Bibliography to the Second (German) Edition of F.A. Hayek,Geldtheorie,” (B-1).]</p><div>———. “Ausgewählte Bibliographie zur Wiederauflage F.A. Hayek:&nbsp;Preise und Produktion.” Vienna, 1975.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_481">[“Selected Bibliography to the Second (German) Edition of F.A. Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Prices and Production,” (B-2).]</p><div>———. “Hayek&#8217;s Perception of the ‘Rule of Law’.”&nbsp;The Intercollegiate Review&nbsp;(Winter 1976/1977).</div><div>———. “Bibliographischer Anhang.” In F.A. Hayek,&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunktur-theorie. Salzburg: 2. erw. Aufl., 1976, pp. 148–160.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_482">[Kurt Leube was from 1969–1977 Hayek&#8217;s Research Assistant and associate at the University of Salzburg. He currently is Managing Co-editor with Albert Zlabinger of The International Carl Menger Library, Philosophia-Verlag, and is working on a life of Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk. He has written and lectured extensively on Hayek and The Austrian School of Economics. The “Bibliographical Appendix” in this entry on the German reprinting of Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Geldtheorie&nbsp;(B-1), is but one of an extensive number of scholarly and bibliographic contributions by Leube on Hayek. In subsequent editions of the presentBibliography&nbsp;we will cite the extensive writings by Leube.]</p><div>———. “Bibliographisches Nachwort zur Wiederauflage F.A. Hayek:”&nbsp;Individualismus und wirtschaftliche Ordnung. (Salzburg 1977).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_483">[“Bibliographical Afterword to the Second (German) Edition of F.A. Hayek: (B-7).”]</p><div>———. “Böhm-Bawerk, Wieser und Hayek.” (Unpublished paper presented in Bonn, 1977.)</div><div>———. “Wer sind die ‘Austrians’.”&nbsp;Wirtschaftspolitsche Blatter, 1978. [“Who Are the ‘Austrians’.”]</div><div>———. “Ökonom und Philosoph: Zum 80. Geburtstag des grossen Österreichers Friedrich A. von Hayek.”&nbsp;Die Industrie&nbsp;19 (1979).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_484">[“Economist and Philosopher: On the 80th Birthday of the Austrian Friedrich A. von Hayek.”]</p><div>———. “F.A. Hayek—Zum 80. Geburtstag.”&nbsp;Zeitschrift für das gesamte Kreditwesen. Frankfurt/M. 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_485">[“F.A. Hayek—On His 80th Birthday.”]</p><div>———. “Hayek und die österr. Schule der Nationalökonomie.”&nbsp;Bayern Kurier, Munich 1979. [“Hayek and the Austrian School of Economics.”]</div><div>Liggio, Leonard P. “Hayek—An Overview.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, December 6, 1980.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_486">[See also contributions at this conference by Pirie, Ebeling, Steele, Graham Smith, and Shearmur. The edited papers, in the possession of Laurie Rantala, may be published.]</p><div>Lippincott, Benjamin E., ed.&nbsp;On the Economic Theory of Socialism. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1970.</div><div>Loenen, J.H.M.M. “The Concept of Freedom in Berlin and Others: An Attempt at Clarification.”&nbsp;The Journal of Value Inquiry&nbsp;10 (Winter 1976): 279–285.</div><div>Lutz, Friedrich A. “Professor Hayek&#8217;s Theory of Interest.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;10 (1943): 302–310.</div><div>———. “On Neutral Money.” In&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. Edited by Erich Streissler&nbsp;et. al. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 105–116.</div><div>Lynch, Thomas E. “Toward a Rational Political Philosophy: An Essay on the Origins of Hayek&#8217;s Liberal Radicalism.” B.A. Honors Thesis for The Degree in Political Economy. Williamstown, Massachusetts; Williams College, January, 1981, 72 pp. [Available at the Institute for Humane Studies, Menlo Park, CA 94025.]</div><div>McClain, Stephen Michael. “The Political Thought of the Austrian School of Economics.” The Johns Hopkins University Ph.D. Dissertation. Baltimore, 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_487">[McClain&#8217;s premise is that “the Austrian School, through the writings of Ludwig von Mises and Friedrich von Hayek, explicitly and comprehensively fashioned a political theory for capitalism.” Chapters on Hayek cover his political thought, concept of liberty, limits of knowledge and the spontaneous order, the rule of law, and constitutionalism.]</p><div>Macfie, A.L.&nbsp;Theories of the Trade Cycle. London: Macmillan, 1934.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_488">[Deals with Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Geldtheorie und Konjunkturtheorie&nbsp;(B-1) and&nbsp;Preise und Produktion(B-2) on pp. 45–87.]</p><div>Machlup, Fritz. “Liberalism and the Choice of Freedom.” In&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. Edited by Erich Streissler&nbsp;et.al.: London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 117–146.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_489">[Machlup has been a close personal and intellectual friend of Hayek&#8217;s since the early 1920s.]</p><div>———. “Friedrich von Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Economics.”&nbsp;The Swedish Journal of Economics&nbsp;76 (December 1974): 498–531.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_490">[Reprinted in revised, updated form as “Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Economics” in Machlup&#8217;s&nbsp;Essays on Hayek&nbsp;(1976).]</p><div>——— ed. “Hayek&#8217;s Contribution to Economics.” In&nbsp;Essays on Hayek&nbsp;with a Foreword by M. Friedman. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 13–59. [Contains the proceedings of a special regional meeting of the Mont Pélèrin Society (August 24–28, 1975) held at Hillsdale College (Michigan). Contributors to this quasi-Festschrift include Fritz Machlup, William F. Buckley, Jr., Gottfried Dietze, Ronald Max Hartwell, Shirley Robbin Letwin, George C. Roche III, and Arthur Shenfield. This volume contains “Excerpts of The Official Announcement of the (Swedish) Royal Academy of Sciences” (p. xv, ff) pertaining to Hayek&#8217;s Nobel Prize in Economics. Also included is Hayek&#8217;s brief banquet speech reprinted from the Nobel Foundation&#8217;s volume&nbsp;Les Prix Nobel 1974, pp. 38–39.]</div><div>———. “Friedrich von Hayek on Scientific and Scientistic Attitudes.”&nbsp;The Swedish Journal of Economics&nbsp;76 (1974).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_491">[Reprinted in Machlup,&nbsp;Methodology of Economics and Other Social Sciences. New York and London, 1978, pp. 513–519.]</p><div>———.&nbsp;Würdigung der Werke von Friedrich August von Hayek. Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut (Vorträge und Aufsätze, Heft 62), 1977, pp. 63–75.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_492">[“Assessment of the Works of Friedrich August von Hayek.”]</p><div>Mackie, J.L.&nbsp;Ethics: Inventing Right and Wrong&nbsp;London: Penguin Books, 1977, pp. 83–102.</div><div>Maling, Charles E. “Austrian Business Cycle Theory and Its Implications.”&nbsp;Reason PapersNo. 2 (Fall 1975): 65–90.</div><div>Marget, Arthur W. “Review of Friedrich A. Hayek,&nbsp;Prices and Production and Preise und Produktion.” Journal of Political Economy&nbsp;40 (April 1932): 261–266.</div><div>Matis, H.&nbsp;Osterreichs Wirtschaft 1848–1913. [“Austria&#8217;s Economy, 1848–1913.”] Berlin, 1972.</div><div>———. “Sozioökonomische Aspekte des Liberalismus in Osterreich 1848–1918.” [“Socio-economic Aspects of Liberalism in Austria, 1848–1918.”] In H.-U. Wehler, ed.Sozialgeschichte Heute. Göttingen, 1974.</div><div>May, Arthur.&nbsp;Vienna in the Age of Franz Josef. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1966.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_493">[See especially Chapter 3, “The Kingdom of Learning,” and Chapter 7, “Science and Scholarship.”]</p><div>Melis, R. “Rettifiche al neutralismo economico.”&nbsp;Il Politico&nbsp;16 (1951) 275–284.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_494">[“Alterations in Economic Neutrality.”]</p><div>Meyer, Fritz W.&nbsp;et. al, eds.&nbsp;Zur Verfassung der Freiheit: Festgabe für Friedrich A. von Hayek zur Vollendung seines achtzigsten Lebensjahres. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav[95]Fischer Verlag. (Ordo: Jahrbuch für die Ordnung von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft, vol. 30), 1979.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_495">[“On the Constitution of Liberty: A Gift for Friedrich A. von Hayek on the Completion of his 80th Year.” This Festschift honoring Hayek contains contributions from Karl Popper, Chiaki Nishiyama, George J. Stigler, Ludwig M. Lachmann, Charles K. Rowley, Arthur Seldon, Christian Watrin, Israel Kirzner, James M. Buchanan, Milton Friedman, and others.]</p><div>Milgate, M. “On the Origin of the Notion of ‘Intertemporal Equilibrium’.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;46 (Fall 1979).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_496">[Cf. Hayek, A-6.]</p><div>Miller, David. “Review of&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. II: The Mirage of Social Justice.”&nbsp;British Journal of Law and Society&nbsp;4 (Summer 1977): 142–145.</div><div>Miller, Eugene F. “Hayek&#8217;s Critique of Reason.”&nbsp;Modern Age&nbsp;20, no. 4 (Fall 1976): 383–394.</div><div>———. “The Cognitive Basis of Hayek&#8217;s Political Thought.” In Robert L. CunninghamLiberty and the Rule of Law. College Station and London: Texas A &amp; M University Press, 1979. pp. 242–267.</div><div>Miller, Robert. “Hayek, the Inter-War Years and the Gold Standard.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society, June 10, 1978.</div><div>Minard, Lawrence. “Wave of the Past? Or Wave of the Future?”&nbsp;Forbes&nbsp;(October 1, 1979): 45–50, 52</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_497">[Profile on Hayek with painting of Hayek featured in the cover of this issue of&nbsp;Forbes. This painting is now at the Heritage Foundation in Washington, D.C.]</p><div>Mises, Ludwig von.&nbsp;Bureaucracy. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1944.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Human Action. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1966.</div><div>———.&nbsp;The Historical Setting of the Austrian School. New Rochelle, New York, 1969.</div><div>———.&nbsp;The Theory of Money and Credit. Irvington-on-Hudson, New York: Foundation for Economic Education, 1971; Indianapolis: Liberty&nbsp;Classics, 1981. [Foreward by Murray N. Rothbard, (1981); Preface by Lionel Robbins (1934)]</div><div>———.&nbsp;On the Manipulation of Money and Credit. Dobbs Ferry, New York: Free Market Books, 1978.</div><div>Molsberger, G. “Grundsätzliches über Freiheit, Ordnung und Wettbewerb.” In&nbsp;Ordo, Jahrbuch 24 (1973): 315–325.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_498">[“Basic Principle of Freedom, Order and Competition.”]</p><div>Morrell, Stephen O. “In Search of a New Monetary Order: An Open Discussion on Aspects of a Freely Competitive Monetary Arrangement.”&nbsp;Institute Scholar&nbsp;(Publication of the Institute for Humane Studies) 1, no. 1, (1980): 1–2.</div><div>Morris, M.W. “The Political Thought of F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Political Studies&nbsp;2 (1972): 169–184.</div><div>Moss, Lawrence S., ed.&nbsp;The Economics of Ludwig von Mises: Toward a Critical Reappraisal. Kansas City: Sheed and Ward, Inc., 1976.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_499">[This volume resulted from the Symposium on the Economics of Ludwig von Mises, Atlanta, Georgia, November 5, 1974 to assess the recently deceased Mises’ (Sept. 29, 1881-Oct. 10, 1973) contributions to economic and social thought. Among the interesting essays included in this volume are Fritz Machlup&#8217;s “The Monetary Economics of Ludwig von Mises” and Israel M. Kirzner&#8217;s “Ludwig von Mises and Economic Calculation under Socialism.” Since Hayek&#8217;s life and writings are intimately connected with those of von Mises, this volume offers a valuable research tool in Fritz Machlup&#8217;s two&nbsp;Appendices&nbsp;on Mises: “Chronology” and “Major Translated Writings of Ludwig von Mises.”]</p><div>Murray, A.H. “Professor Hayek&#8217;s Philosophy.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;12 (August 1945): 149–162.</div><div>Nawroth, E.E.&nbsp;Die Sozial-und Wirtschaftsphilosophie des Neoliberalismus. Heidelberg: Kerle and Lowen: Nauwelaerts, 1961.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_500">[“The Social and Economic Philosophy of Neoliberalism.”]</p><div>Nishiyama, Chiaki. “The Theory of Self-Love. An Essay on the Methodology of the Social Sciences, and Especially of Economics, with Special Reference to Bernard Mandeville.” University of Chicago Ph.D. Dissertation, 1960.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_501">[Nishiyama&#8217;s dissertation was done under Hayek&#8217;s supervision. From 1950–1962 Hayek was professor of social and moral science in the Committee of Social Thought headed by John U. Nef at the University of Chicago. 1960 also saw the publication of Hayek&#8217;s B-12.]</p><div>———. “Hayek&#8217;s Theory of Sensory Order and the Methodology of the Social Sciences.”The Journal of Applied Sociology&nbsp;7 (Tokyo 1964).</div><div>———. “Revival of the Philosophy of Economics: A Critique of Hayek&#8217;s System of Liberty.”The Economics Studies Quarterly&nbsp;15, no. 2. (Tokyo 1965).</div><div>———. “Arguments for the Principles of Liberty and the Philosophy of Science.”&nbsp;Il Politico32 (June 1967): 336–347.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_502">[Commentary on and response to Hayek, A-115.]</p><div>———. “Anti-Rationalism or Critical Rationalism.” In&nbsp;Zur Verfassung der Freiheit: Festgabe für Friedrich A. von Hayek zur Vollendung seines achtzigsten Lebensjahres. Edited by Fritz W. Meyer&nbsp;et.al. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag (Ordo&nbsp;30) 1979, pp. 21–42.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Human Capitalism. A Presidential Lecture delivered at the 1981 Stockholm Regional Meeting of The Mont Pélèrin Society, August 30, 1981. Hoover Institution, Stanford University, 1982, 33 pp.</div><div>Nozick, Robert.&nbsp;Anarchy, State, and Utopia. New York: Basic Books, 1974.</div><div>———. “On Austrian Methodology.”&nbsp;Synthese&nbsp;36 (1977): 353–392.</div><div>Oakeshott, Michael.&nbsp;Rationalism in Politics. London: Methuen, 1962.</div><div>O&#8217;Driscoll, Jr. Gerald P. “Hayek and Keynes: A Retrospective Assessment.” Iowa State University Department of Economics Staff Paper No. 20. Ames, Iowa: Xerox 1975. [Paper prepared for the Symposium on Austrian Economics, University of Hartford, June 22–28, 1975.]</div><div>———. “Comments on Professor Machlup&#8217;s Paper.” Unpublished manuscript presented at a special regional meeting of the Mont Pélèrin Society, held August 24–28, 1975, at Hillsdale College in Hillsdale, Michigan.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_503">[The quasi-Festschrift volume (Essays on Hayek. Edited by Fritz Machlup. New York: New York University Press, 1975) was a product of the Hillsdale Mont Pélèrin meeting and included the important Fritz Machlup bibliographical essay (in revised form) to which Prof. O&#8217;Driscoll alludes in his title. O&#8217;Driscoll&#8217;s comments in this unpublished manuscript assess Hayek&#8217;s contributions to economic and social theory.]</p><div>———. “Spontaneous Order and the Coordination of Economic Activities.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;1, no. 2 (Spring 1977): 137–151.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Economics as a Coordination Problem: The Contributions of Friedrich A. Hayekwith a foreward by F.A. Hayek. Kansas City: Sheed Andrews &amp; McMeel, 1977.</div><div>———. “Frank A. Fetter and ‘Austrian’ Business Cycle Theory.”&nbsp;History of Political Economy&nbsp;12, 4 (1980): 542–557.</div><div>O&#8217;Driscoll, Gerald P. and Rizzo, Mario J. “What Is Austrian Economics?” Presented at The American Economic Association meetings in Denver, October 1980, 70 pp. [A revised and enlarged version will be forthcoming as a book: Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1983, to be entitled&nbsp;The Economics of Time and Ignorance.]</div><div>O&#8217;Neill, John, ed.&nbsp;Modes of Individualism and Collectivism. London: Heinemann, 1973. [A wide-ranging anthology of articles, including Hayek&#8217;s “Scientism and the Study of Society” (A-46), sections from Karl Popper&#8217;s&nbsp;The Poverty of Historicism&nbsp;(1961), etc. The O&#8217;Neill anthology presents the methodological debate in the social sciences over scientism and the confrontation between methodological individualism and its opponents. Contains a valuable bibliography on these issues, pp. 339–346. See also Jeffrey Paul (1974).]</div><div>Palmer, G.G.D. “The Rate of Interest in the Trade Cycle Theories of Prof. Hayek.”&nbsp;The South African Journal of Economics&nbsp;23 (1955): 1–18.</div><div>Pasour, Jr., E.C. “Cost and Choice—Austrians vs. Conventional Views.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;(Winter 1978): 327–336.</div><div>Paul, Jeffrey Elliott. “Individualism, Holism, and Human: An Investigation into Social Scientific Methodology.” Brandeis University (Department of Philosophy) Ph.D. Dissertation [74–16, 832] 1974.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_504">[See also John O&#8217;Neill, ed. (1973).]</p><div>Peel, J.D.Y.&nbsp;Herbert Spencer: The Evolution of a Sociologist. London: Heinemann, 1971.</div><div>Pigou, A.C. “Maintaining Capital Intact, on F.A. von Hayek: The Pure Theory of Capital.”Economica&nbsp;8 (1941): 271–275.</div><div>Pirie, Madsen. “Hayek—An Introduction.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, December 6, 1980.</div><div>Plant, Sir Arnold. “A Tribute to Hayek—The Rational Persuader.”&nbsp;Economic Age&nbsp;2, no. 2 (Jan.-Feb. 1970): 4–8.</div><div>Polanyi, Michael. “The Determinants of Social Action.” In&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. Edited by Erich Streissler&nbsp;et.al. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 145–179.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_505">[A paper on the polycentric self-regulating processes of the spontaneous order vs. central planning. Polanyi was the first to coin the term ‘spontaneous order’ and originally presented the present essay at the University of Chicago in 1950, the year in which Hayek joined the Committee on Social Thought at the University of Chicago. See also Polanyi&#8217;s&nbsp;The Logic of Liberty. London and Chicago, 1951.]</p><div>Quine, W.V.&nbsp;Ontological Relativity. New York, 1969.</div><div>Raico, Ralph. “A Libertarian Maestro.”&nbsp;The Alternative: An American Spectator&nbsp;8, no. 8 (May 1975): 21–23.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_506">[Analysis of Hayek.]</p><div>Ranulf, Sv. “On the Survival Chances of Democracy.” Aarhus (Universitetsforlaget). Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 1948.</div><div>Raz, Joseph. “The Rule of Law and Its Virtues.”&nbsp;Law Quarterly Review&nbsp;93 (April, 1977): 185–211.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_507">[Reprinted in Cunningham (1979), pp. 3–21.]</p><div>Reekie, W. Duncan.&nbsp;Industry, Prices and Markets. Oxford: Philip Allan Publishers, Ltd. 1979. American Publisher, John Wiley, 1979.</div><div>Rees, J.C. “Hayek on Liberty.”&nbsp;Philosophy&nbsp;(1961).</div><div>Rhees, Rush.&nbsp;Without Answers. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969.</div><div>Rizzo, Mario J.&nbsp;Time, Uncertainty and Equilibrium—Explorations on Austrian Themes. Lexington, Mass.: Heath and Co., 1979.</div><div>Robbins, Lionel. “Hayek on Liberty.”&nbsp;Economica&nbsp;(February 1961): 66–81. [Cf. following version of this article.]</div><div>———. “Hayek on Liberty.”&nbsp;Economics and Politics. London: Macmillan, 1963.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_508">[Cf. preceding version of this article.]</p><div>———.&nbsp;Autobiography of an Economist. London: Macmillan &amp; Co., 1971.</div><div>Roberts, Paul Craig.&nbsp;Alienation in the Soviet Economy. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1971.</div><div>Robertson, David J. “Why I Am a Conservative.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society, March 11, 1978.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_509">[A critique of Hayek&#8217;s “Why I am not a Conservative.”]</p><div>Roche III, George C. “The Relevance of Friedrich A. Hayek.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.,&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, 1–12.</div><div>Rothbard, Murray N.&nbsp;Man, Economy and State. Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand, 1962.</div><div>———. “The Case for a 100 Percent Gold Dollar.” In Leland B. Yeager (ed.)&nbsp;In Search of Monetary Constitution. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962, pp. 94–136.</div><div>———. “Money, The State and Modern Mercantilism.”&nbsp;Modern Age&nbsp;(Summer 1963): 279–289.</div><div>———. “Von Mises, Ludwig.” In&nbsp;International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences. Edited by David L. Sills. New York: The Macmillan Company &amp; The Free Press, 1968, 1972, vol. 15, 16, 17, pp. 379–382.</div><div>———. “Conservatives Gratified by Nobel Prize to Von Hayek.”&nbsp;Human Events&nbsp;(November 16, 1974).</div><div>———.&nbsp;America&#8217;s Great Depression. Kansas City: Sheed &amp; Ward, 1975.</div><div>———. “The Austrian Theory of Money.” In Edwin G. Dolan (ed.)&nbsp;The Foundations of Modern Austrian Economics. Kansas City: Sheed &amp; Ward, 1976, pp. 160–184.</div><div>———. “The New Deal and The International Monetary System.” In&nbsp;Watershed of Empire: Essays on New Deal Foreign Policy. Edited by Leonard P. Liggio and James J. Martin. With a Preface by Felix Morley. Colorado Springs: Ralph Myles, Publisher, 1976, pp. 19–64.</div><div>———. “Inflation and the Business Cycle: The Collapse of the Keynesian Paradigm.” InFor a New Liberty. New York: Collier Macmillan, 1978, pp. 171–193.</div><div>———.&nbsp;What Has Government Done to Our Money?&nbsp;Novato, California: Libertarian Publishers, 1978.</div><div>———. “F.A. Hayek and the Concept of Coercion.”&nbsp;Ordo&nbsp;31 (Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag, 1980), pp. 43–50.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_510">[See following citation.]</p><div>———. “F.A. Hayek and the Concept of Coercion.” In&nbsp;The Ethics of Liberty. Atlantic Highlands, N.J.: Humanities Press 1981. Chapter 28.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_511">[See preceding citation for original publication of this essay.]</p><div>———. “The Laissez-Faire Radical: A Quest for the Historical Mises.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies&nbsp;5, no. 3 (Summer 1981): 237–254.</div><div>Roy, Subroto. “On Liberty and Economic Growth: Preface to a Philosophy for India.” Cambridge University Ph.D. Dissertation, 1982.</div><div>Rueff, Jacques. “Laudatio: Un Message pour le siècle.” In Erich Streissler&nbsp;et al., eds.Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 1–3.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_512">[Tribute to Hayek&#8217;s intellectual achievements: “Laudatio: a Message for the Age,” presented for the Hayek 70th birthday Festschrift.]</p><div>Rupp, Hanns Heinrich. “Zweikammersystem und Bundesverfassungsgericht. Bermerkungen zu einem verfassungspolitischen Reformvorschlag F.A. von Hayeks.” InZur Verfassung der Freiheit: Festgabe für Friedrich A. von Hayek zur Vollendung seines achtzigsten Libensjahres. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag, 1979, pp. 95–104.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_513">[“A Two-Chamber System and the Federal Constitutional Court—Notes on a Proposition of F.A. von Hayek for a Constitutional Reform.”]</p><div>Ryle, Gilbert. “Knowing How and Knowing That.”&nbsp;Proceedings on the Aristotelian Society46, (1945/1946): 1–16.</div><div>Sabrin, Murray and Corbin, Peter B. (American Geographical Society.) “Geographical Implications of Austrian Trade-Cycle Theory: An Analysis of the U.S. Economy, 1947–1972.” A Preliminary Report to the Fred C. Koch Foundation. Wichita, Kansas (February 1976), 68 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_514">[Empirical studies testing Austrian trade cycle theory, accompanied by computer graphic print-out. See Corbin. Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>Sacristan, A. “Friedrich August von Hayek o el intento de romper con la neoclassica.” InComercio Esterior&nbsp;25 (1975), pp. 193–195.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_515">[“Friedrich August von Hayek on the Intention of Breaking with Neoclassicism.”]</p><div>Sampson, Geoffrey. “Nozick vs. Hayek; Retrospective vs. Anticipant Liberalism.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Nozick, Oct. 27, 1979.</div><div>Sarduski, W. “The Political Doctrine of Neoliberalism and the Problem of Democracy.”Panstwo i Prawo&nbsp;3 (1978): 90–100.</div><div>Saulnier, R.J.&nbsp;Contemporary Monetary Theory: Studies on Some Recent Theories of Money, Prices and Production. New York: Columbia University Press, 1938 and London: King, 1938.</div><div>Schorske, Carl E.&nbsp;Fin-de-siècle Vienna, Politics and Culture. New York: Basic Books, 1980. [See also Allan Janik and Stephen Toulmin,&nbsp;Wittgenstein&#8217;s Vienna&nbsp;(1973); Arthur May,&nbsp;Vienna in the Age of Franz Josef&nbsp;(1966); and William Johnston,&nbsp;The Austrian Mind: An Intellectual and Social History, 1848–1938. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press, 1972.]</div><div>Schuller, A. “Konkurrenz der Wahrungen als geldwirtschaftliches Ordnungsprinzip.” InWirtschaftspolitische Chronik&nbsp;(Institut für Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universitat Koln) 26 (1977): 23–50.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_516">[“Concurrent Monetary Standards as an Ordering Principle of Monetary Economics.”]</p><div>Schumpeter, Joseph.&nbsp;Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy. London: Unwin, 1974. New York: Harper and Row, 1950.</div><div>———.&nbsp;History of Economic Analysis. Edited from manuscript by Elizabeth Boody Schumpeter. New York: Oxford University Press, 1954, 1966.</div><div>Scott, K.J. “Methodological and Epistemological Individualism.”&nbsp;The British Journal of the Philosophy of Science&nbsp;2 (1960/1961).</div><div>Seldon, Arthur. “Hayek on Liberty and Liberalism.”&nbsp;Contemporary Review&nbsp;200 (1961): 399–406.</div><div>———, ed. “Philosophy”&nbsp;Agenda for a Free Society: Essays on Hayek&#8217;s The Constitution of Liberty. London: Published for the Institute of Economic Affairs by Hutchinson, 1961.</div><div>Seligman, Ben B.&nbsp;Main Currents in Modern Economics: Economic Thought Since 1870. New York: The Free Press of Glencoe, 1962.</div><div>Sennholz, Hans F. “Chicago Monetary Tradition in the Light of Austrian Theory.”&nbsp;Reason3, no. 7 (October 1971): 24–30.</div><div>Shackle, G.L.S.&nbsp;Epistemics and Economics: A Critique of Economic Doctrines. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1972, 1976.</div><div>Shearmur, Jeremy. “Hayek, Smith (and Hume).” Unpublished manuscript of paper presented at one-day Conference on Hayek at University College, London, October 28, 1978, and sponsored by The Carl Menger Society.</div><div>———. “Libertarianism and Conservatism in the Work of F.A. von Hayek.” Unpublished manuscript; lecture originally presented to the Carl Menger Society in London, 1976.</div><div>———. “Menger, Hayek &amp; Methodological Individualism.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society, February 11, 1978.</div><div>———. “Abstract Institutions in an Open Society.” In H. Berghel and others, eds.Wittgenstein, The Vienna Circle and Critical Materialism. Vienna: Hölder-Richler-Tempsky, 1979, pp. 349–354.</div><div>———. “Hayek and the Invisible Hand.” Unpublished paper presented to the Seminar for Austro-German Philosophy at Carl Menger joint conference on Austrian Philosophy &amp; Austrian Politics, London, April 26, 1980.</div><div>———. “Hayek on Politics.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, Dec. 6, 1980.</div><div>———. “Hayek on Law.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Hayek, London, October 30, 1982.</div><div>———.&nbsp;Adam Smith&#8217;s Second Thoughts. (pamphlet). London: Adam Smith Club, 1982.</div><div>———. “The Austrian Connection: F.A. Hayek and the Thought of Carl Menger.” In B. Smith and W. Grassl, eds.&nbsp;Austrian Philosophy and Austrian Politics. Munich: Philosophia Verlag, forthcoming (1982–1983).</div><div>Shenfield, Arthur. “Scientism and the Study of Society.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, 61–72.</div><div>———. “Friedrich A. Hayek: Nobel Prizewinner.” In Fritz Machlup, ed.,&nbsp;Essays on Hayek. New York: New York University Press, 1976, pp. 171–176.</div><div>———. “The New Thought of F.A. Hayek.”&nbsp;Modern Age&nbsp;20 (Winter 1976): 54–61.</div><div>Shenoy, Sudha R. “Introduction: The Debate, 1931–71.” in F.A. Hayek,&nbsp;A Tiger by the Tail: The Keynesian Legacy of Inflation. Compiled and Introduced by Sudha Shenoy.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_517">London: The Institute of Economic Affairs, 1972, pp. 1–12.</p><div>Shibata, K.&nbsp;A Dynamic Theory of World Capitalism, 2nd edition. Kyoto: Sanwa Shobo, September 1954.</div><div>Silverman, Paul. “Law and Economics in Interwar Vienna: Kelsen, Mises, and the Geistkreis.” University of Chicago Dissertation.</div><div>———. “Science and Liberalism in Interwar Vienna: The Mises and Vienna Circles.” Paper prepared for the Liberty Fund Seminar on Austrian Economics and its Historical and Philosophical Background, Graz, Austria. July 28–31, 1980, 53 pp. Available at the Institute for Humane Studies, Menlo Park, CA 94025. [This Conference had contributions by Israel Kirzner, Ludwig Lachmann, Carl Schorshe, and other.]</div><div>Simson, W. von “Zu F.A. Hayeks verfassungsrechtlichen Ideen.”&nbsp;Der Staat, Zeitschrift für Staatslehre, Offentliches Recht un Verfassungeschichte. Berlin 18, no. 3, (1979): 403–421.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_518">[“On F.A. Hayek&#8217;s Ideas of Constitutional Justice.”]</p><div>Smith, Graham. “Hayek on Law.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, Dec. 6, 1980.</div><div>Sowell, Thomas.&nbsp;Knowledge and Decisions. New York: Basic Books, 1980.</div><div>Spadero, Louis M. ed.&nbsp;New Directions in Austrian Economics. Kansas City: Sheed Andrews &amp; McMeel, 1978.</div><div>Spencer, Roger W. “Inflation, Unemployment and Hayek.”&nbsp;Review&nbsp;(Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.) 57 (1975): 6–10.</div><div>Spiegel, Henry William.&nbsp;The Growth of Economic Thought. Chapter 23: “The Austrian School Accent on Utility.”</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_519">[Also note Spiegel&#8217;s valuable annotated&nbsp;Bibliography.]</p><div>Sraffa, Piero. “Dr. Hayek on Money and Capital [on F.A. von Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Prices and Production] London 1931.”&nbsp;The Economic Journal&nbsp;42 (1932): 42–53, 249–251.</div><div>Stadler, M. “Vollbeschaftigung um jeden Preis?”&nbsp;Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft&nbsp;3 (1978).</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_520">[“Full Employment at any Price?”]</p><div>Steedman, Ian. “On Some Concepts of Rationality in Economics.” No date, 27 pp.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_521">[Deals with Hayek&#8217;s notion of economic rationality and cites Hayek&#8217;s (A-34) and (A-46). Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.]</p><div>Steele, David Ramsey. “Spontaneous Order and Traditionalism in Hayek.” Expanded version of a paper delivered to The Colloquium on Austrian Philosophy and Austrian Politics, organized jointly by The Seminar for Austro-German Philosophy &amp; The Carl Menger Society, at The Institute of Contemporary Arts, London, April 26–27, 1980, 75 pp. (Available at the Institute for Humane Studies.)</div><div>———. “Hayek on Socialism.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference entitled “Hayek—An Introductory Course,” London, Dec. 6, 1980.</div><div>———. “Posing The Problem: The Impossibility of Economic Calculation under Socialism.”&nbsp;The Journal of Libertarian Studies. 5, no. 1 (Winter 1981): 7–22.</div><div>Steiner, Hillel. “Hayek and Liberty.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Hayek, Oct. 28, 1978.</div><div>Stewart, William P. “Methodological Individualism: A Commentary on F.A. von Hayek.” Unpublished paper presented at the First Libertarian Scholars Conference. New York, September 23–24, 1972.</div><div>Stigler, George J. “The Development of Utility Theory.”&nbsp;Journal of Political Economy&nbsp;58 (1950): 307–327, 372–396.</div><div>Streeten, P. “Principles and Problems of a Liberal Order of the Economy.”&nbsp;Weltwirt-schaftliches Archiv&nbsp;104 (1970): 1–5.</div><div>Streissler, Erich&nbsp;et al. eds.&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_522">[This Festschrift of “honorary essays” presented to Hayek on his 70th birthday includes essays by Streissler, Jacques Rueff, Peter T. Bauer, James M. Buchanan, Gottfried Haberler, George N. Halm, Ludwig M. Lachmann, Friedrich A. Lutz, Fritz Machlup, Frank W. Paish, Michael Polanyi, Karl R. Popper, Günter Schmölders, and Gordon Tulloch. This Festschrift also contains the first extensive Hayek bibliography, pp. 309–315, composed in the early months of 1969. Streissler&#8217;s own contributions in&nbsp;Roads to Freedom&nbsp;include a useful “Introduction” to Hayek&#8217;s life and writings and the essay “Hayek on Growth: A Reconsideration of His Early Theoretical Work,” pp. 245–285.]</p><div>———, ed. “Bibliography of the Writings of Friedrich A. von Hayek.”&nbsp;Roads to Freedom: Essays in Honour of Friedrich A. von Hayek. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1969, pp. 309–315.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_523">[This bibliography is the earliest of the extensive Hayek bibliographies, presented as part of a Festschrift to Hayek on his 70th birthday. See previous citation.]</p><div>Streissler, Erich and Watrin, Christian, eds. with the collaboration of Monika Streissler.Zur Theorie marktwirtschaftlicher Ordnungen. Tübingen: J.C.B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), 1980.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_524">[“On the Theory of Market Economic Orders.” Twelve articles and 9 commentaries on the philosophical, evolution-theoretical, economic and social dimensions of market-economic thought.]</p><div>Swan, George Steven. “The Libertarian Future: Biologically Impossible?”&nbsp;Individual Liberty&nbsp;(Newsletter of The Society for Individual Liberty) 12 (November 1981): 4–5.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_525">[Commentary on Hayek&#8217;s P-19.]</p><div>Taylor, Fred M. “The Guidance of Production in a Socialist State.” Benjamin E. Lippincott (ed.)&nbsp;On The Economic Theory of Socialism. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1970.</div><div>Taylor, Jr., Thomas Cullom. “Accounting Theory in the Light of Austrian Economic Analysis.” The Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College. (Accounting) Ph.D. Dissertation, [70–18, 565], 1970</div><div>Taylor, Thomas C.&nbsp;The Fundamentals of Austrian Economics. London: Published by the Adam Smith Institute in association with The Carl Menger Society, 1980, 2nd edition. (First published by the Cato Institute.)</div><div>Torrance, J. “The Emergence of Sociology in Austria, 1885–1935.”&nbsp;Archives Européennes de Sociologie&nbsp;17 (1976).</div><div>Torrence, Thomas. “Hayek&#8217;s Critique of Social Injustice.” Unpublished paper presented to The Carl Menger Society Conference on Hayek, October 28, 1978.</div><div>Tsiang, S. Ch. “The Variations of Real Wages and Profit Margins in Relation to the Trade Cycle.” Dissertation. London: Pittman, 1947.</div><div>Ullmann-Margalit, Edna. “Invisible Hand Explanations.”&nbsp;Synthese&nbsp;30 (1978): 263–281. [See Vernon (1979) and Barry (1982).]</div><div>Vaughn, Karen I. “Does It Matter That Costs are Subjective?”&nbsp;Southern Economic Journal&nbsp;(Summer 1980): 702–715.</div><div>Vernon, R. “The ‘Great Society’ and the ‘Open Society’: Liberalism in Hayek and Popper.”Canadian Journal of Political Science&nbsp;9 (June 1976).</div><div>———. “Unintended Consequences.”&nbsp;Political Theory&nbsp;7 (1979): 57–74.</div><div>Viner, Jacob. “Hayek on Freedom and Coercion.”&nbsp;Southern Economic Journal&nbsp;27 (January 1961): 230–236.</div><div>Walter Eucken Institut (Mohr, J.C.B. &amp; Siebeck, P.). “Bibliographie der Schriften von F.A. von Hayek.” In&nbsp;Freiburger Studien, Gesammelte Aufsätze, Wirtschaft-swissenschaftliche und wirtschaftsrechtliche Untersuchungen&nbsp;5, Tübingen: Walter Eucken Institut, 1969, pp. 279–284.</div><div>Weber, Wilhelm. “Wirtschaftswissenschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik in Österreich, 1848–1948.” [“Economic Science Economics Policy in Austria, 1848–1948.”] In Hans Mayer, ed.&nbsp;Hundert Jahre österreichischer Wirtschaftsentwicklung, 1848–1948. Vienna: Springer, 1949, pp. 624–678.</div><div>Weiler, Gershon.&nbsp;Mauthner&#8217;s Critique of Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_526">[Also see Janik &amp; Toulmin,&nbsp;Wittgenstein&#8217;s Vienna.]</p><div>Weimer, W.B. and Palerma, D.S. (eds.)&nbsp;Cognition and Symbolic Processes, Vol. II. New York, 1978.</div><div>Welinder, C. “Hayek och ‘Ricardo-effekten’” In&nbsp;Ekonomisk Tidsskrift&nbsp;(Uppsala och Stockholm) 42 (1940): 33–39.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_527">[“Hayek on the ‘Ricardo-Effect.’”]</p><div>White, Lawrence H. “Mises, Hayek, Hahn and The Market Process: Comment on Littlechild.” In&nbsp;Method, Process, and Austrian Economics: Essays in Honor of Ludwig von Mises. Edited by Israel M. Kirzner. Lexington, Mass. &amp; Toronto: Lexington-Books, D.C. Heath and Company, 1982, pp. 103–110.</div><div>Widmer, Kingsley. “Utopia and Liberty: Some Contemporary Issues Within Their Tradition.”&nbsp;Literature of Liberty&nbsp;4, no. 4 (Winter 1981): 5–62, especially pp. 8–10, with notes.</div><div>Wien-Claudi, F.&nbsp;Austrian Theories of Capital, Interest and the Trade Cycle. London: Nott: 1936.</div><div>Wieser, Friedrich Frieherr von. “The Austrian School and the Theory of Value.”&nbsp;Economic Journal&nbsp;(England) (1891).</div><div>———. “The Theory of Value (A Reply to Professor Macvane).”&nbsp;Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science&nbsp;(1891).</div><div>———.&nbsp;Social Economics. Translated by A. Ford Himrichs. With a Preface by Wesley Clair Mitchell. New York: Adolphis Co., 1927. Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1967.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_528">[In his preface, Mitchell refers to von Weiser&#8217;s recent death (July 23, 1926) and to von Weiser&#8217;s “pupil and friend, Dr. Friedrich A. von Hayek.” The translator, Himrichs, states: “Dr. Friedrich A. von Hayek, a pupil and close friend of von Weiser, has read the proofs and submitted many suggestions.”]</p><div>Wilde, Olga. “Bibliographie der wissenschaftlichen Veröffenlichungen von Friedrich von Hayek.” In&nbsp;Friedrich A. von Hayek, edited by Erich Hoppmann. Baden—Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft, 1980, pp. 55–56.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_529">[“Bibliography of the Scholarly Publications of Friedrich A. von Hayek.”]</p><div>Wilhelm, Morris M. “The Political Philosophy of Friedrich A. Hayek.” Columbia University Ph.D. Dissertation in Political Science, New York, 1969. An article based on this, in condensed form, appears as “The Political Thought of Friedrich A. Hayek,” inPolitical Studies&nbsp;20, no. 2 (June 1972): 169–184.</div><div>Willgerodt, H. “Liberalismus zwischen Spontaneitat und Gestaltung. Zu v. Hayek&#8217;s gesammelten Aufsatzen.” In&nbsp;Zeitschrift für Wirtschafts-und Sozialwissenschaften. Berlin 92, no. 4, (1972): 461–465.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_530">[“Liberalism between Spontaneity and Organization. On von Hayek&#8217;s Collected Articles.” Refers to B-14.]</p><div>Winch, Peter. “Nature and Convention.”&nbsp;Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society&nbsp;60 (1959–1960): 231–252. Reprinted as Chapter 3 of Winch&#8217;s&nbsp;Ethics and Action. London: Routledge &amp; Kegan Paul, 1976.</div><div>Winterberger, G. “Friedrich August von Hayek—Zum Achtzigsten Geburtstag des grossen Nationalökonomen, Stadts- und Rechtsphilosophen.”&nbsp;Schweizer Monatshefte&nbsp;5 (1979): 359–363.</div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_531">[“Friedrich August von Hayek: On the 80th Birthday of the Great Economist, Social Scientist, and Moral Philosopher.”]</p><div>Wootton, B.&nbsp;Freedom Under Planning. London: Allen &amp; Unwin, 1946.</div><div>Worsthorne, Peregrine. “F. A. Hayek: Next Construction for the Giant.” In:&nbsp;Prophets of Freedom and Enterprise. Edited by Michael Ivens. London: Kogan Page, Ltd., for Aims of Industry, 1975. pp. 70–80.</div><div>Zöller, Michael. “Handeln in Ungewissheit. F.A. v. Hayek&#8217;s Grundlegung einer freiheitlichen Sozialphilosphie.” [“Acting under Uncertainty. F.A. von Hayek&#8217;s Foundation of a Liberal Social Philosophy.”] In&nbsp;Zur Verfassung der Freiheit: Festgabe für Friedrich A. von Hayek zur Vollendung seines achtzigsten Lebensjahres. Stuttgart, New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag (Ordo&nbsp;30), 1979, pp. 117–129.</div></div>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sun, 16 Oct 2016 08:53:17 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Various Authors        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3945</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>F. A. Hayek and the Rebirth of Classical Liberalism</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/f-hayek-rebirth-classical-liberalism</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_025"><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_026"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_021">Introduction: The Revival of Interest in Hayek—A Unified Research Program in Hayek&#8217;s Writings?</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_131">In the recent revival of public and scholarly interest in the values of limited government and the market order, no one has been more centrally significant than Friedrich A. Hayek. His works have figured as a constant point of reference in the discussions both of the libertarian and conservative theories of the market economy; they have also provided a focal point of attack for interventionist and collectivist critics of the market. Hayek&#8217;s return to such a pivotal position in intellectual life is remarkable when we recall that for several decades his work was subjected to neglect and obscurity. It was not until 1974 at the age of 75 that he was belatedly acknowledged by being awarded the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Science. During the three decades after 1945, when certain Keynesian ideas seemed to have been vindicated by the prevailing government policies of economic interventionism, Hayek may have seemed an intransigent and isolated figure, whose chief importance was that of an indefatigable critic of the spirit of the age. It was, however, during these very same years, in which he turned from economic theory to political thought, that Hayek made his greatest contributions thus far to the formulation of a public philosophy, including most notably his&nbsp;Constitution of Liberty&nbsp;(1960), surely the most powerful and profound defense of individual freedom in our time. It is noteworthy that, in the revival of interest in Hayek&#8217;s work, his contributions to political philosophy have attracted as much interest as have his works in economic theory.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_027"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_022">The Unity and Coherence of Hayek&#8217;s Writings: Conception of Mind &amp; Unity of Knowledge</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_132">In all of this revival of scholarly interest, however, Hayek&#8217;s work has rarely been viewed as a whole. In fact, it has often been suggested that what we find in his writings is a series of unconnected episodes, in which questions are addressed in a variety of disciplines on a number of disparate historical occasions, rather then a coherent research program implemented over the years. Even Hayek&#8217;s friends have sometimes discerned important tensions and conflicts in his writings, leading them to argue that his work encompasses methodological and political positions which are in the last resort incompatible. Against this view, to which I once subscribed myself, I want now to submit that Hayek&#8217;s work does indeed disclose a coherent system of ideas. Hayek&#8217;s system of ideas may not perhaps be wholly stable, but in this system positions covering a range of academic disciplines are in fact informed and unified by a small number of fundamental philosophical conceptions. Identifying these basic philosophical positions, and showing how they infuse his entire work, is the chief aim of this review of Hayek&#8217;s work. It will not be my argument that Hayek&#8217;s system lacks difficulties or internal tensions. I will try, however, to show that his work is given a cohesive and unitary character by the claims in theory of knowledge and in theoretical psychology which inform and govern his contributions to many specific debates.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_133">My strategy in this survey of Hayek&#8217;s work is to seek the unifying wellspring of his thought in his conception of the mind and in his account of the nature and limits of human knowledge. My argument will be that Hayek&#8217;s general philosophy—a highly distinctive development of post-Kantian critical philosophy—informs and shapes his contributions to a variety of academic disciplines (jurisprudence and social philosophy as much as economic theory and the history of ideas), and Hayek&#8217;s philosophy does so in ways that have been persistently neglected or misunderstood. In particular, Hayek&#8217;s account of the structure of the mind, of the nature and limits of human knowledge, and of the use and abuse of reason in human life pervades his writings down to their last details, and gives to his work over the years and across many disciplinary boundaries the character of a coherent system. We can see the structure of Hayek&#8217;s system of ideas and we can realize its capacity to yield an integrated view of man and society only when we have adequately specified its philosophical foundations. It is only once we have grasped these philosophical foundations of his thought, again, that we may fully appreciate his originality as a thinker and the measure of his achievement as a social theorist.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_028"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_023">Overview of Topics Covered in This Essay</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_134">I begin my survey by examining briefly the chief claims Hayek makes in his centrally important but sadly neglected treatise in theoretical psychology,&nbsp;The Sensory Order(1952), where he most systematically and explicitly develops his account of the mind and of human knowledge. Having set out the principal features of Hayek&#8217;s view of the mind and of the forms of human knowledge, I shall try to show how these conceptions inform his account of a spontaneous order in society, and how they condition his distinction between ‘economy’ and ‘catallaxy,’ his elaboration of the argument about economic calculation under socialism, and his distinctive position as to the appropriate theory and methods for economics. I proceed then to examine how Hayek applies his general philosophy to the relations of individual liberty with the rule of law. In the course of this survey I will canvass some of the most important criticisms of Hayek&#8217;s system, concentrating particularly on the claim that his conception of a spontaneous order in society is unclear, and his use of it objectionable. It is often argued that, when taken in conjunction with its twin idea of cultural evolution by the natural selection of rival social practices, the idea of spontaneous social order has a conservative rather than any liberal or libertarian implication, since it appears to entail blind submission to the result of any unplanned social process. Against this criticism, which expresses the common view that Hayek&#8217;s political thought is an unstable compound of conservative or traditionalist and liberal or libertarian elements, I will argue that the idea of spontaneous social order in Hayek&#8217;s work is best seen as a value-free explanatory notion and that invoking this idea illuminates rather than undermines the bases for the commitment to liberty.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_135">In developing my argument by way of an examination of the criticisms of a number of writers in opposed intellectual traditions—Michael Oakeshott, James Buchanan, and Irving Kristol, for example—I will conclude that Hayek&#8217;s chief achievement is in his reviving the intellectual tradition of classical liberalism of which varied strands in contemporary conservatism and libertarianism are quarreling offspring. In the course of this survey I will, also, identify three principal achievements of Hayek&#8217;s social philosophy: (1) his demonstration of the import for social theory of an erroneous Cartesian theory of the mind and the role of this theory in inspiring modern attempts at the rational design of social life; (2) his theory of the liberal order, which is a synthesis of the theories of justice of Immanuel Kant (1724–1804) and David Hume (1711–1776) with a devastating critique of contemporary conceptions of distributive justice; and (3) his proposal for a resolution of a central difficulty of classical liberal theory in the intriguing ideas of a market in traditions.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_136">The upshot of my assessment of Hayek&#8217;s thought will be that, whereas his critics have identified ambiguities, tensions, and unclarities in some of his formulations, the interest and appeal of his system remains unimpeached. Despite (or even because of) its problematic aspects, Hayek&#8217;s system of ideas remains a powerful and compelling research program—in my own opinion, the most promising we have at our disposal—for classical liberal social philosophy.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_029"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_024">Hayek&#8217;s General Philosophy—The Kantian Heritage</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_137">The entirety of Hayek&#8217;s work—and, above all, his work in epistemology, psychology, ethics, and the theory of law—is informed by a distinctively Kantian approach. In its most fundamental aspect, Hayek&#8217;s thought is Kantian in its denial of our capacity to know things as they are or this world as it is. It is in his denial that we can know things as they are, and in his insistence that the order we find in our experiences, including even our sensory experiences, is the product of the creative activity of our minds rather than a reality given to us by the world, that Hayek&#8217;s Kantianism consists. It follows from this skeptical Kantian standpoint that the task of philosophy cannot be that of uncovering the necessary characters of things. The keynote of critical philosophy, after all, is the impossibility of our attaining any external or transcendental standpoint on human thought from which we could develop a conception of the world that is wholly uncontaminated by human experiences or interest. We find Kant&#8217;s own writings—above all the&nbsp;Critique of Pure Reason&nbsp;(1781)—a case against the possibility of speculative metaphysics which Hayek himself has always taken to be devastating and conclusive. It is a fundamental conviction of Hayek&#8217;s, and one that he has in common with all those who stand in the tradition of post-Kantian critical philosophy, that we cannot so step out of our human point of view as to attain a presuppositionless perspective on the world as a whole and as it is in itself. The traditional aspiration of western philosophy—to develop a speculative metaphysics in terms of which human thought may be justified and reformed—must accordingly be abandoned. The task of philosophy, for Hayek as for Kant, is not the construction of any metaphysical system, but the investigation of the limits of reason. It is a reflexive rather than a constructive inquiry, since all criticism—in ethics as much as in science—must in the end be immanent criticism. In philosophy as in life, Hayek avers, we must take much for granted, or else we will never get started.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_138">Hayek&#8217;s uncompromisingly skeptical Kantianism is strongly evidenced in&nbsp;The Sensory Order&nbsp;(see Hayek bibliography, B-10). There Hayek disavows any concern as to “how things really are in the world,” affirming that “&#8230;a question like ‘what is X?’ has meaning only within a given order, and&#8230;within this limit it must always refer to the relation of one particular event to other events belonging to the same order.”&nbsp;Above all, the distinction between appearance and reality, which Hayek sees as best avoided in scientific discourse,&nbsp;is not to be identified with the distinction between the mental or sensory order and the physical or material order. The aim of scientific investigation is not, then, for Hayek, the discovery behind the veil of appearance of the natures or essences of things in themselves, for, with Kant and against Aristotelian essentialism, he stigmatizes the notion of essence or absolute reality as useless or harmful in science and in philosophy. The aim of science can only be the development of a system of categories or principles, in the end organized wholly deductively, which is adequate to the experience it seeks to order.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_030"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_025">Hayek as a Skeptical Kantian</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_139">Hayek is a Kantian, then, in disavowing in science or in philosophy any Aristotelian method of seeking the essences or natures of things. We cannot know how things are in the world, but only how our mind itself organizes the jumble of its experiences. He is Kantian, again, in repudiating the belief, common to empiricists and positivists such as David Hume and Ernst Mach, that there is available to us a ground of elementary sensory impressions, untainted by conceptual thought, which can serve as the foundation for the house of human knowledge. Against this empiricist dogma, Hayek is emphatic that everything in the sensory order is abstract, conceptual and theory-laden in character: “It will be the central thesis of the theory to be outlined that it is not merely a part but the whole of sensory qualities which is&#8230;an ‘interpretation’ based on the experience of the individual or the race. The conception of an original pure core of sensation which is merely modified by experience is an entirely unnecessary fiction.”&nbsp;Again, he tells us that “the elimination of the hypothetical ‘pure’ or ‘primary’ core of sensation, supposed not to be due to earlier experience, but either to involve some direct communication of properties of the external objects, or to constitute irreducible mental atoms or elements, disposes of various philosophical puzzles which arise from the lack of meaning of these hypotheses.”&nbsp;The map or model we form of the world, in Hayek&#8217;s view, is in no important respect grounded in a basis of sheer sense-data, themselves supposed to be incorrigible. Rather, the picture we form of the world emerges straight from our interaction with the world, and it is always abstract in selecting some among the infinite aspects which the world contains, most of which we are bound to pass by as without interest to us.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_031"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_026">Three Influences on Hayek&#8217;s Skeptical Kantianism: Mach, Popper, and Wittgenstein</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_140">Hayek&#8217;s theory of knowledge is Kantian, we have seen, in affirming that the order we find in the world is given to it by the organizing structure of our own mind and in claiming that even sensory experiences are suffused with the ordering concepts of the human mind. His view of the mind, then, is Kantian in that it accords a very great measure of creative power to the mind, which is neither a receptacle for the passive absorption of fugitive sensations, nor yet a mirror in which the world&#8217;s necessities are reflected.</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_032"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_027">1. Ernst Mach and Metaphysical Neutrality</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_141">There are a number of influences on Hayek, however, which give his Kantianism a profoundly distinctive and original aspect. The first of these influences is the work of Ernst Mach (1838–1916), the positivist philosopher whose ideas dominated much of Austro-German intellectual life in the decades of Hayek&#8217;s youth. Hayek&#8217;s debts to Mach are not so much in the theory of knowledge, as in the attitude both take to certain traditional metaphysical questions. I have observed already that Hayek dissented radically from the Humean and Machian belief that human knowledge could be reconstructed on the basis of elementary sensory impressions, and throughout his writings Hayek has always repudiated as incoherent or unworkable the reductionist projects of phenomenalism in the theory of perception and behaviorism in the philosophy of mind. In these areas of philosophy, then, Hayek&#8217;s work has been strongly antipathetic to distinctively positivistic ambitions for a unified science. At the same time, while never endorsing the dogma of the Vienna Circle that metaphysical utterances are literally nonsensical, Hayek has often voiced the view that many traditional metaphysical questions express “phantom-problems.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_142">In both&nbsp;The Sensory Order&nbsp;and later in&nbsp;The Constitution of Liberty, Hayek affirms that the age-old controversy about the freedom of the will embodies such a phantom-problem.&nbsp;Hayek&#8217;s ‘compatibilist’ standpoint in respect of freedom of the will—his belief that the casual determination of human actions is fully compatible with ascribing responsibility to human agents for what they do—is analogous with his stance on the mind-body question. In both controversies Hayek is concerned to deny any ultimate dualism in metaphysics or ontology, while at the same time insisting that a dualism in our practical thought and in scientific method is unavoidable for us. Thus he says of the relations of the mental and the physical domains that “While our theory leads us to deny any ultimate dualism of the forces governing the realms of the mind and that of the physical world respectively, it forces us at the same time to recognize that for practical purposes we shall always have to adopt a dualistic view.”&nbsp;And Hayek concludes his study of the foundations of theoretical psychology in&nbsp;The Sensory Order&nbsp;with the claim that “to us&nbsp;mind must remain forever a realm of its own, which we can know only through directly experiencing it, but which we shall never be able to fully explain or to ‘reduce’ to something else.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_143">Hayek&#8217;s thought has a Machian positivist aspect, then, not in the theories of mind or perception, but in its attitude to traditional metaphysical questions, which is dissolutionist and deflationary. There is yet another link with positivism. Notwithstanding Hayek&#8217;s opposition to any sort of reductionism, whether sensationalist or physicalist, he seems to be a monist in ontology, averring that “mind is thus the order prevailing in a particular part of the physical universe—that part of it which is ourselves.”&nbsp;Hayek may seem here to be qualifying or withdrawing from that stance of metaphysical neutrality which in Machian spirit he commends, but this appearance may be delusive. There is much to suggest that, when Hayek denies any ultimate dualism in the nature of things, he is not lapsing into an idiom of essences or natural kinds, but simply observing—much in the fashion of the American pragmatist philosopher, W. V. Quine—that nothing in our experience compels us to adopt ideas of mental or physical substance.&nbsp;Though Hayek has not to my knowledge ever pronounced explicitly on the question, the whole tenor of his thought inclines to a Quinean pragmatist view of ontological commitments. In his skeptical and pragmatist attitude to ultimate questions in metaphysics and ontology, Hayek lines up with many positivists rather than with Kantian critical philosophy—though positivists themselves sometimes claim, with some justification, to be treading a Kantian path.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_033"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_028">2. Karl Popper: The Growth of Knowledge</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_144">A second influence on Hayek&#8217;s general philosophy which gives it a distinctive temper is the thought of his friend, Karl Popper (b. 1902). I mean here, not Popper&#8217;s hypothetico-deductive account of scientific method, which there is evidence that Hayek held prior to his meeting with Popper,&nbsp;nor yet Popper&#8217;s proposal (which Hayek was soon to accept) that falsifiability rather than verifiability should be adopted as a criterion of demarcation between the scientific and the non-scientific. Again, Hayek has under Popper&#8217;s influence come to make an important distinction between types of rationalism,&nbsp;such that “critical rationalism” is commended and “constructivistic rationalism” condemned. But this is not what I have in mind. I refer rather to certain striking affinities between Hayek&#8217;s view of the growth of knowledge and that adumbrated in Popper&#8217;s later writings on “evolutionary epistemology.” As early as the manuscript which later became&nbsp;The Sensory Order(published in 1952, but composed in the twenties), Hayek made it clear that the principles of classification embodied in the nervous system were not for him fixed data; experience constantly forced reclassification on us. In his later writings, Hayek is explicit that the human mind is itself an evolutionary product and that its structure is therefore variable and not constant. The structural principles or fundamental categories which our minds contain ought not, then, to be interpreted in Cartesian fashion as universal and necessary axioms, reflecting the natural necessities of the world, but rather as constituting evolutionary adaptations of the human organism to the world that it inhabits.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_145">The striking similarity between Popper&#8217;s later views, and those expounded by Hayek inThe Sensory Order, is shown by Popper&#8217;s own application of the evolutionist standpoint in epistemology to the theory of perception:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_146">&#8230;if we start from a critical commonsense realism&#8230;then we shall take man as one of the animals, and human knowledge as essentially almost as fallible as animal knowledge. We shall suppose the animal senses to have evolved from primitive beginnings; and we shall look therefore on our own sense, essentially, as part of a decoding mechanism—a mechanism which decodes, more or less successfully, the encoded information about the world which manages to reach us by sensory means.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_147">J.W.N. Watkins’ comment on this view is as apposite in the respect of Hayek as it is of Popper:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_148">Kant saw very clearly that the empiricist account of sense experience creates and cannot solve the problem of how the&nbsp;manifold&nbsp;and very various data which reach a man&#8217;s mind from his various senses get unified into a coherent experience.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_149">Kant&#8217;s solution consisted, essentially, in leaving the old quasimechanistic account of sense-organs intact, and endowing the mind with a powerful set of organizing categories—free, universal and necessary—which unify and structure what would otherwise be a mad jumble.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_150">Popper&#8217;s evolutionist view modifies Kant&#8217;s view at both ends: interpretative principles lose their fixed and necessary character, and sense organs lose their merely causal and mechanistic character.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_151">Hayek&#8217;s account of sense perception anticipates Popper&#8217;s later views in a most striking fashion, because in both sensation is conceived as a decoding mechanism, which transmits to us in a highly abstract fashion information about our external environment. Again, both Hayek and Popper share the skeptical Kantian view that the order we find in the world is given to it by the creative activity of our own minds: as Hayek himself puts it uncompromisingly in&nbsp;The Sensory Order, “The fact that the world which we know seems wholly an orderly world may thus be merely a result of the method by which we perceive it.”&nbsp;One difference between Hayek and Popper is in the fact that, at any rate in his published work to date, Hayek has not followed Popper in his ontological speculations about a world of abstract or virtual entities or intelligibles.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_034"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_029">3. Wittgenstein &amp; Hayek</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_152">A third influence on Hayek&#8217;s thought which gives his view of knowledge and the mind a very distinctive character is that of his relative, Ludwig Wittgenstein (1899-1951).&nbsp;This influence runs deep, and is seen not only in the style and presentation of&nbsp;The Sensory Order, which parallels in an obvious way that of Wittgenstein&#8217;s&nbsp;Tractatus, but in many areas of Hayek&#8217;s system of ideas. It is shown, for example, in Hayek&#8217;s recurrent interest in the way in which the language in which we speak shapes our thoughts and forms our picture of the world. In fact, Hayek&#8217;s interest in language, and in a critique of language, predates Wittgenstein&#8217;s work, inasmuch as he had an early preoccupation with the work of Fritz Mauthner, the now almost forgotten philosopher of radical nominalism whom Wittgenstein mentions (somewhat dismissively) in the&nbsp;Tractatus.&nbsp;There are, however, many evidences that Wittgenstein&#8217;s work reinforced Hayek&#8217;s conviction that the study of language is a necessary precondition of the study of human thought, and an indispensable prophylactic to the principal disorders of the intellect. Examples which may be adduced are Hayek&#8217;s studies of the confusion of language in political thought&nbsp;and, most obviously, perhaps, of his emphasis on the role of social rules in the transmission of practical knowledge.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_153">It is on this last point that one of the most distinctive features of Hayek&#8217;s Kantianism, its pragmatist aspect, is clearest.&nbsp;Of course there is a recognition in Kant himself that knowledge requires judgment, a special faculty, the&nbsp;Urteilskraft, which cannot be given any complete or adequate specification in propositional terms, and whose exercise is necessary for the application of any rule. In the sense that we must exercise this faculty of judgment even before we can apply a rule, it is action which is at the root of our very knowledge itself. Hayek&#8217;s concern is not with this ultimate dependency of rule following upon judgment—which the later Wittgenstein, perhaps following Kant, emphasizes—but rather with the way that knowledge of all sorts, but especially social knowledge, is embodied in rules. Our perceptual processes, indeed all our processes of thought, are governed by rules which we do not normally articulate, which in some cases are necessarily beyond articulation by us, but which we rely upon for the efficiency of all our action in the world. Indeed, it is not too much to say that, for Hayek (notwithstanding his stress on the abstract or conceptual character of our sensory knowledge) all our knowledge is at bottom practical or tacit knowledge: it consists, not in propositions or theories, but in habits and dispositions to act in a rule-governed fashion. There is here an interesting parallel with Popper&#8217;s view, which sees even our sense organs as being themselves embodied theories.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_154">There is much in Hayek&#8217;s writings to suggest that he takes what Gilbert Ryle calls “knowing how,”&nbsp;what Michael Polanyi calls tacit knowing,&nbsp;what Michael Oakeshott&nbsp;calls the traditional knowledge, to be the wellspring of all our knowledge. It is in this sense—in holding the stuff of knowledge to be at bottom practical—that Hayek may be said to subscribe to a thesis of the primacy of practice in the constitution of human knowledge. It is not indeed that Hayek disparages the enterprise of theory-building, but he sees the theoretical reconstruction of our practical knowledge as necessarily incomplete in its achievements.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_155">Why is this? Hayek argues that, not only human social life, but the life of the mind itself is governed by rules, some of which cannot be specified at all. Note that Hayek does not contend merely that we cannot in fact specify all the rules which govern both social and intellectual life: he argues that there must of necessity be an insuperable limit beyond which we are unable to specify the rules by which our lives are governed. As he puts it:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_156">So far our argument has rested solely on the uncontestable assumption that we are not in fact able to specify all the rules which govern our perceptions and actions. We still have to consider the question whether it is conceivable that we should ever be in a position discursively to describe all (or at least any one we like) of these rules, or whether mental activity must always be guided by some rules which we are in principle not able to specify.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_157">If it should turn out that it is basically impossible to state or communicate all the rules which govern our actions, including our communications and explicit statements, this would imply an inherent limitation of our possible explicit knowledge and, in particular, the impossibility of ever fully explaining a mind of the complexity or our own.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_158">Hayek goes on to observe of the inability of the human mind reflexively to grasp the most basic rules which govern its operations that “this would follow from what I understand to Georg Cantor&#8217;s theorem in the theory of sets according to which in any system of classification there are always more classes than things to be classified, which presumably implies that no system of classes can contain itself.” Again, he remarks that “it would thus appear that Gödel&#8217;s theorem is but a special case of a more general principle applying to all conscious and particularly all rational processes, namely the principle that among their determinants there must always be some rules which cannot be stated or even be conscious.” Hayek concludes this development of themes first explored in his&nbsp;Sensory Order&nbsp;with the fascinating suggestion that conscious thought must be presumed to be governed by “rules which cannot in turn be conscious—by a “supraconscious mechanism,” or, as Hayek prefers sometimes to call it, a “metaconscious mechanism”—“which operates on the contents of consciousness but which cannot itself be conscious.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_159">The third source of influence on Hayek&#8217;s skeptical Kantianism, which I have ascribed primarily to the work of his relative Wittgenstein, plainly comprehends other influences as well. Hayek cites Ryle in support of his observations that “‘know how’ consists in the capacity to act according to rules which we may be able to discover but which we need not be able to state in order to obey them,” and glosses the point with reference to Michael Polanyi.&nbsp;Here the insight is that all articulated or propositional knowledge arises out of tacit or practical knowledge, the knowledge of how to do things, which must be taken as fundamental. Nothing is said in Ryle or Polanyi thus far about rule-governedness as a distinctive mark of human (and, it may well be, not only human but also animal) intelligent behavior.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_160">It is for the insight that practical knowledge is transmitted mimetically through the absorption of social rules that we need to turn to Wittgenstein, from whom Hayek may have taken it. (There are, to be sure, contrasts between Hayek&#8217;s view of rule-governed behavior and Wittgenstein&#8217;s, particularly in regard to the skepticism about rule-following expressed in Wittgenstein&#8217;s&nbsp;On Certainty&nbsp;and the dependency of social rules upon forms of life, stressed in Wittgenstein but not discussed by Hayek; but these contrasts need not concern us here.) What is original and novel in Hayek&#8217;s account, and (so far as I know) is nowhere to be found in Wittgenstein, is his account, firstly, of the hierarchy of rules in perception and action, with the most fundamental rules being meta-conscious rules beyond the possibility of identification and articulation; and, secondly, Hayek&#8217;s systematic exploration of the selection of these rules in a process of evolutionary adaptation.&nbsp;According to Hayek, in other words, the rules of action and of perception by which both intellectual and social life are governed are in the first place stratified or ordered in a hierarchy, with the most fundamental rules (which shape the basic categories of our understanding) always eluding conscious articulation. But secondly, all of these rules, including even the most fundamental of them are products of a process of evolutionary selection, by which they may be further altered or eliminated. Systems of rules conferring successful behavior are adopted by others without conscious reflection. It is this disposition to emulate or copy successful behaviors which explains the cultural evolution of which Hayek speaks, and which (though he recognizes its primitive beginnings in the social lives of animals) Hayek regards as the distinguishing mark of human life.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_035"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_030">Hayek on Knowledge and Mind:<br />Implications for Social Theory</h2><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_036"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_031">Hayek&#8217;s Kantian Philosophy of Mind</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_161">I began by nothing the striking Kantian attributes of Hayek&#8217;s epistemology and philosophy of mind—aspects which Hayek himself does not stress, perhaps because he conceives the formative influence of Kantian philosophy on his thought to be self-evident. As he puts it himself in a footnote to his discussion in a recent volume of the government of conscious intellectual life by super-conscious abstract rules: “I did not mention&#8230;the obvious relation of all this to Kant&#8217;s conception of the categories that govern our thinking—which I took rather for granted.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_162">Hayek&#8217;s Kantianism is seen, first in his repudiation of the empiricist view that knowledge may be constructed from a basis of raw sensory data and, second, in his uncompromising assertion of the view that the order we find in the world is a product of the creative activity of the human mind (rather than a recognition of natural necessity). His Kantian view is distinctive in that it anticipates Popper in affirming that our mental frameworks by which we categorize the world are neither universal nor invariant, but alterable in an evolutionary fashion; his Kantian view also follows Wittgenstein in grasping the role of social rules in the transmission of practical knowledge. Hayek&#8217;s Kantian view is original, finally, in recognizing a hierarchy in the rules that govern our perceptions and actions, and in insisting that the most fundamental of these rules are “super-conscious” and beyond any possibility of specification or articulation.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_037"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_032">Hayek&#8217;s Philosophy of Mind &amp; His Social Theory: Beyond Kantianism</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_163">Hayek himself is emphatic that these insights in the theories of mind and knowledge have the largest consequences for social theory. The inaccessability to reflexive inquiry of the rules that govern conscious thought entails the bankruptcy of the Cartesian rationalist project and implies that the human mind can never fully understand itself, still less can it ever be governed by any process of conscious thought. The considerations adduced earlier, then, establish&nbsp;the autonomy of the mind, without ever endorsing any mentalistic thesis of mind&#8217;s independence of the material order. Where Hayek deviates from Descartes’ conception of mind, however, is not primarily in his denying ontological independence to mind, but in his demonstration that complete intellectual self-understanding is an impossibility.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_164">Hayek&#8217;s conception of mind is a notion whose implications for social theory are even more radical than are those of Hayek&#8217;s Kantianism. It is the chief burden of the latter, let us recall, that no external or transcendental standpoint on human thought is achievable, in terms of which it may be supported or reformed. In social theory, this Kantian perspective implies the impossibility of any Archimedean point from which a synoptic view can be gained of society as a whole and in terms of of which social life may be understood and, it may be, redesigned. As Hayek puts it trenchantly: “Particular aspects of a culture can be critically examined only within the context of that culture. We can never reduce a system of rules or all values as a whole to a purposive construction, but must always stop with our criticism of something that has no better grounds for existence than that it is the accepted basis of the particular tradition.”&nbsp;This is a useful statement, since it brings out the Kantian implication for social theory: that all criticism of social life must be immanent criticism, just as in all philosophy inquiry can only be reflexive and never transcendental.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_165">Hayek goes beyond Kantianism, however, in his recognition that, just as in the theory of mind we must break off when we come to the region of unknowable ultimate rules, so in social theory we come to a stop with the basic constitutive traditions of social life. These latter, like Wittgenstein&#8217;s forms of life, cannot be the objects of further criticism, since they are at the terminus of criticism and justification: they are simply given to us, and must be accepted by us. But this is not to say that these traditions are unchanging, nor that we cannot understand how it is that they do change.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_166">In social theory, Hayek&#8217;s devastating critique of Cartesian rationalism entails that, whatever else it might be, social order cannot be the product of a directing intelligence. It is not just that too many concrete details of social life would always escape such an intelligence, which could never, therefore, know enough. Nor (though we are nearer the nub of the matter here) is it that society is not a static object of knowledge which could survive unchanged the investigations of such an intelligence. No, the impossibility of total social planning does not rest for Hayek on such Popperian considerations,&nbsp;or, at any rate, not primarily on them.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_167">Such an impossibility of central social planning rests, firstly, on the primordially practical character of most of the knowledge on which social life depends. Such knowledge cannot be concentrated in a single brain, natural or mechanical, not because it is very complicated, but rather because it is embodied in habits and dispositions and governs our conduct via rules which are often inarticulable. But, secondly, the impossibility of total social planning arises from the fact that, since we are all of us governed by rules of which we have no knowledge, even the directing intelligence itself would be subject to such government. It is naive and almost incoherent&nbsp;to suppose that a society could lift itself up by its bootstraps and reconstruct itself, in part at least because the idea that any individual mind—or any collectivity of selected minds—could do that, is no less absurd.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_038"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_033">The Idea of a Spontaneous Social Order</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_168">If the order we discover in society is in no important respect the product of a directing intelligence, and if the human mind itself is a product of cultural evolution, then it follows that social order cannot be the product of anything resembling conscious control or rational design. As Hayek puts it:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_169">The errors of constructivist rationalism are closely connected with Cartesian dualism, that is, with the conception of an independently existing mind substance which stands outside the cosmos of nature and which enabled man, endowed with such a mind from the beginning, to design the institutions of society and culture among which he lives&#8230;The conception of an already fully developed mind designing the institutions which made life possible is contrary to all we know about the evolution of man.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_170">The master error of Cartesian rationalism&nbsp;lies in its anthropomorphic transposition of mentalist categories to social processes. But a Cartesian rationalist view of mind cannot explain even the order of mind itself. Hayek himself makes this point when he remarks on “the difference between an order which is brought about by the direction of a central organ such as the brain, and the formation of an order determined by the regularity of the actions towards each other of the elements of a structure.” He goes on:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_171">Michael Polanyi has usefully described this distinction as that between a monocentric and a polycentric order. The first point which it is in this connection important to note is that the brain of an organism which acts as the directing centre for the organism is in turn a polycentric order, that is, that its actions are determined by the relation and mutual adjustment to each other of the elements of which it consists.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_172">Hayek states his conception of social theory, and of the central importance in it of undesigned or spontaneous orders, programmatically and with unsurpassable lucidity:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_173">It is evident that this interplay of the rules of conduct of the individuals with the actions of other individuals and the external circumstances in producing an overall order may be a highly complex affair. The whole task of social theory consists in little else but an effort to reconstruct the overall orders which are thus formed&#8230;It will also be clear that such a distinct theory of social structures can provide only an explanation of certain general and highly abstract features of the different types of structures&#8230;Of theories of this type economic theory, the theory of the market order of free human societies, is so far the only one which has been developed over a long period&#8230;</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_174">Because it is undesigned and not the product of conscious reflection, the spontaneous order that emerges of itself in social life can cope with the radical ignorance we all share of the countless facts on knowledge of which society depends. This is to say, to begin with, that a spontaneous social order can utilize&nbsp;fragmented knowledge, knowledge dispersed among millions of people, in a way a holistically planned order (if such there could be) cannot. “This structure of human activities” as Hayek puts it “consistently adapts itself, and functions through adapting itself, to millions of facts which in their entirety are not known to everybody. The significance of this process is most obvious and was at first stressed in the economic field.”&nbsp;It is to say, also, that a spontaneous social order can use the practical knowledge preserved in men&#8217;s habits and dispositions and that society always depends on such practical knowledge and cannot do without it.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_175">Examples abound in Hayek&#8217;s writings of spontaneous orders apart from the market order. The thesis of spontaneous order is stated at its broadest when Hayek says of Bernard Mandeville (1670–1733) that “for the first time [he] developed all the classical paradigmata of the spontaneous growth of orderly social structures: of law and morals, of language, the market and money, and also the growth of technological knowledge.”&nbsp;Note that whereas Hayek acknowledges that spontaneous order emerges in natural processes—it may be observed, he tells us, not only in the population biology of animal species, but in the formation of crystals and even galaxies—it is the role of spontaneous order in human society that Hayek is most concerned to stress. For applying what Hayek illuminatingly terms “the twin ideas of evolution and of the spontaneous formation of an order”&nbsp;to the study of human society enables us to transcend the view, inherited from Greek, and, above all, from Sophist philosophy, that all social phenomena can be comprehended within the crude dichotomy of the natural (physis) and the conventional (nomos). Hayek wishes to focus attention on the third domain of social phenomena and objects, neither instinctual in origin nor yet the result of conscious contrivance or purposive construction, the domain of evolved and self-regulating social structures. It is the emergence of such self-regulating structures in society via the natural selection of rules of action and perception that is systematically neglected in much current sociology (though not, it may be noted, in the writings of Herbert Spencer,&nbsp;one of sociology&#8217;s founding fathers). It is because he thinks that the sociobiologists view social order as being a mixture of instinctive behavior and conscious control, and so neglect the cultural selection of systems of rules, that Hayek has subjected this recent strain of speculation to a sharp criticism.&nbsp;It may be noted, finally, that Hayek&#8217;s repudiation of the Sophistic natureconvention dichotomy sets him in opposition to Popper and his talk of the critical dualism of facts and decisions and brings him close to the Wittgensteinian philosopher, Peter Winch, for whom the distinction is essentially misconceived.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_039"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_034">The Application of Spontaneous Order in Economic Life: The Catallaxy</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_176">The central claim of Hayek&#8217;s philosophy, as we have expounded it so far, is that knowledge is, at its base, at once practical and abstract. It is abstract inasmuch as even sensory perception gives us a model of our environment which is highly selective and picks out only certain classes of events, and it is practical inasmuch as most knowledge is irretrievably stored or embodied in rules of action and perception. These rules, in turn, are in Hayek&#8217;s conception the subject of continuing natural selection in cultural competition. The mechanism of this selection, best described in Hayek&#8217;s fascinating “Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct,”&nbsp;is in the emulation by others of rules which secure successful behavior. It is by a mimetic contagion that rules conferring success—where success means, in the last resort, the growth of human numbers—come to supplant those rules which are maladapted to the environment. Finally, the convergence of many rule-following creatures on a single system of rules creates those social objects—language, money, markets, the law—which are the paradigms of spontaneous social order.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_177">It is a general implication of this conception that, since social order is not a purposive construction, it will not in general serve any specific purpose. Social order facilitates the achievement of human purposes: taken in itself, it must be seen as having no purpose. Just as human actions acquire their meaning by occurring in a framework that can itself have no meaning,&nbsp;so social order will allow for the achievement of human purposes only to the extent that it is itself purposeless. Nowhere has this general implication of Hayek&#8217;s conception been so neglected as in economic life. In the history and theory of science, to be sure, where the idea of spontaneous order was (as Hayek acknowledges) put to work by Michael Polanyi, false conceptions were spawned by the erroneous notion that scientific progress could be planned, whereas, on the contrary, any limitation of scientific inquiry to the contents of explicit or theoretical knowledge would inevitably stifle further progress.&nbsp;In economics, however, the canard that order is the result of conscious control had more fateful consequences. It supported the illusion that the whole realm of human exchange was to be understood after the fashion of a household or an hierarchical organization, with limited and commensurable purposes ranked in order of agreed importance.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_178">This confusion of a genuine hierarchical ‘economy’—such as that of an army, a school or a business corporation—with the whole realm of social exchange, the&nbsp;catallaxy, informs many aspects of welfare economics and motivates its interventionist projects via the fiction of a total social product. This confusion between ‘catallaxy’ and ‘economy’ is, at bottom, the result of an inability to acknowledge that the order which is the product of conscious direction—the order of a management hierarchy in a business corporation, for example—itself always depends upon a larger spontaneous order. The demand that the domain of human exchange taken as a whole should be subject to purposive planning is, therefore, the demand that social life be reconstructed in the character of a factory, an army, or a business corporation—in the character, in other words, of an authoritarian organization. Apart from the fateful consequences for individual liberty that implementing such a demand inexorably entails, it springs in great measure from an inability or unwillingness to grasp how in the market process itself there is a constant tendency to self-regulation by spontaneous order. When it is unhampered, the process of exchange between competitive firms itself yields a coordination of men&#8217;s activities more intricate and balanced than any that could be enforced (or even conceived) by a central planner.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_040"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_035">The Catallactic Order, Practical Knowledge,<br />and the Calculation Debate</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_179">The relevance of these considerations to Hayek&#8217;s contributions to the question of the allocation of resources in a socialist economic order is central, but often neglected. It is, of course, widely recognized&nbsp;that one of Hayek&#8217;s principal contributions in economic theory is the refinement of the thesis of his teacher, Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973), that the attempt to supplant market relations by public planning cannot avoid yielding calculational chaos. Hayek&#8217;s account of the mechanism whereby this occurs has, however, some entirely distinctive and original features. For Hayek is at great pains to point out that the dispersed knowledge which brings about a tendency to equilibrium in economic life and so facilitates an integration of different plans of life, is precisely not theoretical or technical knowledge, but practical knowledge of concrete situations—“knowledge of people, of local conditions, and of special circumstances.” As Hayek puts it: “The skipper who earns his living from using otherwise empty or half-filled journeys of tramp-steamers, or the estate agent whose whole knowledge is almost exclusively one of temporary opportunities, or the arbitrageur who gains from local differences of commodity prices—are all performing eminently useful functions based on special knowledge of circumstances of the fleeting moment not known to others.” Hayek goes on the comment: “It is a curious fact that this sort of knowledge should today be regarded with a kind of contempt and that anyone who by such knowledge gains an advantage over somebody better equipped with theoretical or technical knowledge is thought to have acted almost disreputably.”&nbsp;The “problem of the division of knowledge,” which Hayek describes as “the really central problem of economics as a social science,”&nbsp;is therefore not just a problem of specific data, articulable in explicit terms, being dispersed in millions of heads: it is the far more fundamental problem of the practical knowledge on which economic life depends being embodied in skills and habits, which change as society changes and which are rarely expressible in theoretical or technical terms.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_180">One way of putting Hayek&#8217;s point, a way we owe to Israel Kirzner rather than to Hayek himself but which is wholly compatible with all that Hayek has said on these questions, is to remark as follows: if men&#8217;s economic activities really do show a tendency to coordinate with one another, this is due in large part to the activity of&nbsp;entrepreneurship. The neglect of the entrepreneur in much standard economic theorizing, the inability to grasp his functions in the market process, may be accounted for in part by reference to Hayek&#8217;s description above of the sort of knowledge used by the entrepreneur. As Kirzner puts it, “Ultimately, then, the kind of ‘knowledge’ required for entrepreneurship is ‘knowing’ where to look for ‘knowledge’ rather than knowledge of substantive market information.”&nbsp;It is hard to avoid the impression that the entrepreneurial knowledge of which Kirzner speaks here is precisely that practical or dispositional knowledge which Hayek describes.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_181">It is the neglect of how all economic life depends on this practical knowledge which allowed the brilliant but, in this respect, fatally misguided Joseph Schumpeter (1883–1950) to put a whole generation of economists on the wrong track, when he stated in hisCapitalism, Socialism and Democracy&nbsp;(1942) that the problem of calculation under socialism was essentially solved.&nbsp;It is the neglect of the same truth that Hayek expounded which explains the inevitable failure in Soviet-style economies of attempts to simulate market processes in computer modeling. All such efforts are bound to fail, if only because the practical knowledge of which Hayek speaks cannot be programmed into a mechanical device. They are bound to fail, also, because they neglect the knowledge-gathering role of market pricing. Here we must recall that, according to Hayek, knowledge is dispersed throughout society and, further, it is embodied in habits and dispositions of countless men and women. The knowledge yielded by market pricing is knowledge which all men can use, but which none of them would possess in the absence of the market process; in a sense, the knowledge embodied or expressed in the market price is systemic or holistic knowledge, knowledge unknown and unknowable to any of the elements of the market system, but given to them all by the operation of the system itself. No sort of market simulation or shadow pricing can rival the operation of the market order itself in producing this knowledge, because only the actual operation of the market itself can draw on the fund of practical knowledge which market participants exploit in the their activities.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_041"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_036">Hayek&#8217;s Refinements of the Misesian Calculation Debate</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_182">Three further points may be worth noting in respect of Hayek&#8217;s refinements of the Misesian calculation debate. First, when Hayek speaks of economic calculations under socialism as a practical impossibility, he is not identifying specific obstacles in the way of the socialist enterprise which might someday be removed. Socialist planning could supplant market processes only if practical knowledge could be replaced by theoretical or technical knowledge at the level of society as a whole—and that is a supposition which is barely conceivable. The kind of omniscience demanded of a socialist planner could be possessed only by a single mind, entirely self-aware, existing in an unchanging environment—a supposition so bizarre that we realize we have moved from any imaginable social world to a metaphysical fantasy in which men and women have disappeared altogether, and all that remain are Leibnizian monads, featureless and unhistorical ciphers.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_183">Fortunately, such a transformation is possible, if at all, only as a thought-experiment. In practice, all supposedly socialist economies depend upon precisely that practical knowledge of which Hayek speaks, and which though dispersed through society is transmitted via the price mechanism. It is widely acknowledged that socialist economies depend crucially in their planning policies on price data gleaned from historic and world markets. Less often recognized, and dealt with in detail only, so far as I know, in Paul Craig Roberts’ important&nbsp;Alienation in the Soviet Economy,&nbsp;is that planning policies in socialist economies are only shadows cast by market processes distorted by episodes of authoritarian intervention. The consequence of the Hayekian and Polanyian critiques of socialist planning is not inefficiency of such planning but rather its impossibility: we cannot analyze the “socialist” economies of the world properly, unless we penetrate the ideological veil they secrete themselves behind, and examine the mixture of market processes with command structures which is all that can ever exist in such a complex society.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_184">The third and final implication of Hayek&#8217;s contribution to the calculation question is his clear statement of the truth that the impossibility of socialism is an&nbsp;epistemologicalimpossibility. It is not a question of motivation or volition, of the egoism or limited sympathies of men and women, but of the inability of any social order in which the market is suppressed or distorted to utilize effectively the practical knowledge possessed by its citizens. Calculational chaos would ensue, and a barbarization of social life result, from the attempt to socialize production, even if men possessed only altruistic and conformist motives. For, in the absence of the signals transmitted via the price mechanism, they would be at a loss how to direct their activities for the social good, and the common stock of practical knowledge would begin to decay. Only the inventiveness of human beings as expressed in the emergence of black and gray markets could then prevent a speedy regression to the subsistence economy. The impossibility of socialism, then, derives from its neglect of the&nbsp;epistemological functions&nbsp;of market institutions and processes. Hayek&#8217;s argument here is the most important application of his fundamental insight into the epistemological role of social institutions—an insight I will need to take up again in the context of certain similarities between Hayek&#8217;s conception of liberty under law and Robert Nozick&#8217;s meta-utopian framework.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_042"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_037">Theory and Method in Economic Science</h2><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_043"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_038">Prediction vs. ‘Complex Phenomena’</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_185">Hayek&#8217;s conception of knowledge, when taken in conjunction with the idea of a spontaneous social order, has important implications for the proper method for the practice of social science. To begin with, Hayek&#8217;s affirmation of “the primacy of the abstract” in all human knowledge means that social science is always a theory-laden activity and can never aspire to an exhaustive description of concrete social facts. More, the predictive aspirations of social science must be qualified: not even the most developed of the social sciences, economics, can ever do more than predict the occurrence of general classes of events. Indeed, in his strong emphasis on the primacy of the abstract, Hayek goes so far as to question the adequacy of the nomothetic or nomological model of science (i.e. exact prediction through ‘laws’), including social science. At least in respect of complex phenomena, all science can aim at is an “explanation of the principle,” or the recognition of a pattern—“the explanation not of the individual events but merely of the appearance of certain patterns or orders. Whether we call these mere explanations of the principle or mere pattern predictions or higher level theories does not matter.”&nbsp;Such recognitions of orders or pattern predictions are, Hayek observes, fully theoretical claims, testable and falsifiable: but they correspond badly with the usual cause-effect structure of nomothetic or law-governed explanation.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_186">In his most important later statement on these questions, “The Theory of Complex Phenomena,” [bibliography, A-109], Hayek tells us that, because social life is made up of complex phenomena, “economic theory is confined to describing kinds of patterns which will appear if certain general conditions are satisfied, but can rarely if ever derive from this knowledge any predictions of specific phenomena.”&nbsp;If we ask why it is that social phenomena are complex phenomena, part of the reason at any rate lies in what Hayek earlier characterized&nbsp;as the subjectivity of the data of the social sciences: social objects are not like natural objects whose properties are highly invariant relatively to our beliefs and perceptions; rather, social objects are in large measure actually constituted by our beliefs and judgments. Social phenomena are non-physical, and Hayek has stated that “Non-physical phenomena are more complex because we call physical phenomena what can be described by relatively simple formulae.”&nbsp;And, because of the subjectivity of its data, social life always eludes such simple formulae.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_044"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_039">Hayek&#8217;s Opposition to Apriori Science</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_187">A number of points may be made briefly about Hayek&#8217;s conception of method in social and economic theory. First, whereas he follows his great teachers in the Austrian tradition in emphasizing the subjective aspects of social phenomena, Hayek&#8217;s methodology of social and economic science does not belong to that Austrian tradition in which social theory is conceived as an enterprise yielding apodictic truths. Specifically—contrary to T. W. Hutchinson, who periodizes Hayek&#8217;s work into an Austrian praxeological and a post-Austrian Popperian period, and also contrary to Norman P. Barry who sees both trends running right through Hayek&#8217;s writings—Hayek never accepted the Misesian conception of a praxeological science of human action which would take as its point of departure a few axioms about the distinctive features of purposeful behavior over time. In the Introduction to&nbsp;Collectivist Economic Planning&nbsp;[E-5, 1935] and elsewhere in his early writings, Hayek had (as Hutchinson notes) insisted that economics yields “‘general laws,’ that is, ‘inherent necessities determined by the permanent nature of the constituent elements.’”&nbsp;As Hutchinson himself acknowledges in passing, however, such laws or necessities function in Hayek&#8217;s writings as&nbsp;postulates(rather than as axioms), and they continue to do so even in his later writings, in which (as I have already noted) a suspicion of the nomothetic paradigm of social science is expressed. It is clear from the context of the quotations cited by Hutchinson that, in speaking of the general laws or inherent necessities of social and economic life, Hayek meant to controvert the excessive voluntarism of historicism, which insinuates that social life contains no unalterable necessities of any sort, rather than to embrace the view that there can be an apriori science of society or human action. To this extent Barry is right in his observation that, “there is a basic continuity in Hayek&#8217;s writings on methodology.”Certainly there seems little substance in a periodization of Hayek&#8217;s methodological writings by reference to the supposedly Popperian paper of 1937 on “Economics and Knowledge” (A-34).</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_188">At the same time, there seems little warrant for Barry&#8217;s claim that throughout his work Hayek tries “to combine two rather different philosophies of social science; the Austrian praxeological school with its subjectivism and rejection of testability in favour of axiomatic reasoning, and the hypothetico-deductive approach of contemporary science with its emphasis on falsifiability and empirical content.”&nbsp;For there is no evidence, so far as I know, that Hayek ever endorsed the Misesian conception of an axiomatic or apriori science of human action grounded in apodictic certainties. Again, as we have seen, Hayek&#8217;s view that the social sciences are throughout deductive in form antedates Popper&#8217;s influence and is evidenced in the Introduction to&nbsp;Collectivist Economic Planning&nbsp;[E-5, 1935].</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_045"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_040">Popperian ‘Conjectures &amp; Refutations’</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_189">Hayek&#8217;s real debts to Popper are, I think, different from those attributed to him by Hutchinson and Barry. It is not that Hayek under Popper&#8217;s influence abandoned an apodictic-deductive method that was endorsed (in different versions, Kantian and Aristotelian) by Mises and Menger, but rather that he came to adopt Popper&#8217;s proposal that falsifiability be treated as a demarcation criterion of science from non-science.&nbsp;Again, Hayek follows Popper in abandoning his earlier Austrian conviction that there is a radical dualism of method as between natural and social science: this conviction, he tells us, depended on an erroneous conception of method in the natural sciences: as a result of what Popper has taught him, Hayek says, “the differences between the two groups of disciplines has thereby been greatly narrowed.”&nbsp;Hayek&#8217;s debts to Popper are, then, in his seeing that it is the falsifiability of an hypothesis rather than its verifiability which makes it testable and empirical, and, secondly, in his acknowledging the unity of method in all the sciences, natural and social, where this method is seen clearly to be hypothetico-deductive.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_190">Even in these Popperian influences, it is to be noted, there are differences of emphasis from Popper himself. Hayek anticipates Lakatos in perceiving that the theoretical sciences may contain a “hard core” of hypotheses, well-confirmed and valuable in promoting understanding of the phenomena under investigation, which are highly resistant to testing and refutation.&nbsp;And Hayek explicitly states that in some fields Popper&#8217;s ideas of maximum empirical content and falsifiability may be inappropriate:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_191">It is undoubtedly a drawback to have to work with theories which can be refuted only by statements of a high degree of complexity, because anything below that degree of complexity is on that ground alone permitted by our theory. Yet it is still possible that in some fields the more generic theories are the more useful ones&#8230;Where only the most general patterns can be observed in a considerable number of instances, the endeavour to become more ‘scientific’ by further narrowing down our formulae may well be a waste of effort&#8230;</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_192">In general, then, it seems fair to hold that Hayek acknowledges that the proper method in social and economic studies, as elsewhere, is the hypothetico-deductive method of conjectures and refutations set out by Popper. On the other hand, he continues to recognize that in respect of complex phenomena such as are found in the social studies, testability may be a somewhat high level and protracted process, and the ideal of high empirical content captured in a nomothetic framework—a demanding and sometimes unattainable ideal.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_046"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_041">Some Applications of Hayek&#8217;s Methodological Views:<br />Keynes, Friedman, and Shackle on Economic Policy</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_193">Hayek&#8217;s view that we can at best attain abstract models of social processes, whereas the concrete details of social life will always largely elude theoretical formulation, has large and radical implications in the field of public policy. In brief, it entails that the object of public policy should be confined to the design or reform of institutions within which unknown individuals make and execute their own, largely unpredictable plans of life. In a free society, in fact, whereas there may be a legal policy in respect of economic institutions, there cannot be such a thing as economic policy as it is presently understood, for adherence to the rule of law precludes anything resembling macroeconomic management. Here I do not wish to take up this point, which I will consider later, but rather to spell out the connection between Hayek&#8217;s methodological views and his belief that most, if not all economic policy as practiced in the postwar world has had a self-defeating effect.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_047"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_042">Hayek contra Constructivism &amp; Social Engineering</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_194">We have seen that, for Hayek, the most we can hope for in understanding social life is that we will recognize recurring patterns. Hayek goes on to observe:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_195">Predictions of a pattern are&#8230;both testable and valuable. Since the theory tells us under which general conditions a pattern of this sort will form itself, it will enable us to create such conditions and to observe whether a pattern of the kind predicted will appear. And since the theory tells us that this pattern assures a maximisation of output in a certain sense, it also enables us to create the general conditions which will assure such a maximisation, though we are ignorant of many of the particular circumstances which will determine the pattern that will appear.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_196">Hayek&#8217;s view stands in sharp opposition to any idea of a policy science or a political technology aimed at producing specific desired effects. Such a policy science demands the impossible of its practitioners, a detailed knowledge of a changing and complex order in society. Even Popper&#8217;s conception of “piecemeal social engineering,” Hayek tells us, “suggests to me too much a technological problem of reconstruction on the basis of the total knowledge of the physical facts, while the essential point about the practical improvement is an experimental attempt to improve the functioning of some part without a full comprehension of the structure of the whole.”&nbsp;Indeed Hayek&#8217;s central point is that understanding the primacy of the abstract in human knowledge means that we must altogether renounce the modern ideal of consciously controlling social life: a better ideal is that of&nbsp;cultivating&nbsp;the general conditions in which beneficial results may be expected to emerge.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_197">Hayek&#8217;s critique of the constructivistic or engineering approach to social life parallels in an intriguing way that of Michael Oakeshott and of the Wittgensteinian philosopher Rush Rhees. Consider Oakeshott&#8217;s statement: “The assimilation of politics to engineering is, indeed, what may be called the myth of rationalist politics.”&nbsp;Or Rhee&#8217;s observation (made in criticism of Popper): “There is nothing about human societies which makes it reasonable to speak of the application of engineering to them. Even the most important ‘problems of production’ are not problems in engineering.”&nbsp;The conception of social life which talk of social engineering expresses is at fault not only because it presupposes an agreement on goals or ends which nowhere exists but also because it promotes the illusion that political life may become subject to a sort of technical or theoretical control.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_048"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_043">Hayek contra Keynes</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_198">These general views illuminate much of the rationale of Hayek&#8217;s opposition not only to Keynesian policies of macroeconomic demand management but also to Friedmanite monetarism. Of course, in the great debates of the Thirties, Hayek had argued forcefully that Keynes in no way provided a general theory of economic discoordination. Again, Hayek always argued that the policies Keynes suggested, depending as they did for their success upon institutional and psychological irrationalities which their very operation would undermine, were bound over the longer run to be self-defeating. In particular, Hayek maintained that Keynesian policies of deficit financing depended for their success upon a widespread money illusion which the policies themselves could not help but erode. Hayek&#8217;s further objection to Keynesian policies is that, in part because they depend on a defective understanding of the business cycle (which is seen as expressing itself in aggregative variations in total economic activity rather than in a discoordination of relative price structures brought about by a governmental distortion of the structure of interest rates) Keynesian policy-makers, because of their holistic and aggregative bias, find it hard to avoid committing a sort of fallacy of conceptual realism: statistical artefacts or logical fictions are allowed to blot out the subtle and complex relationships which make up the real economy.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_199">Now there is plainly much in Hayek&#8217;s subtle account of the business cycle, and in his contributions to capital theory, which is difficult and disputable, and to comment on such questions is in any case beyond my expertise. Quite apart from its technical details, however, it is clear that Hayek&#8217;s critique of Keynesian policies is of a piece with his emphasis on the primacy of the abstract and with his insight into the indispensability of conventions for the orderly conduct of social life. Policies of macroeconomic demand management ask more in the way of concrete knowledge of the real relationships which govern the economy than any administrator could conceivably acquire, and their operation is in the longer run self-defeating. More generally, Hayek&#8217;s challenge to Keynesian theory is a demand that Keynesians specify in detail the mechanisms whereby an unhampered market could be expected to develop severe discoordination. Only if such mechanisms could be clearly described and (crucially) given a plausible historical application, would a serious challenge to Hayek&#8217;s own Austrian view—in which it is governmental intervention in the economy which is principally responsible for discoordination—enter the realm of critical debate.</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_049"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_044">Hayek contra Friedman</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_200">In respect to Friedman&#8217;s proposals for monetary regulation by a fixed rule, Hayek has argued that in a modern democracy no governmental or quasi-governmental agency can preserve the independence of action essential if such a monetary rule is to be operated consistently. More fundamentally, such a policy of adopting a fixed rule in the supply of money is opposed by Hayek on methodological grounds. Such a policy calls for an exactitude in modeling and measuring economic life, and an unambiguity in the definition of money, which it is beyond our powers to attain. Hayek&#8217;s own objection to Friedman&#8217;s monetarist proposals is, then, most substantially that money is not the sort of social object that we can define precisely or control comprehensively; Hayek has even suggested that, in recognition of the elusiveness of the monetary phenomenon, we should treat “money” as an adjectival expression,&nbsp;applicable to indefinitely many distinct and disparate instruments. Hayek&#8217;s proposals in this area clearly open up technical questions in monetary theory which I am unqualified to adjudicate. It seems clear, though, that Hayek&#8217;s proposal favoring currency competition by the private issuance of money would be found objectionable by Friedmanites (who would argue that Hayek exaggerates the effect such competition would have in preventing currency debasement) and by advocates of the classical gold standard. It is clear, nonetheless, that in arguing for the establishment of a monetary catallaxy Hayek has illuminated questions both in monetary theory and in political economy which had hitherto gone largely neglected, but which it is critical that supporters of the market order now examine.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_050"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_045">Hayek and Shackle</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_201">One objection to Hayek&#8217;s view may be worth addressing at this point. There is much in Hayek&#8217;s account of the business cycle, as in his more general account of spontaneous social order, to suggest that he believes economic discoordination results always from institutional factors, so that at any rate large-scale disequilibrium would be impossible in a catallaxy of wholly unhampered markets. Against this view, Hayek&#8217;s brilliant and largely neglected pupil, G.L.S. Shackle, has argued&nbsp;that the subjectivity of expectations must infect the market process with an ineradicable tendency to disequilibrium. It must be allowed that, if we accept Hayek&#8217;s view of equilibrium as a process in which men&#8217;s plans are coordinated by trial and error over time, there can be nothing apodictically certain about this process: conceivably, under some conditions of uncertainty in which hither to reliable expectations are repeatedly confounded, large scale discoordination could occur in the market process.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_202">Three counter-observations are in order, however. First, nothing in Shackle&#8217;s argument tells against the point, defensible both on theoretical grounds and as an historical interpretation, that in practice by far the most destabilizing factor in the market process is provided by governmental intervention. Secondly, and relatedly, it is unclear that the kind of disequilibrium of which Shackle speaks—disequilibrium generated by divergency in subjective expectations—could amount to anything resembling the classical business cycle, which is more plausibly accounted for in Austrian and Hayekian terms as a consequence of governmental intervention in the interest rate structure.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_203">And thirdly, it is unclear that Shackle&#8217;s argument shows the presence in the market process of any&nbsp;tendency to disequilibrium. What we have in the market process is admittedly a ‘kaleidic’ world, in which expectations, tastes, and beliefs constantly and unpredictably mutate. Yet, providing market adaptation is unhampered, what we can expect from the market process is an uninterrupted series of monetary equilibrium tendencies, each of them asymptotic—never quite reaching equilibrium—and each of them soon overtaken by its successor. In this kaleidic world there may well be no apodictic certainty that we shall never face large-scale, endogenous discoordination, but we are nevertheless on safe ground in preferring that the self-regulating tendencies of the process be accorded unhampered freedom and that governmental intervention be recognized as the major disruptive factor in the market process. We are on safe ground, then, in discerning in the tendency to equilibrium in the market process the formation of spontaneous order in the economic realm.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_051"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_046">Hayek&#8217;s Constitution of Liberty: Ethical Basis of the Juridical Framework of Individual Liberty</h2><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_052"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_047">Clarifying Hayek&#8217;s Moral Theory</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_204">Given that we recognize governmental intervention to be the greatest subverter of spontaneous order in the realm of economic exchange, what legal framework is to be adopted for the regulation of economic life? Here we come to one of the most fascinating and controversial of Hayek&#8217;s contributions to social philosophy, his account of individual liberty under the rule of law. Before we can address ourselves to some of the problems surrounding Hayek&#8217;s contribution to philosophical jurisprudence, however, a few words must be said about Hayek&#8217;s moral theory, since few aspects of Hayek&#8217;s work are so often misunderstood. Hayek has been characterized as a moral relativist, an exponent of evolutionary ethics and, less implausibly but nonetheless incorrectly, as a rule-utilitarian. Let us see if we can dissipate the confusion.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_205">In the first place, moral life for Hayek is itself a manifestation of spontaneous order. Like language and law, morality emerged undesigned from the life of men with one another: it is so much bound up with human life, indeed, as to be partly constitutive of it. The maxims of morality, then, in no way presuppose an authority, human or divine, from which they emanate, and they antedate the institutions of the state. But, secondly, the detailed content of the moral conventions which spring up unplanned in society is not immutable or invariant. Moral conventions change, often slowly and almost inperceptibly, in accordance with the needs and circumstances of the men who subscribe to them. Moral conventions must (or Hayek&#8217;s account of them) be seen as part of the evolving social order itself.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_206">Now at this point it is likely that a charge of ethical relativism or evolutionism will at once be levelled against Hayek, but there is little substance to such criticisms. He has gone out of his way to distinguish his standpoint from any sort of evolutionary ethics. As he put it in his&nbsp;Constitution of Liberty:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_207">It is a fact which we must recognize that even what we regard as good or beautiful is changeable—if not in any recognizable manner that would entitle us to take a relativistic position, then in the sense that in many respects we do not know what will appear as good or beautiful to another generation&#8230; It is not only in his knowledge, but also in his aims and values, that man is the creature of his civilization; in the last resort, it is the relevance of these individual wishes to the perpetuation of the group or the species that will determine whether they persist or change. It is, of course, a mistake to believe that we can draw conclusions about what our values ought to be simply because we realize that they are a product of evolution. But we cannot reasonably doubt that these values are created and altered by the same evolutionary forces that have produced our intelligence.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_208">Hayek&#8217;s argument here, then, is manifestly not that we can invoke the trend of social evolution as a standard for the resolution of moral dilemmas, but rather that we are bound to recognize in our current moral conventions the outcome of an evolutionary process. Admittedly, inasmuch as nothing in the detailed content of our moral conventions is unchanging or unalterable, this means that we are compelled to abandon the idea that they have about them any character of universality or fixity, but this is a long way from any doctrine of moral relativism. As Hayek observes in his remarks on the ambiguity of relativism:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_209">&#8230;our present values exist only as the elements of a particular cultural tradition and are significant only for some more or less long phase of evolution—whether this phase includes some of our pre-human ancestors or is confined to certain periods of human civilization. We have no more ground to ascribe to them eternal existence than to human race itself. There is thus one possible sense in which we may legitimately regard human values as relative and speak of the probability of their further evolution.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_210">But it is a far cry from this general insight to the claims of the ethical, cultural or historical relativists or of evolutionary ethics. To put it crudely, while we know that all these values are relative to something, we do not know to what they are relative. We may be able to indicate the general class of circumstances which have made them what they are, but we do not know the particular conditions to which the values we hold are due, or what our values would be if those circumstances had been different. Most of the illegitimate conclusions are the result of erroneous interpretation of the theory of evolution as the empirical establishment of a trend. Once we recognize that it gives us no more than a scheme of explanation which might be sufficient to explain particular phenomena&nbsp;if&nbsp;we knew all the facts which have operated in the course of history, it becomes evident that the claims of the various kinds of relativists (and of evolutionary ethics) are unfounded.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_053"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_048">Hume&#8217;s Influence on Hayek&#8217;s Social Philosophy</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_211">Hayek does not, then subscribe to any sort of ethical relativism or evolutionism, but it is not altogether clear from these statements if he thinks humanity&#8217;s changing moral conventions have in fact any invariant core or constant content. In order to consider this last question, and to attain a better general understanding of Hayek&#8217;s conception of morality, we need to look at his debts to David Hume, whose influence upon Hayek&#8217;s moral and political philosophy is ubiquitous and profound.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_212">Hayek follows Hume in supposing that, in virtue of certain general facts about the human predicament, the moral conventions which spring up spontaneously among men all have certain features in common or (in other words) exhibit some shared principles. Among the general facts that Hume mentions in his&nbsp;Treatise, and which Hayek cites in “The Legal and Political Philosophy of David Hume” (in B-13), are men&#8217;s limited generosity and intellectual imperfection and the unalterable scarcity of the means of satisfying human needs. As Hayek puts it succinctly: “It is thus the nature of the(se) circumstances, what Hume calls ‘the necessity of human society,’ that gives rise to the ‘three fundamental laws of nature’: those of ‘the stability of possessions, of its transference by consent, and of the performance of promises.’” And Hayek glosses this passage with a fuller citation from Hume&#8217;s&nbsp;Treatise: “Though the rules of justice be&nbsp;artificial, they are not&nbsp;arbitrary. Nor is the expression improper to call them&nbsp;Laws of Nature; if by natural we understand what is common to any species, or even if we confine it to mean what is inseparable from the species.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_213">Hume&#8217;s three rules of justice or laws of nature, then, give a constant content to Hayek&#8217;s conception of an evolving morality. They frame what the distinguished Oxford jurist, H. L. A. Hart, was illuminatingly to call “the minimum content of natural law.”&nbsp;The justification of these fundamental rules of justice, and of the detailed and changing content of the less permanent elements of morality, is (in Hayek&#8217;s view as in Hume&#8217;s)that they form indispensable conditions for the promotion of human welfare. There is in Hayek as in Hume, accordingly, a fundamental utilitarian committment in their theories of morality. It is a very indirect utilitarianism that they espouse, however, more akin to that of the late nineteenth-century Cambridge moralist Henry Sidgwick&nbsp;(1838–1900) than it is to Jeremy Bentham or John Stuart Mill. The utilitarian component of Hayek&#8217;s conception of morality is indirect in that it is never supposed by him that we ought or could invoke a utilitarian principle in order to settle practical questions: for, given the great partiality and fallibility of our understanding, we are in general better advised to follow the code of behavior accepted in our own society. That code can, in turn, Hayek believes, never properly be the subject of a rationalist reconstruction in Benthamite fashion, but only reformed piecemeal and slowly. In repudiating the claims that utilitarian principles can govern specific actions and that utility may yield new social rules, Hayek shows himself to be an&nbsp;indirect or system utilitarian, for whom the proper role of utility is not prescriptive or practical but rather as a standard of evaluation for the assessment of whole systems of rules.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_054"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_049">Hayek&#8217;s Utilitarianism &amp; Liberty</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_214">Again however, Hayek&#8217;s utilitarian outlook is distinctive in that he explicitly repudiates any hedonistic conception of the content of utility itself.&nbsp;How, then, does he understand utilitarian welfare? Just how are we to assess different systems of rules in regard to their welfare-promoting effects? Here Hayek comes close to modern preference utilitarianism, but gives that view an original formulation, in arguing that the test of any system of rules is whether it maximizes an anonymous individual&#8217;s chance of achieving his unknown purposes.&nbsp;In Hayek&#8217;s conception, we are not bound to accept the historical body of social rules just as we find it: it may be reformed in order to improve the chances of the unknown man&#8217;s achieving his goals. It will be seen that this is a maximizing conception, but not one that represents utility as a sort of neutral stuff, a container of intrinsic value whose magnitude may vary. Indeed, in taking as the point of comparison an hypothesized unknown individual, Hayek&#8217;s conception (as he recognizes) parallels John Rawls’ model of rational choice behind a veil of ignorance as presented in Rawls’&nbsp;Theory of Justice.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_215">Mention of Rawls’ contractarian derivation of principles of justice at once raises the question of how Hayek&#8217;s indirect or system utilitarian argument is supposed to ground the rules of justice he defends, and, in particular, how Hayek&#8217;s defense of the priority of liberty squares with his utilitarian outlook.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_216">Several observations are apposite here. First, Hayek undoubtedly follows Hume in believing that, because they constitute an indispensable condition for the promotion of general welfare, the rules of justice are bound to take priority over any specific claim to welfare. Again, it is to be noted that Hume&#8217;s second rule of justice, the transference of property by consent, itself frames a protected domain and so promotes individual liberty. Finally, Hayek argues forcefully that, if individuals are to be free to use their own knowledge and resources to best advantage, they must do so in a context of known and predictable rules governed by law. It is in a framework of liberty under the rule of law, Hayek contends, that justice and general welfare are both served. Indeed, under the rule of law, justice and the general welfare are convergent and not conflicting goals or values.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_055"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_050">Justice, Liberty, and the Rule of Law In Hayek&#8217;s Constitution of Liberty</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_217">These claims regarding the relations between justice, liberty, and the rule of law encompass the most controversial and the most often attacked portion of Hayek&#8217;s social philosophy. Common to all criticisms of it is the objection that Hayek expects too much of the rule of law itself, which is only one of the virtues a legal order may display, and a rather abstract notion at that. Among classical liberals and libertarians, this objection has acquired a more specific character. It has been argued&nbsp;that upholding the rule of law cannot by itself protect liberty or secure justice, for these values will be promoted only if the individual rights are respected. Hayek&#8217;s theory is at the very least radically incomplete, according to these critics, inasmuch as his conception of the rule of law will have the classical liberal implications he expects of it, only if it incorporates a conception of individual rights, which he seems explicitly to disavow. All these liberals and libertarians fasten upon Hayek&#8217;s use of a Kantian test of universalizability to argue that such a test is almost without substance, in that highly oppressive and discriminatory laws will survive it, so long as their framers are ingenious enough to avoid mentioning particular groups or named individuals in them. The upshot of this criticism is that, in virtue of the absence in his theory of any strong conception of moral rights, Hayek is constrained to demand more of the largely formal test of universalizability than it can possibly deliver, and so to conflate the ideal of the rule of law with other political goods and virtues.</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_056"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_051">Criticisms of Hayek&#8217;s Universalizable ‘Rule of Law’</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_218">This fundamental criticism of Hayek, stated powerfully by Hamowy&nbsp;and Raz&nbsp;and endorsed in eariler writings of my own,&nbsp;now seems to me to express an impoverished and mistaken view of the nature and role of Kantian universalizability in Hayek&#8217;s philosophical jurisprudence. It embodies the error that, in Hayek or indeed in Kant, universalizability is a wholly formal test.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_219">In his “Principles of a Liberal Social Order,” (A-115, in B-13) Hayek tells us: “The test of the justice of a rule is usually (since Kant) described as that if its ‘universalizability,’ i.e. of the possibility of willing that rules should be applied to all instances that correspond to the conditions stated in it (the ‘categorical imperative’).”&nbsp;As an historical gloss, Hayek observes that:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_220">It is sometimes suggested that Kant developed his theory of the&nbsp;Rechtstaat&nbsp;by applying to public affairs his conception of the categorical imperative. It was probably the other way round, and Kant developed his theory of the categorical imperative by applying to morals the concept of the rule of law which he found ready made (in the writings of Hume).</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_221">Hayek&#8217;s own argument, that applying Kantian universalizability to the maxims that make up the legal order yields liberal principles of justice which confer maximum equal freedom upon all, has been found wanting by nearly all his critics and interpreters. Thus Raz quotes Hayek as follows:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_222">“The conception of freedom under the law that is the chief concern of this book rests on the contention that when we obey laws, in the sense of general abstract rules laid down irrespective of their application to us, we are not subject to another man&#8217;s will and are therefore free. It is because the judge who applies them has no choice in drawing the conclusions that follow from the existing body of rules and the particular facts of the case, that it can be said that laws and not men rule&#8230; As a true law should not name any particulars, so it should especially not single out any specific persons or group of persons.”</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_223">Raz comments on this passage: “Then, aware of the absurdity to which this passage leads, he modifies his line, still trying to present the rule of law as the supreme guarantee of freedom&#8230;”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_224">Similarly, discussing Hayek&#8217;s criteria that laws should not mention proper names and that the distinctions which the law makes be supported both within and without the group which is the subject of legislation, Hamowy comments:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_225">That no proper name be mentioned in a law does not protect against particular persons or groups being either harassed by laws which discriminate against them or granted privileges denied the rest of the population. A prohibition of this sort on the form laws may take is a specious guarantee of legal equality, since it is always possible to contrive a set of descriptive terms which will apply exclusively to a person or group without recourse to proper names&#8230;</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_226">How are these standard objections to be rebutted?</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_057"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_052">Meeting Objections to the Universalizability Test</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_227">We must first of all note that, even in Kant and in Kantian writers other than Hayek, such as R.M. Hare and John Rawls, the test of universalizability does far more than rule out reference to particular persons or special groups. The test of universalizability does indeed, in the first instance, impose a demand of&nbsp;consistency&nbsp;as between similar cases, and in that sense imposes a merely formal requirement of non-discrimination. This is the first stage or element of universalization, the irrelevance of numerical differences. But the next stage of universalization is that of asking whether one can assent to the maxim being assessed coming to govern the conduct of other towards oneself: this is the demand of&nbsp;impartiality&nbsp;between agents, the demand that one put oneself in the other man&#8217;s place. And this element or implication of universalizability leads on to a third, that we be impartial as between the preferences of others, regardless of our own tastes or ideals of life—a requirement of&nbsp;moral neutrality. I do not need to ask here exactly how these elements of universalizability are related to one another, to ask (most obviously) if the second is entailed by the first in any logically inexorable way, or similarly the third by the second. It is enough to note that there is a powerful Kantian tradition according to which strong implications do link the three phases of universalization, and that this is a tradition to which Hayek himself has always subscribed.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_228">Applying the full test of universalizability to the maxims that go towards making a legal order, we find that, not only are references to particulars ruled out, but the maxims must be impartial in respect of the interests of all concerned, and they must be neutral in respect of their tastes or ideals of life. If it be once allowed that the test of universalizability may be fleshed out in this fashion, it will be seen as a more full-blooded standard of criticism than is ordinarily allowed, and Hayek&#8217;s heavy reliance on it will seem less misplaced. For, when construed in this fashion, the universalizability test will rule out (for example) most if not all policies of economic intervention as prejudicial to the interests of some and will fell all policies of legal moralism. Two large classes of liberal policy, supposedly allowable under an Hayekian rule of law, thus turn out to be prohibited by it.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_229">Hayek himself is explicit that the test of universalizability means more than the sheerly formal absence of reference to particulars. As he puts it:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_230">The test of the justice of a rule is usually (since Kant) described as that of its ‘universalizability,’ i.e. of the possibility of willing that the rules should be applied to all instances that correspond to the conditions stated in it (the ‘categorical imperative’). What this amounts to is that in applying it to any concrete circumstances it will not conflict with any other accepted rules. The test is thus in the last resort one of the compatibility or non-contradictoriness of the whole system of rules, not merely in a logical sense but in the sense that the system of actions which the rules permit will not lead to conflict.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_231">The maxims tested by the principle of universalizability, then, must be integrated into a system of nonconflictable or (in Leibniz’ terminology) compossible rules, before any of them can be said to have survived the test.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_232">Again, the compatibility between the several rules is not one that holds in any possible world, but rather that which obtains in the world in which we live. It is here that Hayek draws heavily on Hume&#8217;s account of the fundamental laws of justice, which he thinks to be, not merely compatible with, but in a large measure the inspiration for Kant&#8217;s political philosophy.&nbsp;As I have already observed, the practical content of the basic rules of justice is given in Hume by anthropological claims, by claims of general fact about the human circumstance. It is by interpreting the demands of universalizability in the framework of the permanent necessities of human social life that we derive Hume&#8217;s three laws of natural justice.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_058"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_053">Kantian Universalizability &amp; Liberal Justice</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_233">Note again that, in Hume, as in Hayek, the laws of justice are commended as being the indispensable condition for the promotion of general welfare, i.e. their ultimate justification is utilitarian. But in order to achieve this result, neither Hayek nor Hume need offer any argument in favor of our adopting a Principle of Utility. Rather, very much in the spirit of R.M. Hare&#8217;s Kantian reconstruction of utilitarian ethics,&nbsp;Hayek&#8217;s claim is that an impartial concern for the general welfare is itself one of the demands of universalizability. A utilitarian concern for general welfare is yielded by the Kantian method itself and is not superadded to it afterwards. Hayek&#8217;s thesis, like Hume&#8217;s, is that a clear view of the circumstances of human life shows justice to be the primary condition needed to promote general welfare. But, like Hare and Kant, he thinks concern for both justice and the general welfare to be dictated by universalizability itself.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_234">Hayek&#8217;s argument, then, is that the maxims of liberal justice are yielded by applying the Kantian universalizability test to the principles of the legal order. As he puts it:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_235">It will be noticed that only purpose-independent (‘formal’) rules pass this (Kantian) test because, as rules which have originally been developed in small purpose-connected groups (‘organizations’) are progressively extended to larger and larger groups and finally universalized to apply to the relations between any members of an Open Society who have no concrete purposes in common and merely submit to the same abstract rules, they will in the process have to shed all reference to particular purposes.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_236">Again, in listing the essential points of his conception of justice Hayek asserts:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_237">&#8230;a) that justice can be meaningfully attributed only to human actions and not to any state of affairs as such without reference to the question whether it has been, or could have been, deliberately brought about by somebody; b) that the rules of justice have essentially the nature of prohibitions, or, in other words, that injustice is really the primary concept and the aim of rules of just conduct is to prevent unjust action; c) that the injustice to be prevented is the infringement of the protected domain of one&#8217;s fellow men, a domain which is to be ascertained by means of these rules of justice; and d) that these rules of just conduct which are in themselves negative can be developed by consistently applying to whatever such rules a society has inherited the equally negative test of universal applicability—a test which, in the last resort, is nothing less than the self-consistency of the actions which these rules allow if applied to the circumstances of the real world.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_238">There seem to be several elements, then, in Hayek&#8217;s contention that applying the Kantian test to the legal framework yields a liberal order. First, though he does not explicitly distinguish the three stages or phases of universalization I mentioned earlier, he is clear that the universalizability test is not only formal, and that it comprehends the requirement that the scheme of activities it permits in the real world would be conflict-free. Second, at any rate in a society whose members have few if any common purposes, law must have a largely formal character, stipulating terms under which men may pursue their self-chosen activities rather than enjoining any specific activities on them; in the term Hayek adopts from Oakeshott,&nbsp;the form of legal rule appropriate to such an abstract or open society is “nomocratic” rather than “teleocratic,” purpose-neutral rather than purpose-dependent. Third, in a society whose members lack common purposes or common concrete knowledge, only abstract rules conferring a protected domain on each can qualify as rules facilitating a conflictfree pattern of activities. This means that the conditions of our abstract or open society will themselves compel adoption of a rule conferring just claims to liberty and private property—which Hayek rightly sees and indissolubly linked—once these conditions are treated as the appropriate background for the Kantian test.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_239">One crucially important implication of this last point, noted in all of Hayek&#8217;s political writings over the last twenty years but spelled out most systematically in the second volume of his recent trilogy,&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty, is that the rules of justice which survive the Kantian test can prescribe justice only in the procedures and never in end-states. As Hayek puts it, explicating Hume: “There can be no rules for rewarding merit, or no rules of distributive justice, because there are no circumstances which may not affect merit, while rules always single out some circumstances as the only relevant ones.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_240">This pattern of argument is an important and striking one, worth examining in detail on its merits, and not capable of being dismissed as prima facie unworkable. One important point may be worth canvassing, however. Hayek argues that once the legal framework has been reformed in Kantian fashion, it must of necessity be one that maximizes liberty. Hamowy goes so far as to assert that Hayek&nbsp;defines&nbsp;liberty as conformity with the rule of law.&nbsp;Now, whereas not every aspect of Hayek&#8217;s treatment of freedom and coercion is clear or defensible,&nbsp;it seems a misinterpretation to say that he ever&nbsp;defines&nbsp;freedom as consisting solely in conformity with the rule of law. Rather, he takes such conformity to be a necessary condition of a free order. His thesis is that applying the Kantian test to the legal order will of itself yield a maxim according equal freedom to all men.&nbsp;So it is not that the rule of law contains freedom as part of its definition, but rather that a freedom-maximizing rule is unavoidably yielded by it. In other terms, we may say that, whereas moral rights do not come into Hayek&#8217;s theory as primordial moral facts, the right to a protected domain is yielded by his conception as a theorem of it.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_241">If Hayek is right that his method shows the unacceptability of contemporary patterned conceptions of justice, for example, and if, as I think, he has shown that only procedural justice can be squared with the liberal maxim demanding equal freedom of action, then we can begin to see the measure of his achievement. Certainly, his Kantian derivation of equal freedom deserves close and sympathetic scrutiny, and it cannot be assumed without argument that Hayek&#8217;s system cannot protect individual rights or claims to justice simply because such rights do not enter the system at a fundamental level. For the most original and striking claim of Hayek&#8217;s legal and political philosophy, which in this respect may be regarded as a synthesis of the theories of justice of Hume and Kant, is that applying the rational test of universalizability to the conditions of our world must of necessity yield a system of rules in which a protected domain of individual liberty is secured.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_059"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_054">Some Criticism of Hayek&#8217;s System of Ideas: Buchanan and Oakeshott</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_242">In regard to his theory of justice, the criticisms we have surveyed appear to be premature, or at least inconclusive. We have yet to consider a much more fundamental criticism of Hayek&#8217;s system, directed against it by thinkers in very different traditions, which attends to the highly ambigous role in Hayek&#8217;s theory of the idea of spontaneous order.</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_060"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_055">James Buchanan on Hayek</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_243">One of the clearest and deepest statements of some of the difficulties in Hayek&#8217;s use of spontaneous order arguments may be found in James M. Buchanan&#8217;s writings. In an important paper,&nbsp;Buchanan observes that, in Hayek&#8217;s later writings we find:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_244">the extension of the principle of spontaneous order, in its&nbsp;normative&nbsp;function, to the emergence of institutional structure itself. As applied to the market economy, that which emerges is defined by its very emergence to be that which is efficient. And this result implies, in its turn, a policy of nonintervention, properly so. There is no need, indeed there is no possibility, of evaluating the efficiency of observed outcomes independently of the process; there exists no external criterion that allows efficiency to be defined in objectively measurable dimensions. If this logic is extended to the structure of institutions (including law) that have emerged in some historical evolutionary process, the implication seems clear that that set which we observe necessarily embodies institutional or structural ‘efficiency.’ From this it follows, as before, that a policy of nonintervention in the process of emergence is dictated. There is no room left for the political economist, or for anyone else, who seeks to reform social structures, to&nbsp;change&nbsp;laws and rules, with an aim of security instead of efficiency in the large&#8230;Any ‘constructively rational’ interferences with the ‘rational’ processes of history are, therefore, to be avoided.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_245">Buchanan&#8217;s criticism, then, is that Hayek&#8217;s apparent extension of spontaneous order or evolutionary arguments from the market processes to institutional structures is bound to disable the tasks of criticism and reform. We are left with no leverage in Hayek&#8217;s account which might be used against the outcomes of the historical process. Instead, it seems, we are bound to entrust ourselves to all the vagaries of mankind&#8217;s random walk in historical space.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_246">In an earlier critique,&nbsp;Buchanan noted perceptively the phenomenon of “spontaneous disorder” —the emergence of patterns of activity that thwart the purposes and damage the interests of all who participate in them. Such “spontaneous disorder” is, after all, the core of the idea of the Prisoner&#8217;s Dilemma, which has been explored imaginatively in Buchanan&#8217;s writing in its political and constitutional applications. The neglect in Hayek&#8217;s political work in English of any treatment of the problem this Dilemma poses for his system invites the attempt to accomodate these fundamental objections.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_247">It is clear, however, that as it stands Hayek&#8217;s conception of spontaneous order needs revision or at least refinement. Buchanan&#8217;s identification of certain states of affairs as manifesting spontaneous disorder suggests the question whether the idea of spontaneous order in Hayek is a value-free explanatory notion or else a moral notion of some sort. If the former—as Hayek&#8217;s examples of spontaneous order in nature suggest—then spontaneous order really functions as a cipher for invisible hand explanations of the sort brilliantly discussed by Robert Nozick in his&nbsp;Anarchy, State, and Utopia.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_248">We might then be compelled to regard the growth of interventionism and of the welfare state, and even certain aspects of the functioning of totalitarian regimes, as exemplifying spontaneous order inasmuch as we might be able to explain these social phenomena as the unintended outcomes of human action. If, on the other hand, spontaneous orders are taken as embodying positive moral values—if, that is to say, the idea of a maleficient or destructive spontaneous order is repudiated as incoherent—then it seems clear that Hayek requires a far bolder moral theory than any he has advanced thus far. In particular, such a moral theory would need to bridge the gap between evaluative and descriptive language which is a feature of modern moral philosophy, and in this and other respects it would need to come much closer to natural law ethics than Hayek has ever himself done.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_249">Buchanan&#8217;s critique is decisive, then, in compelling Hayek to clarify the idea of spontaneous order as being either a moral notion, which might plausibly be embedded only in some variant of natural law ethics, or else as a value-free explanatory concept whose political uses must then be made more explicit than Hayek has heretofore done.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_250">Buchanan&#8217;s critique is important, again, in disclosing that Hayek&#8217;s attitude to rationalism is ambivalent and unstable. If we adopt the latter view of spontaneous order as a value-free explanatory idea, its uses in political argument depend upon two kinds of considerations. First, they must invoke a political ethics, which arguably is given by Hayek&#8217;s synthesis of Hume with Kant. More problematically, however, the use of an explanatory idea of spontaneous order in political argument presupposes that we have a genuine theoretical or synoptic knowledge of social life of just the sort that Hayek occasionally suggests is impossible. This is to say that, if we are to make use of the idea of spontaneous social order in framing or reforming social institutions so as to make best use of society&#8217;s spontaneous forces, we need to invoke a theoretical model of social structure and social process which gives some assurance as to the outcome of our reforms. To this extent, contrary to some of Hayek&#8217;s recommendations but in line with a part of his recent practice, we cannot avoid adopting a critical rationalist stance toward our inherited institutions and the historical process. This is true, whether we accept Hayek&#8217;s own effort at a political ethics, or Buchanan&#8217;s neo-Hobbesian contractarian constitutionalism.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_061"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_056">Michael Oakeshott on Hayek</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_251">These cited points are reinforced if we consider Michael Oakeshott&#8217;s attitude to Hayek&#8217;s work.&nbsp;Oakeshott is a more intrepid traditionalist than Hayek in that Oakeshott claims that we cannot in the end do anything but accept the traditions which we inherit in our society. Certainly, we cannot appraise our traditions by reference to any transcendental standard of reason or justice, since such standards (in Oakeshott&#8217;s view) necessarily turn out to be abridgements of our traditions themselves. Like Hayek, then, Oakeshott maintains that all moral or political criticism must be immanent criticism, but, unlike Hayek, he denies that there is any inherent or evolutionary tendency for the development of traditional practices to converge on liberal institutions. For this reason Oakeshott would insist that his conception of civil association or nomocracy—upon which, as we have already seen, Hayek draws in his conception of the juridical framework of the liberal order—is a description of a strand of practice in the modern European state and has no necessary application beyond the cultural milieu in which it came to birth. Oakeshott would accordingly repudiate the implicit universalism of Hayek&#8217;s argument for the liberal order.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_252">To some extent, of course, Hayek concedes that there cannot be universal scope for liberal principles when he allows that the Great or Open Society is itself an evolutionary emergence from rude beginnings. Where he differs from Oakeshott is in affirming that the Great or Open Society in which liberal principles are uniquely appropriate represents the future of all mankind. In this respect, Hayek continues to subscribe to an Enlightenment doctrine of universal human progress which Oakeshott has abandoned. I do not mean that Hayek has ever endorsed the belief that historical change is governed by a law of progressive development, but rather that he seems to take for granted (what surely is most disputable) that the unhampered natural selection of rival practices and traditions will result in a general convergence on liberal society.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_062"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_057">Hayek&#8217;s Variant of Classical Liberalism: A Fusing of Libertarian &amp; Traditionalistic Ideals?</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_253">A contrast of Hayek&#8217;s thought with that of Oakeshott revives one of the commonest criticisms of Hayek&#8217;s work, namely, that it straddles incompatible conservative and libertarian standpoints. The upshot of my discussion thus far may support this standard criticism in that it suggests that Hayek&#8217;s system is poised uneasily between the constructivist (but not uncritical) rationalism of a Buchanan and the out-and-out traditionalism of an Oakeshott.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_254">At the same time, however, elements of Hayek&#8217;s conception of social evolution via the competitive selection of rival traditions may provide a point of convergence, if not of fusion, for some libertarian and conservative concerns. One central argument in contemporary neo-conservatism, after all, is in the claim that the stability of the free society depends upon its containing strong supportive traditions. Modern neo-conservatives such as Irving Kristol and Daniel Bell take up the doubts expressed by writers of the Scottish Enlightenment such as Smith and Ferguson about the effect on society&#8217;s moral traditions of the workings of the commercial marketplace itself. A major difficulty in the neo-conservative analysis is the lack of any very convincing prognosis: if free markets have corrosive effects in respect of the moral traditions which support them, so that capitalism institutions contain cultural contradictions which make them over the long run self-destroying, what is to be done?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_255">This is an especially hard question if we recognize (as some of the neo-conservatives themselves sometimes fail to do) that merely capturing positions of power in the apparatus of the contemporary democratic state affords no longrun security for the market order.</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_063"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_058">Hayek&#8217;s Voluntaristic Traditionalism: A Market in Traditions</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_256">There is in Hayek&#8217;s work an argument for voluntaristic traditionalism which goes some way toward answering this question. Hayek sees that the principal cause of the erosion of definitive moral traditions in advanced societies is not so much the market itself, but rather interventionist policies sponsored by governments. Often with the support of business, governments have contributed to the erosion of moral traditions by their educational, housing, and welfare policies. Hayek&#8217;s argument for a voluntaristic traditionalism distinguishes him from neo-conservatives, firstly in that he would argue that it is government interventionism which causes much of the contemporary moral malaise and because he would not seek to use government power to prop up faltering traditions. Rather, he seeks to establish something like a&nbsp;market in traditions, in the hope that the traditions which would emerge from an unhampered social life would be most congenial to the stability of the market order itself. In his argument for a competitive and voluntaristic traditionalism, Hayek plainly treats particular traditional communities as filter devices for social practices of the sort Robert Nozick discusses in his fascinating and profound account of the framework of utopia.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_257">It cannot be said unequivocably that Hayek&#8217;s libertarian traditionalism answers the most profoundly disturbing doubts of the neo-conservatives. In particular, Hayek&#8217;s advocacy of procedural justice, with the role of chance in distributing incomes being recognized clearly,&nbsp;confronts the difficulty that the moral defense of capitalism has chiefly been conducted by reference to the notion of desert. By comparison with this traditional defense, Hayek&#8217;s apologia for the market order may be, as Kristol observes, “nihilistic.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_258">Against this criticism Hayek may justifiably maintain that there is a sheer conflict between traditional sentiments of desert and merit and any clear-sighted defense of the market order—a conflict which the neo-conservative endorsement of the market order does nothing to resolve.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_259">Kristol&#8217;s criticism of Hayek has other, and perhaps profounder aspects, however. Hayek recognizes that contemporary moral sentiment is by no means uniformly, or even generally, favorable to the market order, and, both in his writings on Mandeville&nbsp;and elsewhere, Hayek has implicitly acknowledged that the spontaneous growth of moral norms may not, in fact, yield results congenial to a stable market order. At the same time, Hayek continues to advocate a strong form of moral conventionalism, resisting the claims of those who see modern morality as in need of radical reform. There is thus a tension, perhaps irresolvable in terms of Hayek&#8217;s system, between his Mandevillian moral iconoclasm and his moral conservatism.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_064"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_059">Conclusion: Hayek&#8217;s Research Program &amp; Classical Liberalism</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_260">In his argument for a voluntaristic traditionalism, Hayek (as we have seen) answers some of the concerns of contemporary conservatives. His argument for a market in traditions may be vulnerable to criticism, inasmuch as the growth of anti-market ethics over the past centuries seems to belie his expectation that natural selection of moral traditions will filter out those unfriendly to the market process. In recognition of this, Hayek would in consistency be compelled to adopt, in respect of moral convention, a more “rationalist” stance than he usually recommends. He would need to undertake a systematic criticism of modern morality in regard to its viability as part of an ongoing market order. In so doing, he would be resuming the task undertaken by those moderate rationalists, Bernard Mandeville and David Hume, whom Hayek rightly sees as the fountainheads of classical liberalism. Even if his own system of ideas should prove unstable, it recalls to us the insights of the great classical liberals, and intimates the most powerful research program in classical liberal political philosophy. And, in recalling that intellectual tradition from what had sometimes seemed an irrecoverable oblivion, Hayek&#8217;s work is a hopeful augury for an uncertain future.</p></div>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:40:05 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                John Gray        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3944</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Reader&#039;s Forum: On Spontaneous Order</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/readers-forum-spontaneous-order</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_009"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_004">ORDER DEFINED IN THE PROCESS OF ITS EMERGENCE∗</h2><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_54">∗A note stimulated by reading Norman Barry, “The Tradition of Spontaneous Order,” Literature of Liberty, V (Summer 1982), 7–58.</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_55">Norman Barry states, at one point in his essay, that the patterns of spontaneous order “appear to be a product of some omniscient designing mind” (p. 8). Almost everyone who has tried to explain the central principle of elementary economics has, at one time or another, made some similar statement. In making such statements, however, even the proponents-advocates of spontaneous order may have, inadvertently, “given the game away,” and, at the same time, made their didactic task more difficult.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_56">I want to argue that the “order” of the market emerges&nbsp;only&nbsp;from the&nbsp;process&nbsp;of voluntary exchange among the participating individuals. The “order” is, itself, defined as the outcome of the&nbsp;process&nbsp;that generates it. The “it,” the allocation-distribution result, does not, and cannot, exist independently of the trading process. Absent this process, there is and can be no “order.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_57">What, then, does Barry mean (and others who make similar statements), when the order generated by market interaction is made comparable to that order which might emerge from an omniscient, designing single mind? If pushed on this question, economists would say that if the designer could somehow know the utility functions of all participants, along with the constraints, such a mind could, by fiat, duplicate precisely the results that would emerge from the process of market adjustment. By implication, individuals are presumed to carry around with them fully-determined utility functions, and, in the market, they act always to maximize utilities subject to the constraints they confront. As I have noted elsewhere, however, in this presumed setting, there is no genuine choice behavior on the part of anyone. In this model of market process, the relative efficiency of institutional arrangements allowing for spontaneous adjustment stems solely from the&nbsp;informationalaspects.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_58">This emphasis is misleading. Individuals do not act so as to maximize utilities described in&nbsp;independently-existing functions. They confront genuine choices, and the sequence of decisions taken may be conceptualized,&nbsp;ex post&nbsp;(after the choices), in terms of “as if” functions that are maximized. But these “as if” functions are, themselves, generated in the choosing process, not separately from such process. If viewed in this perspective, there is no means by which even the most idealized omniscient designer could duplicate the results of voluntary interchange. The potential participants&nbsp;do not know until they enter the process&nbsp;what their own choices will be. From this it follows that it is&nbsp;logically impossible&nbsp;for an omniscient designer to know, unless, of course, we are to preclude individual freedom of will.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_59">The point I seek to make in this note is at the same time simple and subtle. It reduces to the distinction between&nbsp;endstate&nbsp;and&nbsp;process&nbsp;criteria, between consequentialist and nonconsequentialist,&nbsp;teleological&nbsp;and&nbsp;deontological&nbsp;principles. Although they may not agree with my argument, philosophers should recognize and understand the distinction more readily than economists. In economics, even among many of those who remain strong advocates of market and market-like organization, the “efficiency” that such market arrangements produce is independently conceptualized. Market arrangements then become “means,” which may or may not be relatively best. Until and unless this teleological element is fully exorcised from basic economic theory, economists are likely to remain confused and their discourse confusing.</p><div><div>James M. Buchanan</div></div><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_60">Center for the Study of Public Choice George Mason University (after 1983)</p></div></div><p>&nbsp;</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_010"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_005">SPONTANEOUS ORDERS: DETERMINISTIC OR NONDETERMINISTIC?</h2><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_61">[I]f there is nothing unforeseen, no invention or creation in the universe, time is useless&#8230; For time is here deprived of efficacy, and if it&nbsp;does&nbsp;nothing, it&nbsp;is&nbsp;nothing.</p></div><div><div>Henri Bergson</div></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_62">There are two forms of spontaneous order theories which I wish to distinguish in this brief note: those that relate to the&nbsp;origin&nbsp;of an aggregate structure and those that involve the&nbsp;function&nbsp;of the structure.&nbsp;The common element present in all theories of the first type is the claim that some overall social patterns or institutions are caused by a myriad of decentralized actions that do not aim at their establishment. Theories of the second type, however, disregard the origin of the pattern and seek, instead, to explain&nbsp;why it continues&nbsp;in existence. These functional theories recompose the structure in terms of the purposes it serves for the individual. Presumably, these will explain why the individual actions that give rise to the aggregate structure will themselves endure and hence why their product endures.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_63">The claim I shall make is simply this: theories of spontaneous order, whether of the first (origin) or second (function) variety, cannot be deterministic if they are to explain economic or social processes over time.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_64">Suppose, for example, we were to adopt the position that the causal link between decentralized actions and social structures or orders is deterministic. Then, on this assumption, certain initial conditions (actions 1&#8230;n) in conjunction with a theoretical law would yield with logical necessity the structure we want to explain. This rigid link between initial conditions and result is radical mechanism.&nbsp;Such explanations cannot tell the story of how orders can arise in the course of time. Instead, they can only provide a logical or static recomposition of an already-arisen order. For if the connection between cause and effect is deterministic then time literally adds nothing. Thus the aggregate structure should have already existed from day one but it did not. By the principle of causality, then, time must add something. This something is the future decisions and choices of the many acting individuals. Since these decisions cannot be predicted by those who will make them,&nbsp;we cannot model the individuals as foreseeing the emergent order. Hence genuine uncertainty or “surprise” must be part of any methodological individualistic story of the origin of social institutions.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_65">Spontaneous order theories of the functionalist variety sometimes claim that the function which an institution serves provides a logically sufficient explanation of why it continues to exist. This claim is just the inversion of radical mechanism or, simply, radical finalism.&nbsp;Instead of temporally antecedent events rigidly determining current institutions, we postulate that future functions determine (or explain) them. Since individuals act on the basis of their anticipations, it is only the future (anticipated) functions of institutions that could possibly be relevant. Such functionalist theories cannot, however, be evolutionary in the true sense.&nbsp;This is because the complete set of sufficient conditions that maintain an order are created in the evolutionary process itself.&nbsp;Time must add something. In this case, what it adds is a change in individual knowledge and the anticipation of a possibly better way of achieving one&#8217;s purposes. Thus, “order [is] defined in the process of its emergence.”&nbsp;In retrospect, when the complete set of causes in known (at least in principle) we might find it useful to construct a model of evolutionary process as aiming at some determinate function. Nevertheless, this model is only a heuristic delusion and may well lead us astray if we are not extremely careful.&nbsp;Exante, (in advance) any truly evolutionary process is itself a part of the ultimate outcome.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_66">The general conclusion that can be drawn from these arguments is that theories of spontaneous order (and,&nbsp;a fortiori, of equilibrium) must be pattern explanations.&nbsp;The conjunction of statements about initial actions and a law explains the overall pattern or class of existing institutions rather than any specific institution. Similarly, functional theories can rationalize the class of possible structures that will serve a particular function rather than ‘postdict’ the optimal structure. As John von Neumann and Oskar Morgenstern have said, “[T]he complete answer to any specific problem consists not in finding a solution, but in determining the set of all solutions.”</p><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_011"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_006">&nbsp;</h2><div><div>Mario J. Rizzo</div><div><div>Department of Economics New York University</div></div></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_012"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_007">“SPONTANEOUS ORDER”—A COMPLEX IDEA</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_68">Norman Barry&#8217;s richly erudite essay on the “tradition of spontaneous order” could, I believe, have provided even more valuable historical insight with the help of a simple yet highly significant distinction (somehow not articulated in the essay.) Barry sees the idea of spontaneous order as consisting in the view “that most of those things of general benefit in a social system are the product of spontaneous forces that are beyond the direct control of man.” What is not made clear in Barry&#8217;s paper, however, is the circumstance that this idea is itself made up of&nbsp;two&nbsp;quite distinct and separate ideas—each of which is, in a way, entitled to its own (admittedly not entirely separate) history.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_69">Consider the position of&nbsp;critics&nbsp;of the idea of spontaneous order. Such critics may deny the validity of the idea on either (or both) of two quite distinct sets of grounds. (So that the&nbsp;affirmation&nbsp;of the idea of spontaneous order presumes the refutation of&nbsp;bothgrounds.) First, critics may argue that, in the absence of the “direct control of man,” social phenomena emerge in entirely haphazard, unsystematic fashion. For example, it may be held that the results produced by a free market exhibit no orderliness whatsoever, benign or otherwise. Second, it may be argued that, although analysis of decentralized, non-controlled, freely interacting systems may indeed demonstrate the spontaneous emergence of regularities, these regularities must, nonetheless, be judged as carrying implications for society that are the oppostie of benign. Conversely, therefore, to uphold the idea of spontaneous order means to uphold&nbsp;two&nbsp;ideas: (1) the idea that permitting spontaneous social forces to work themselves out results in systematic, rather than in random or chaotic results; (2) the idea that the normative character of these systematic results can hardly be judged as other than socially beneficial. Clearly this second idea could have little scope without acknowledgement of the first. But, on the other hand, acceptance of the first idea carries with it, of itself, no commitment to the second.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_70">Ludwig von Mises, in fact, saw the great contribution of the classical economists in a manner not depending on the second idea at all. This contribution consisted, Mises wrote, in the demonstration that “there prevails” in the course of social events, “a regularity of phenomena to which man must adjust his actions if he wishes to succeed.” (Human Action, 1949, p. 2). What separated the great classical economists from their predecessors was that the latter (because they “were fully convinced that there was in the course of social events no such regularity and invariance of phenomena as had already been found in the operation of human reasoning and in the sequence of natural phenomena”) believed “that man could organize society as he wished.” This discovery of the inherent regularities that emerge spontaneously from free society interaction represented the major scientific breakthrough in the history of social understanding. To be sure many of the exponents of this discovery recognized, in addition, the&nbsp;benigncharacter of these regularities. But many (one thinks perhaps of Marx, Pigou, Keynes) have questioned the social desirability of at least some aspects of these accepted regularities. Thus the ranks of those skeptical of the idea of spontaneous economic order have been swelled, in the past, not only by historicist or institutionalist critics of the possibility of economic theory as such, but also by economic theorists who have claimed, correctly or otherwise, to perceive theory as showing the systematic emergence of socialimmoralities or social&nbsp;inefficiencies.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_71">In tracing the history of the idea of spontaneous order, therefore, it would appear of value to trace through the development of&nbsp;each&nbsp;of these two separable components of the complex idea of spontaneous order. Precisely because the separate components have often appeared together in integrated form, it would be useful to trace the separable traditions from which they have emerged over the centuries.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_72">It will be noticed that Barry does take pains (pp. 11–12) to distinguish two distinct senses of “spontaneous order.” One refers to “a complex aggregate structure which is formed out of the uncoerced action of individuals.” The second refers to “the&nbsp;evolutionary growth&nbsp;of laws and customs through a&#8230;’survival of the fittest’ process” (with this second kind of undesigned process quite possibly producing dead-ends the escape from which might be held to call for massive centralized control.) Barry&#8217;s distinction certainly presupposes the possibility, at least, of articulating the distinction offered in this note. Our argument here, however, is that Barry&#8217;s superb historical survey could have offered an even richer yield if it were presented with explicit attention to the historical antecendents of this latter distinction itself.</p><div><div>Israel M. Kirzner</div><div><div>New York University</div></div></div></div><br /><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_013"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_008">ON “THE TRADITION OF SPONTANEOUS ORDER”</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_73">Norman Barry (Literature of Liberty&nbsp;5, Summer 1982) has hinted at a crucial problem in Hayek&#8217;s evolutionary theory of spontaneous orders. Hayek claims that “all progress must be based on tradition,” but, Barry points out, this would seem to lead to a conclusion uncomfortable for libertarian ideology:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_74">The difficulty with Hayek&#8217;s analysis is that social evolution does not necessarily culminate in the classical liberalism that he so clearly favors: there are many non-liberal institutions which have indeed survived&#8230; Yet if we are intellectually tied to tradition, and if our ‘reason’ is too fragile an instrument to recommend satisfactory alternatives, how are we to evaluate critically that statist and anti-individualist order of society which seems to have as much claim to be a product of evolution as any other structure? (p. 46)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_75">How indeed?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_76">The difficulty with the way Barry puts the question is that it seems to misconstrue the purpose of theories of social evolution. Even if we agree with Hayek that cultures evolve as the unintended and largely unconscious consequences of human action, that carries with it no necessary implication about how one should morally evaluate a society or a social practice. A scientific theory about how societies do in fact evolve cannot be taken as a basis for ethical judgment without some very carefully thought-out intervening steps. Furthermore, to say that “all progress must be based on tradition” is not also to say that we cannot imagine or work toward whatever idea of progress we adopt. Indeed, it may only be possible to effect social change by starting from a firm basis in tradition, but that says nothing about the moral worth of tradition from which we start.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_77">The hidden premise in Hayek&#8217;s work, and the source of Barry&#8217;s criticism, is the idea that evolution somehow must progress toward “the good.” Yet if evolution is a process in which the fittest survive, what are we to make of the fact that some very unpleasant societies have survived? Hayek&#8217;s way out of that trap is to implicitly limit evolution toward “the good” to that which evolves spontaneously as humans search to discover rules of just behavior rather than to design them, while bad change is the product of “constructivist rationalism.” Thus Hayek gives us a way of judging different societies, but he does not gives us a scientific explanation of why spontaneous orders often seem to lose out in the evolutionary struggle to more constructed societies. To reply, as some of my colleagues do, that constructivist change can only win via use of force really begs the question. Force is as much a means to achieve ends at the disposal of human beings as is persuasion and exchange. A theory of cultural evolution must be able to explain the change that has in fact occured apart from any judgments about good or bad change. Hence the question remains: why do some cultures thrive and prosper while others wither and die? Even more to the point, is there a natural selection process at work for human culture analogous to the natural selection process hypothesized for the biological world?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_78">Hayek does want to incorporate a theory of natural selection into his evolutionary theory. For Hayek, cultures are successful because they evolve in a way that economizes on the amount of articulated knowledge necessary for an individual to function in that society. Those cultures survive which incorporate in their customs and rules of behavior practices which unbeknownst to individuals in that culture are important to their survival. While that seems a useful starting place for a theory of natural selection among cultures, we still have no theory about how cultural practices arise, and what kinds are “naturally selected.” Answers to both questions are crucial to the development of a full theory of cultural evolution. They are also crucial if we want to have any chance of changing the less than satisfactory society in which we live today.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_79">This is not the place to attempt to develop a theory of natural selection in cultural evolution. Instead I would like to raise some questions that such a theory would have to address to be complete.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_80">First of all, how do cultural practices and institutions originate? While we can agree with Hayek that spontaneous orders arise from the unintended consequences of human action, one imagines that the originating actions must have been intentional in some sense. Humans act because they believe their actions have consequences. What is the relationship between intended outcomes and unintended consequences? To what extent are the expected results of various actions realized, and what differentiates intentional acts that fulfill expectations from those that do not? Are there&nbsp;no&nbsp;institutions that are the product of conscious design? In other words, what is the role of human intentions in the establishment of rules, customs, institutions, and political organizations?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_81">Second, and equally important, if there is a natural selection process in cultural evolution, what is it that gets selected? In biological evolution, success is defined as survival of a trait in the gene pool or survival of a particular species. By what criterion are successful cultures selected? Some might argue that success of a culture is demonstrated by numbers of individuals surviving in a society—a population count. But then, what demographic characteristics describe a “larger” population? Would a population with a large number of births and high infant mortality be considered more successful than one with fewer births and more children surviving to adulthood? Both kinds of societies exist today. Which is more successful? Or would a large, relatively young population with a short life span for any one individual be considered more successful than a smaller population where individuals live longer productive lives?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_82">Consider another possible criterion for describing a successful society: the ability of a society to command resources. This seems to be the implicit criterion used by economists when they speak of successful societies. If this is truly what “nature” selects for among cultures, than small wealthy cultures should always be observed to win out over potentially larger but poorer cultures. But then why do poor cultures coexist with wealthy ones, and why do poorer cultures sometimes survive (and even defeat) very wealthy ones? Success at commanding material resources might be a viable criterion to use as a basis for a theory of natural selection, but if so, the full implications of the theory have yet to be worked out.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_83">Part of the problem with both these suggested criteria of natural selection is that the level of analysis is wrong. We fall into the habit of thinking of societies and political units rising and falling, winning and losing, when it would be a great deal more fruitful to think of specific ideas or specific practices as the substance of cultures and cultural change. In other words, a good theory, I believe, would disaggregate the societies into the various ideas and practices of which they are composed and view the ideas and practices as the units that “nature” selects. This is not inconsistent with Hayek&#8217;s work; he refers to human imitation as the transmission mechanism for cultural evolution in the same sense that genes are the transmission mechanism for biological evolution. What humans imitate are ideas and actions, and in so far as specific actions can be explained as ideas put into practice, it is ideas that arise, get imitated, and either survive in the ‘idea pool’ or get discarded.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_84">If we are willing to think of ideas as the units of cultural evolution, a whole host of interesting possibilities present themselves.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_85">For instance, how do new ideas and combinations of ideas arise, and why do some ideas appeal to individuals enough to be “imitated” or believed while others do not? Are there different criteria that individuals apply for selecting among ideas? If we start from the premise that individuals choose (in some sense) the ideas they believe, one can then take the next step of assuming they choose ideas to fulfill purposes. But what criteria do individuals apply to choose among competing ideas? The criteria may vary depending on the nature of the idea. For example, technical ideas that explain how to do something to achieve a specific end are “selected” if they actually work. They are subject to a reality test that allows people to weed out useless ideas rather quickly, and hence one would expect to observe progress in technical knowledge. Moral ideas have a less obvious purpose and a very nebulous reality test; there is no easy way to discover whether they “work” or not. Hence, progress in moral knowledge might be as difficult to define as it is to observe. In either case, however, the “natural selection” process is a process of human selection among humanly inspired ideas. And the survival of the fittest becomes a survival of ideas that human beings&nbsp;believe&nbsp;are the fittest for their purposes.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_86">On a more aggregated level, groups of individuals or societies have as a unifying force a common set of ideas, an ideology, that is a composite of many smaller sets of ideas that may or may not be consistent with each other. Survival of the group may depend on adherence to some of those ideas but not others, but since they are all accepted by the group as a bundle, there may be no way that individuals can determine which are crucial; the valuable traditions are bundled with the irrelevant. This is consistent with Hayek&#8217;s view of the value of tradition. By developing a theory of cultural evolution based on the idea as the cultural analogue of the gene in biology, however, we might be able to develop a theory to help us “unbundle” the ideas inherent in a tradition in a way that will make progress toward the libertarian ideal possible.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_87">A theory of spontaneous order is a first step, but only a first step, to understanding the process of cultural change.</p><div><div>Karen I. Vaughn</div><div><div>George Mason University</div></div></div></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_014"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_009">COMMENT ON “THE TRADITION OF SPONTANEOUS ORDER”</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_88">Norman Barry&#8217;s essay is extremely valuable in at least three respects:</p><ul><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_677">1.it describes the evolution of thought about spontaneous orders;</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_678">2.it contrasts various versions of rationalist and anti-rationalist libertarianism; and</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_679">3.it subjects Hayek&#8217;s theory to a number of revealing checks for consistency</li></ul><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_89">In my comments, I shall focus on the second and third of these aspects. In particular, I shall criticize and supplement the answers Barry gives to the following two questions: What is the role of reason in Hayek&#8217;s theory of the evolution of legal order? And: What is Hayek&#8217;s normative criterion in evaluating a legal order?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_90">According to Barry, Hayek&#8217;s “extreme anti-rationalism” (p. 46)&#8230; “is so distrustful of reason that it instructs us to submit blindly to a flow of events over which we can have little control” (p. 52). It is easy to find passages in Hayek&#8217;s writings, especially in his later ones, which, taken by themselves, seem to support this interpretation. However, they have to be seen in the context. Remember, for example, what Hayek wrote, after his devastating attack on rationalist constructivism, in&nbsp;The Constitution of Liberty:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_91">The reader will probably wonder by now what role there remains to be played by reason in the ordering of social affairs&#8230; We have certainly not meant to imply&#8230;that reason has no important positive task. Reason undoubtedly is man&#8217;s most precious possession. Our argument is intended to show merely that it is not all powerful&#8230; What we have attempted is a defense of reason against its abuse by those who do not understand the conditions of its effective functioning and continuous growth&#8230; What we must learn to understand is&#8230;that all our efforts to improve things must operate within a working whole which we cannot entirely control&#8230;None of these conclusions are arguments against the use of reason, but only arguments against such uses as require any exclusive and coercive powers of government. (pp. 69–70)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_92">Hayek is not generally distrustful of reason but he is not explicit about the positive role which reason can play in the evolution and improvement of the legal order. We are mainly told what reason cannot do and must not try to do, and that reason is not a sufficient or necessary condition for progress to occur. But Hayek does not deny that reason affects the evolution of social orders:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_93">Our issue may now be pointed by asking whether&#8230;human civilization is the product of human reason, or whether&#8230;we should regard human reason as the product of civilization&#8230; Nobody will deny that the two phenomena constantly interact. (“Kinds of Rationalism,” in:Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, p. 186)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_94">After all, human reasoning is nothing but the application of learnt rules to new circumstances and in new combinations.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_95">For Hayek, the distinguishing characteristic of a spontaneous order is not that each or most of its rules have never deliberately been adopted but that it is the result of a gradual and decentralized evolution:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_96">While the rules on which a spontaneous order rests may also be of spontaneous origin, this need not always be the case&#8230; It is possible that an order which would still have to be described as spontaneous rests on rules which are entirely the result of deliberate design. (Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. 1, pp.45–46)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_97">Even more, Hayek calls for deliberate attempts to improve our rules of just conduct:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_98">Their gradual perfection will require the deliberate efforts of judges (or others learned in the law) who will improve the existing system by laying down new rules. Indeed, law as we know it could never have fully developed without such efforts of judges, or even the occasional intervention of a legislator to extricate it from the dead ends into which the gradual evolution may lead it, or to deal with altogether new problems. (Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. 1, p. 100)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_99">Hayek certainly does not “instruct us to submit blindly to (the) flow of events” as Barry suggests. But the reason for Barry&#8217;s misunderstanding is a general difficulty in interpreting Hayek: he is not careful to qualify his statements in the immediate context. Hayek is a writer on the offensive who rarely guards against misunderstanding and potential charges of inconsistency. He trusts that the reader will give him the benefit of the doubt and interpret separate statements of his as mutual qualifications rather than as contradictions.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_100">Barry raises the important question whether the same process of spontaneous evolution can be thought to apply to economic processes under a system of legal rules and to the development of the legal rules themselves. I would answer that individual behavior and customary or contractual arrangements in production and exchange can be viewed as a private decentralized affair; however, an enforceable legal order is a collective or public good. Since Hayek tends to neglect this distinction, it seems reasonable to assume that he envisages the same type of evolutionary process for both economic practices and legal rules: a process that is driven by the interaction of human reason and random events and guided by imitation and procreation of the successful. Human reason proposes, the survival test disposes. Since legal rules cannot be tried by an individual on his own, they must at first be tested in voluntary small-group experiments:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_101">Voluntary rules&#8230;allow for gradual and experimental change. The existence of individuals and groups simultaneously observing partially different rules provides the opportunity for the selection of the more effective ones. (The Constitution of Liberty, p. 63)</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_102">What we wish to stress&#8230;is&#8230;the importance of the existence of numerous voluntary associations, not only for the particular purposes of those who share some common interest, but even for public purposes in the true sense. (Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. 2, p. 151)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_103">We therefore arrive at an implicitly contractarian explanation of the legal order: not constructivistic or holistic contractarianism à la Rousseau but evolutionary or piecemeal contractarianism.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_104">In contrast, Hayek&#8217;s ultimate&nbsp;normative&nbsp;criterion for evaluating a legal order is not contractarian (this distinguishes him from James M. Buchanan, for example). Nor is it true that Hayek regards the results of evolutionary, undesigned processes as necessarily good (as Barry seems to believe; pp. 12, 45–46). For Hayek, evolutionary and decentralized procedure is expressly not a sufficient but “merely” one necessary condition of progress (Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. 3, p. 168). Another necessary condition is that the chances of anyone selected at random are maximized:</p><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_105">Since rules of just conduct can affect only the chances of success of the efforts of men, the aim in altering or developing them should be to improve as much as possible the chances of anyone selected at random. (Law, Legislation and Liberty, Vol. 2, pp. 129–30)</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_106">Indeed, this maximization criterion seems to be a logically sufficient normative criterion which delegates the evolutionary (as well as any contractarian) principle to the status of auxiliary test, an operational indicator.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_107">Hayek&#8217;s maximization criterion is a probabilistic version of rule utilitarianism. It allows for the existence of risk (as did Bentham) and the need for rules (as did John Stuart Mill). Curiously enough, Hayek rejects utilitarianism at large in his more recent writings. In the mid-sixties, he had still called David Hume&#8217;s moral philosophy a “legitimate form” of utilitarianism (“Kinds of Rationalism” in&nbsp;Studies in Philosophy, p. 88). Like any brand of consequentialist ethics, probabilistic rule utilitarianism requires the use of human reason—even if it is of the non-constructivistic type.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_015"><div><div>Roland Vaubel</div><div><div>Institut für Weltwirtschaft<br />University of Kiel</div><div>&nbsp;</div></div></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_016"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_011">NORMAN BARRY: THE TRADITION OF SPONTANEOUS ORDER</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_108">Norman Barry&#8217;s bibliographical essay, ‘The Tradition of Spontaneous Order’ was both erudite and stimulating, and it will be an important source for all who work in this area in the future. In reading it, however, I was struck by certain obvious (but inevitable) gaps—most notable among which were Burke, and Savigny and the German historical school. It also provoked a few reactions, some of which I describe, briefly, below.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_017"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_012">1. Interventionism and the Breakdown of Spontaneous Order in Smith and in Hayek</h2><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_018"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_013">1.1 Smith, Virtue and Commercial Society</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_109">Barry quoted Adam Smith on the ‘fatal dissolution that awaits every state and constitution whatever,’&nbsp;but he made no more of it than to say that ‘the explanation of spontaneous order in the non-economic sphere may slip unintentionally into a kind of determinism.’ But the ‘fatal dissolution’ theme in fact goes with the concern about the ‘inadequacies’ of a commercial system, and the misgivings about its impact on civic virtue, that Barry discusses in connection with both Ferguson and Smith. It is all, I think, most plausibly understood as the tail-end of the ‘civic humanist’ tradition, stemming from the works of Polybius and Machiavelli, and then influential in the work of many other figures in the history of political thought.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_110">The civic humanist tradition included the theme of the cyclical development of constitutional orders, and of each ‘good’ constitutional form in time becoming corrupt, and declining into its corresponding ‘bad’ form; but where there is a possibility that this corruption, and thus the decline, might be halted through the actions of a ‘statesman.’ This theme, it seems to me, is both echoed and transformed not only in Smith and Ferguson&#8217;s depictions of the disadvantages of commercial society, but also in the interventionism that Smith produces in response,&nbsp;much of which may, I think, be seen as an attempt to safeguard virtue in the face of the corrupting influences of commercial society.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_019"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_014">1.2 Hayek and the Self-Destruction of a Free Society</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_111">Barry rightly emphasizes Hayek&#8217;s concern about the breakdown of a cosmos under the impact of interventionism. What is not, perhaps, adequately stressed is the way in which a free society could, on Hayek&#8217;s account, be expected to break down of its own accord.&nbsp;For Hayek, following Mandeville and Hume, emphasizes that a free society depends, crucially, for its functioning, on arrangements (including both the market itself and the legal order appropriate to it) some features of which will strike the individual members of that society as unfair or undersirable. If they could understand how these mechanisms function, Hayek thinks, they would see that all is for the best. But Hayek, here following the Scottish Historical School, takes a realistically skeptical view about the role of human reason in society. In Hayek&#8217;s view, the individual&#8217;s compliance with these institutions was earlier archived through the influence of custom and uncritically accepted religious belief. But the power of these has, Hayek thinks, been weakened by the development of the market order itself—which, indeed, could be described as having created the social preconditions for the possible practice of Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;false&nbsp;individualism.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_112">Hayek believes that, for a free society to flourish—or even for it to continue in existence—individuals must take up an attitude of ‘humility’&nbsp;toward the various social forces and processes which they do not understand, but which play a positive role in a free society. But how, on Hayek&#8217;s account, is it possible for them to know which are the forces etc. before which they should be humble? Hayek certainly does not advocate a&nbsp;generalattitude of the passive acceptance of existing arrangements, and, in some areas, he is all in favor of innovation and change. But how is the individual member of society supposed to tell which elements of his heritage are to be conserved and which overthrown? Here, Hayek seems to oscillate between a view which plays up the role of ideas in society and the possibility of a rational understanding of how society functions (at least for the ‘intellectual’), and a view which emphasizes the role of the customary, the traditional and the tacit. It is difficult to see how any resolution of this problem can be offered within the compass of Hayek&#8217;s work, and I think that it is a more general problem for libertarianism, too.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_020"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_015">2. Methodology vs. Political Economy in Hayek</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_113">In his discussion on Hayek on ‘The Free Exchange System,’ Barry mentions the way in which “in the work of G.L.S. Shackle and Ludwig Lachmann&#8230;the spontaneous emergence of&nbsp;order&nbsp;may only be a chance phenomenon;” and he suggests that “In Hayek&#8217;s early work on the theory of market process&#8230; The assumption was that a&nbsp;catallaxy&nbsp;was leading towards equilibrium rather than being moved away by endogenous factors.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_114">These ideas are crucial to Hayek&#8217;s work—for just consider to what extent, in his political writings, he rests his case on claims about what the market order will deliver. Barry tells us that “there are certain identifiable causal factors at work which bring about this equilibriating tendency, namely competition and entrepreneurship.”&nbsp;But&nbsp;do&nbsp;they actually do the trick, and can one&nbsp;show&nbsp;that a market order will do what Hayek requires of it on the basis of his views about the methodological foundations of economics? This seems to me very much an open question, and one that it is a matter of some urgency for the friends of liberty to answer.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_021"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_016">3. Menger vs. Hayek on Spontaneous Order</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_115">Barry has, importantly, drawn attention to Menger as a theorist of spontaneous order (as well as of methodology and economics), and he has also pointed to the distinctive character of Menger&#8217;s views here.&nbsp;Menger, one might say, stands between Savigny and the radical individualist. He appreciates the historical school&#8217;s emphasis on the undesigned character of law, but he thinks little of their theoretical explanations of it, and, while dismissing the ‘pragmatism’ of the radical individualists,&nbsp;he demands that our heritage from the past be submitted to critical scrutiny.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_116">In describing these views, Barry takes pains to contrast them with those of Hayek. But is this correct? For while, certainly, in some of Hayek&#8217;s writings he seems to speak as if the deliverances of various ‘evolutionary’ processes should simply be uncritically accepted, this can be matched by passages in which he demands that inherited legal institutions should be rationally appraised to see if they do, indeed, comply with the requirements of a (classical) liberal order. As these latter ideas are found notably in some of Hayek&#8217;s earlier writings, it might be tempting to suggest that there is a development in Hayek&#8217;s views here. But the two themes occur sufficiently often in writings of the same period, or even in the same works, for it to be unavoidable, I think, for us to admit that Hayek emphasizes both rational criticism and evolutionary themes at once. And his plans for radical constitutional reform—emphasized in some of his most recent writings—rule out the possibility that, in his later work, reason becomes collapsed into ‘evolutionary’ social developments.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_117">It would seem to me, rather, that we must accept that both of these themes are there (at least in parallel—as was also the case in Menger), and I would suggest that, despite their differences on many other points, our best hope of an overall interpretation might be to follow up Hayek&#8217;s references to Popper&#8217;s critical rationalism, which does offer us a promise that traditionalism and the demand for rational critical scrutiny may be combined.</p></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_022"><div><div>Jeremy Shearmur</div><div><div>Dept. of Government University of Manchester England</div><div>&nbsp;</div></div></div></div><div id="lf0353-20_1982v4_div_023"><h2 id="lf0353-20_1982v4_head_018">COMMENTS ON “THE TRADITION OF SPONTANEOUS ORDER”</h2><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_118">Norman Barry&#8217;s article “The Tradition of Spontaneous Order” (Literature of Liberty, Summer, 1982) seems to me a most perceptive analysis: it is easily the best survey of its topic which has appeared.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_119">There are, however, one or two points at which I should be inclined to portray matters differently from Barry. Before presenting these, however, I should emphasize that these do not detract from my admiration of Barry&#8217;s essay.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_120">First, if a spontaneous order is defined as one that is not planned by a single mind but, rather one that emerges from the coordinated actions of the actors in a social system, it is not evident why only&nbsp;individuals&nbsp;can form such an order. Suppose, contrary to methodological individualism, that there are emergent laws for societies composed of more than a few individuals, which cannot in principle be reduced to the actions (planned or unplanned) of the individuals who compose that society. Why would the existence of such laws preclude the existence of spontaneous orders derived from individual actions in just the manner Barry sets out? I am not sure whether my last remark involves any difference of opinion with Barry. He says, “It is a major contention of the theory of spontaneous order that the aggregate structure it investigates are the outcomes of the actions of&nbsp;individuals,” (pp. 8–9). This does not claim that the spontaneous order tradition rejects all social laws not conforming to the requirements of methodological individualism: it is only that&nbsp;spontaneous orders&nbsp;must be reducible to individuals’ actions. Without criticizing methodological individualism, I would question whether the truth of spontaneous order theories rests on the truth of that methodology.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_121">Another point, raised by Barry&#8217;s excellent discussion of Carl Menger, is whether the results which have arisen from a spontaneous order can also come about as the result of consciously planned action. Menger, whose explanation of the origin of money is a paradigm case of spontaneous order held, according to Barry, that money need not arise by the spontaneous process he described: “Against the rationalist explantion [that money arose by specific agreement] Menger argues that, although money can and has come about in this way, the institution can be accounted for by natural processes.” (p. 32) There is an interesting contrast here with Ludwig von Mises who in&nbsp;The Theory of Money and Credit&nbsp;and&nbsp;Human Action&nbsp;maintains that money&nbsp;must&nbsp;arise by a spontaneous process. Also, Hayek wants to say not only that production can be coordinated spontaneously by the market but that a centrally directed economy is incapable of such coordination.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_122">The question then arises, does one want to make it a requirement of a spontaneous order theory that the order which has arisen spontaneously could not have done so otherwise? If one does, in what sense of “could not”? Must it be logically impossible? And, if one does not impose such a requirement, must one at least hold that a particular result is much more likely to have emerged spontaneously than otherwise?</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_123">Raising this question involves no dissent from Barry&#8217;s analysis. But at one point he does seem to me to be in error. He distinguishes two sorts of explanations of social structure that involve no reference to conscious design. “One version shows how institutions and practices can&nbsp;emerge&nbsp;in a casual-genetic manner while the other shows how they in factsurvive.” (p. 11) As an example of what he has in mind, Barry contrasts a market system, governed by the price mechanism, with the evolution of a legal system, in which “it is not obviously the case that there is an equivalent mechanism to produce that legal and political order which is required for the co-ordination of individual order.” (p. 11)</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_124">I fail to see why Barry thinks that evolutionary model doesn&#8217;t provide a mechanism for the emergence of spontaneous order. In the example of the evolution of legal systems, the argument is that societies with legal systems which succeed in coordinating individual actions will, other things being equal, have a greater chance at survival than societies without such systems. Granted that some societies have better coordinated legal systems than others at the start; differential survival explains why the systems present in these societies will spread.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_125">The mechanism here seems quite analogous to the price system, in which firms which fail to produce what the consumers demand (or at least do so to a lesser extent than others) tend to fail by the wayside. The emergence of a market order where one does not exist, is also a process that takes time.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_126">Perhaps Barry&#8217;s argument, though, is that for the case of the legal system, one hasn&#8217;t been given explanation of the way in which the legal system that eventually triumphs has arisen. (Just as in biological evolution the mechanism of natural selection doesn&#8217;t explain the emergence of genetic variance.) This is perfectly true, but, once more, how is this case different for the price system. The process of market coordination does not explain the original pricing and output decisions of the firms in an economy. It explains, rather, why firms which have made the “right” decisions supplant those which have not.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_127">Barry is of course right that the legal system that emerges through “survival of the fittest” may not be conducive to classical liberalism (or at least one needs some argument to show that there must be such a correspondence. One possibility is that since market economies tend to survive better than non-market societies, which cannot coordinate the knowledge in society, a legal system conducive to market order will have a significant evolutionary advantage.) But this does not show that there isn&#8217;t a mechanism for the emergence of a legal order (I&#8217;m not clear whether Barry intends to deny this in his discussion on pp. 11–12).</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_128">Finally, Barry successfully avoids a frequent error about the relation of spontaneous orders to ethics. He says, “There is, of course, implicit in all the writers in this tradition the notion of an ethical payoff: that is, we are likely to enjoy beneficial consequences by cultivating spontaneous mechanisms and by treating the claims of an unaided reason with some skepticism.” (p. 11) The argument, in other words, is that spontaneous orders lead to better results: it isn&#8217;t that a spontaneous order is, as such, ethically superior to planned order.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_129">This may seem obvious, yet I have heard it argued that if the minimal state of Robert Nozick&#8217;s&nbsp;Anarchy, State, and Utopia&nbsp;arose through a non-spontaneous process (e.g. people agreeing to cut down an existing state) its moral validity would be placed in question. It isn&#8217;t at any rate obvious why a conscious agreement is morally inferior to a spontaneous order. It might be said that with a spontaneous order, at least one knows that the actions of the constituent individuals haven&#8217;t been coerced. But this is wrong: why can&#8217;t coerced actions be the subject of invisible-hand explanations? And agreements, on the other side, can be entirely voluntary. Barry evidently disagrees with the first part of this, as he apparently (p. 11) makes it a requirement of a spontaneous order that it operate on uncoerced actions. But he gives no reason for this.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_130">In conclusion, Professor Barry is to be congratulated for his outstanding article. To readers of his previous works, the excellence of the present essay will come as no surprise.</p><div><div>David Gordon</div><div><div>Los Angeles</div></div></div></div>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:28:44 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Various Authors        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3943</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Editorial: Hayek</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/editorial-hayek</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <blockquote><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_44">The recognition of the insuperable limits to his knowledge ought indeed to teach the student of society a lesson in humility which should guard him against becoming an accomplice in men&#8217;s fatal striving to control society—a striving which makes him not only a tyrant over his fellows, but which may well make him the destroyer of a civilization which no brain has designed but which has grown from the free efforts of millions of individuals.</p></blockquote><div><div>Friedrich A. Hayek</div></div><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_45">(“The Pretence of Knowledge,” Nobel Memorial Lecture, December 11, 1974)</p></div><blockquote><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_46">It is, of course, supremely easy to ridicule Adam Smith&#8217;s famous “invisible hand”—which leads man “to promote an end which was no part of his intention.” But it is an error not very different from this anthropomorphism to assume that the existing economic system serves a definite function only in so far as its institutions have been deliberately willed by individuals. This is probably the&nbsp;last&nbsp;remnant of that primitive attitude which made us invest with a human mind everything that moved and changed in a way adapted to perpetuate itself or its kind. In the natural sciences, we have gradually ceased to do so and have learned that the interaction of different tendencies may produce what we call an order, without any mind of our own kind regulating it. But we still refuse to recognise that the spontaneous interplay of the actions of individuals may produce something which is not the deliberate object of their actions but an organism in which every part performs a necessary function for the continuance of the whole, without any human mind having devised it.</p></blockquote><div><div>Friedrich A. Hayek</div></div><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_47">(“The Trend of Economic Thinking,” Inaugural lecture delivered at the London School of Economics, March 1, 1933)</p></div><blockquote><ul><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_668">Is this all so very different</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_669">From what Lao-Tzu says</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_670">In his fifty-seventh poem?:</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_671">If I keep from meddling with people</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_672">They take care of themselves,</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_673">If I keep from commanding people,</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_674">They behave themselves,</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_675">If I keep from imposing on people,</li><li id="_0353-20_1982v4_676">They become themselves.</li></ul></blockquote><div><div>Friedrich A. Hayek</div></div><div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_48">(Original epilogue to “The Principles of a Liberal Social Order,” delivered at the Tokyo meeting of the Mont Pelerin Society, September, 1966)</p><hr /><p>&nbsp;</p></div><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_49">Throughout F.A. Hayek&#8217;s encyclopedic writings, we frequently hear a characteristically ‘Hayekian’ leitmotif sounding in either major or minor key: his belief in spontaneous ordering—through decentralized, free individual action—of social, legal, and economic institutions in contradistinction to the Cartesian and statist “error of constructivism,” the belief that centralized control, planning, and coercion are required to coordinate economic and social activities. This theme animates his early psychological study&nbsp;The Sensory Order&nbsp;(B-10) (which Hayek first drafted as a student paper in 1919–1920). In a recent interview Hayek commented on this book which examines the way we order and process the welter of information that comes through our senses. This sensory ordering process is a system too complicated to be understood in detail, but in general terms it is “the conception of the spontaneous formation of an order, the formation of extremely complex structures.”</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_50">The same notion of spontaneous order appears as a unifying thread in Hayek&#8217;s economic, political, and legal thought. Looking back at economics in his Nobel Prize speech (1974), from the perspective of 75 years, Hayek discerned the origins of the tragic series of depressions, monetary destabilizations, inflations, and stagflations in the primitive belief of the need for governmental planning, the non-spontaneous dis-ordering of the natural market forces of individual choices. In this speech his first citation is significantly to his 1942 essay “Scientism and the Study of Society,” (which eventually became one chapter ofThe Counter-Revolution of Science, 1952) in which he excoriated the “scientistic attitude,” which attempted to order and engineer society and economics by erroneously emulating in the social sciences the mechanistic methodology of the physical sciences.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_51">Hayek&#8217;s unsuccessful attempts to overcome the Keynesian irrationalism in economic policy during the 1930s led him during the early 1940s to add to his economic analysis an integrated political theory that echoed spontaneous order. Such works as&nbsp;The Road to Serfdom&nbsp;(1944),&nbsp;The Constitution of Liberty&nbsp;(1960), the trilogy&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty&nbsp;(1973, 1976, 1979), and the forthcoming&nbsp;The Fatal Conceit&nbsp;(1983) stressed the continuity between economic and political liberty and warned of the “fatal conceit” of scientistic non-spontaneous attitudes in the rise of “constructivism,” the attempt to politically construct a social, economic order. A strong antidote against succumbing to the political and economic variants of non-spontaneous planning or constructivism was a deep knowledge of political and especially economic history (see “History and Politics” inCapitalism and the Historians, 1954). Likewise in legal theory dealing with the ‘rule of law,’ echoing the insights of Bruno Leoni&#8217;s&nbsp;Freedom and the Law&nbsp;(1961), Hayek would distinguish between irrational constructivism of legislation as opposed to the naturally evolved code of customs embodied in humane values and laws (see&nbsp;The Political Ideal of the Rule of Law, 1955, and the trilogy&nbsp;Law, Legislation and Liberty). Hayek&#8217;s 1960 monumental&nbsp;Constitution of Liberty&nbsp;would weave together the legal, historical, political, and economic dimensions of the freedoms implied in a spontaneous-order social science methodology.</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_52">Our readers attention is called to a new, lively department in&nbsp;Literature of Liberty, our Readers’ Forum, which will contain both invited and uninvited comments on our bibliographical essays and summaries. This month&#8217;s&nbsp;Forum, befitting this Hayek issue, focuses on Norman Barry&#8217;s essay, “The Tradition of Spontaneous Order” [Literature of Liberty&nbsp;5 (Summer 1982).]</p><p id="_0353-20_1982v4_53">This issue of our journal, by reason of John Gray&#8217;s lengthy essay on Hayek and the comprehensive Hayek bibliography will not contain our usual summary department. This department will return in the next issue of&nbsp;Literature of Liberty. We encourage our readers to send in their comments on our recent essays and features. 1983 inaugurates our sixth year of publication and promises new and exciting additions to the usual departments in&nbsp;Literature of Liberty.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:22:18 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Leonard P. Liggio        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3942</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Tocqueville: On Prisons &amp; Modern Despotism</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/tocqueville-prisons-modern-despotism</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Roger Boesche</div><div><div>Occidental College</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_371">“The Prison: Tocqueville&#8217;s Model for Despotism.”&nbsp;The Western Political Quarterly&nbsp;33 (December 1980): 550–563.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_372">Alexis de Tocqueville&#8217;s (1805–1859) idea of political despotism becomes clearer when we compare it to Tocqueville&#8217;s (and Beaumont&#8217;s) long ignored writings on Pennsylvania&#8217;s prison system, a system he labeled “the most complete despotism.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_373">The ostensible reason that Tocqueville and Beaumont voyaged to the United States in 1831 was to study prisons. Upon returning to France, Tocqueville undertook&nbsp;Democracy in America&nbsp;only after he and Beaumont had written a book detailing prison reforms in the United States:&nbsp;On the Penitentiary System of the United States and Its Applications in France. Few critics have related this book on prisons to Tocqueville&#8217;s political thinking, yet it might have as much to say as&nbsp;Democracy in America&nbsp;and the&nbsp;Old Regime, both of which works harbored the fear that modern democracy contains a tendency to a qualitatively and historically new kind of despotism, a despotism for which the Pennsylvania prison might serve as a prototype.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_374">“Early in his political career, Tocqueville emerged as a sometimes passionate advocate of the prison reforms enacted by the Quakers in Pennsylvania in the 1820s and 1830s. Reformers during these decades in the United States attempted to solve the problems of insanity, poverty, and crime through incarceration—in the asylum, the poor-house, and the prison—isolating the recalcitrant and teaching industrial discipline to the able-bodied. The Pennsylvania prison system, embraced both by Tocqueville and the Quaker reformers, astonishes our twentieth century sensibilities, an astonishment mitigated only slightly when we grasp that these reformers genuinely believe that a thorough going rehabilitation and reform of many (certainly not all) prisoners was possible. The pivot on which this reform of the prisoners turned was thought to lie, strange as it seems, in the architecture of the prison, because the architecture alone made possible the one indispensable ingredient: the absolute isolation of the prisoner. The Quaker theory of prison reform can be summarized quite quickly: each prisoner was to be placed in solitary confinement, each would then experience tremendous anxiety and remorse, each would attempt to divert thoughts of despair by hard work, eventually each prisoner&#8217;s anxiety would lead him to welcome the visits and conversation of priests and outstanding citizens, and finally the sheer force of isolation and anxiety would lead the prisoner to alter his ideas, habits and instincts—and the rehabilitation would be complete.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_375">The prison&#8217;s predominant characteristics were a rigid isolation of prisoners, strict equality, productive labor, and the complete privatization of life. Tocqueville suggests that by using the terror created by this system, especially the despair generated by solitary confinement, the prison often succeeded in reshaping the prisoner&#8217;s mind and reforming his very “instincts.” In a strikingly parallel fashion, Tocqueville chooses the same characteristics to depict the emerging political despotism. The new despotism, too, will rely on isolation, equality, an obsession with the private production and consumption of goods, the eclipse of public life, and the loss of a meaningful future—all of which will render men passive, dominated by a centralized government and a suffocating majority opinion.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:09:42 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3940</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Marxist Historiography &amp; the French Revolution</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/marxist-historiography-french-revolution</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Joseph I. Shulim</div><div><div>Brooklyn College, CUNY</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_355">“The Continuing Controversy over the Etiology and Nature of the French Revolution.”Canadian Journal of History&nbsp;16 (December 1981): 357–378.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_356">New historiographical information requires us to objectively appraise the traditional Marxist interpretation of the etiology of the French Revolution. Marxist historians agree in viewing the causation of the Revolution as materialist: the&nbsp;Manifesto&nbsp;claims that the Revolution represented the growth of capitalism and the triumph of “bourgeoisie” since the&nbsp;ancien régime&#8217;s&nbsp;“feudal relations of property became no longer compatible with the already developed (bourgeois) productive forces.” The essential cause of the Revolution, in Marxist materialist terms, was the newly asserted power of bourgeois productive forces translating themselves into law and property. Marxists also claim that the Revolution was preceded during the century by an aristocratic reaction which reached its climax in 1787–1788, in what Mathiez called the “revolte nobiliaire.” In other words, the Revolution that followed 1788 opened the way to untrammeled capitalism by changing the juridical and political superstructure of France in favor of bourgeois class interest.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_357">This Marxist interpretation is shown to be invalid by the research of the past several decades. Prof. Shulim presents in summary form the evidence and facts which, he claims, undermine the Marxist preconceived theory of dialectical materialism as a historical framework for the Revolution.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_358">Economic evidence does not support any sudden change in the means of production and exchange in eighteenth-century France. Agricultural wealth predominated and there was no “Industrial Revolution” in whose wake some allegedly homogeneous bourgeois class came to power. Nor was there any homogeneous antagonist “social class” called the “nobility” which was defeated by the emergent bourgeois “class.” The heterogeneous noble order had interlocking economic interests with their alleged “class” enemies. For both “classes” proprietary wealth was the stepping stone to higher status and power. “There was, between most of the nobility and the proprietary sector of the middle classes, a continuity of investment forms and socio-economic values that made them, economically, a single group. In the relations of production they played a common role.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_359">Likewise, recent historical studies debunk as exaggerated myth an alleged “Aristrocratic Revolution” of 1787–1788. The nobles were not a single class, had many rivalries among their grades, and did not unite to prevent the rise of a middle class. On the contrary, the middle-class Third Estate found entry into the noble Second Estate relatively easy. “The social history of eighteenth-century France thus reveals in general not an aristocratic reaction but rather the victory of wealth.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_360">Shulim also critically assesses evidence of the lower classes and peasantry, a “feudal reaction,” and the nature and role of the Enlightenment. He notes that the&nbsp;philosophesdid not spring from a single class or social group and that the “consumers of the Enlightenment” came from&nbsp;every&nbsp;stratum of educated society. Finally, the author calls into question the alleged capitalist attitudes and motivations of the revolutionary and post-revolutionary legislators. Even some leading Marxist historians, he claims, now admit that the “bourgoisie” did not mature by 1789.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:05:24 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3939</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Charles A. Beard: Power vs. Authority</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/charles-beard-power-vs-authority</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>John Patrick Diggins</div><div><div>Department of History, University of California, Irvine</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_347">“Power and Authority in American History: The Case of Charles A. Beard and His Critics.”American Historical Review&nbsp;86 (October 1981): 701–730.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_348">Reassessing Charles A. Beard involves understanding that his basic concern was the problem of authority and that he believed that legitimate government ought to be based on moral “ideas” rather than on class “interests.” It was the divorce between power and authority that led Beard, in the&nbsp;Economic Interpretation of the Constitution&nbsp;(1913) and elsewhere, to criticize the framers of the Constitution and the historians who uncritically accepted its foundations.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_349">Contemporary critics charge that Beard&#8217;s&nbsp;Economic Interpretation&nbsp;reads into the 18th century a conflict between property and liberty that does not exist in the Constitution. However, the meaning of both these concepts changed between the Declaration (1776) and the Constitution (1789). Madison and Hamilton defined “property” less as a natural right than as a “present possession.” “Liberty” had also shifted its meaning, no longer signifying the collective will of popular majorities, but rather something that needed to be safeguarded by the Constitution&#8217;s mechanisms.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_350">Beard was also charged with erring in interpreting the Constitution as a violation of the spirit of the Declaration of Independence. However, the meaning of “authority” had shifted from 1776 to 1787, from grounding rights on nature and contract to grounding the Constitution on power and interests.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_351">The neo-Whigs criticized Beard for neglecting the concepts of virtue, independence, and deference, upon which the 18th century based its defense of property. However, neither Madison nor Hamilton believed that the demands of property stimulate independence. These constitutional theorists rather believed that property brought one into a whole network of power relationships, and in this respect, Beard followed their lead.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_352">Another charge against Beard is that he failed to understand that the Founders were acting on the basis of “ideas” rather than “interests.” However, the authors of the Federalist Papers&nbsp;did not regard principles and ideals as controlling man&#8217;s passions; rather, they asserted that ideas could not compel man&#8217;s mind unless such ideas reflected the interests men were inclined to obey. Economic interests were primary in providing the motive for political obedience. Most of Beard&#8217;s critics inferred that the Constitution&#8217;s “framers were men of ideas because they cited the works of European political thinkers, and intellectual historians assume that they can overcome Beard&#8217;s dualisms [between ‘idea’ and ‘interest’ or ‘theory’ and ‘practice’] by employing the analytic methods of language philosophy—a dubious assumption that avoids the whole issue of causation.” Professor Diggins charges J.G.A. Pocock (as a representative of this linguistic and contextualist school) with substituting linguistic determism for Beard&#8217;s alleged economic determinism and with confusing description, based on semiotics and structuralism, for explanation and causation. He promises a fuller discussion of this issue in a forth-coming&nbsp;History and Theory&nbsp;article, “The Oyster and the Pearl: The Problem of Contextualism in Intellectual History.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_353">Finally, Beard has been charged with an uncritical commitment to a theory of economic determinism, but this ignores the attention he devoted to the thoughts and lives of the individual Federalists and their opponents. It also ignores the sense in which Beard wanted to deny that the Constitution had to be a necessary “stage” in America&#8217;s history.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_354">Ultimately, Beard believed that in attempting to disperse power, the framers also destroyed authority. He therefore assumed that the interests of those exercising authority must contradict the interests of those being ruled. It is this assumption that Prof. Diggins believes we need to question, for how can the Constitution have survived if American society is not based, in large part, on consensus?</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 09:03:30 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3938</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>The Moral Implications of Beliefs</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/columns/moral-implications-beliefs</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <h2>Concluding Thoughts on Clifford</h2><p>In the conclusion of a <a href="https://www.libertarianism.org/columns/back-ethics-belief">previous essay</a> I presented W.K. Clifford’s hypothetical of a shipowner who suppresses reasonable doubts about the seaworthiness of his vessel and permits it to sail. The ship is lost at sea and all passengers are killed. According to Clifford, the shipowner is morally responsible for those deaths, however sincere his belief in the soundness of his ship may have been. This belief cannot absolve the shipowner of moral guilt “because <em>he had no right to believe on such evidence as was before him</em>.”</p><blockquote><p>He had acquired his belief not by honestly earning it in patient investigation, but by stifling his doubts. And although in the end he may have felt so sure about it that he could not think otherwise, yet inasmuch as he had knowingly and willingly worked himself into that frame of mind, he must be held responsible for it.</p></blockquote><p>Clifford then altered a detail of this hypothetical. Suppose the ship successfully completes her voyage without incident. Clifford asked if this factor would diminish the moral guilt of her owner. “Not one jot,” he answered. The negligent shipowner “would not have been innocent, he would only have been not found out.&nbsp;The question of right or wrong has to do with the origin of his belief, not the matter of it; not what it was, but how he got it; not whether it turned out to be true or false, but whether he had a right to believe on such evidence as was before him.”</p><p>This is an interesting argument. The moral guilt of the shipowner, according to Clifford, does not hinge on the contingent factor of whether the ship, which a reasonable and honest person would concede is dangerous, actually sinks or not. Rather, the immorality lies in the <em>belief </em>of the shipowner that the ship is safe—a belief he rationalized by suppressing reasonable doubts about its seaworthiness. This unjustified belief persists regardless of the outcome of a particular voyage, and so does the immorality of that belief. The shipowner had no right to believe in the soundness of his vessel, given substantial evidence to the contrary that he refused to take into account. By a “right,” in this context, Clifford meant a <em>moral</em> right. He concluded that it is morally “wrong to believe on insufficient evidence, or to nourish belief by suppressing doubts and avoiding investigation.”</p><p>Perhaps it will be said that moral judgments should apply not to beliefs per se but to the <em>actions</em> that result from those beliefs. Clifford rejected this possibility: “For it is not possible so to sever the belief from the action it suggests as to condemn the one without condemning the other.” Nor did Clifford concede the possibility that some beliefs have no influence whatever upon our actions. Irrational beliefs, however trivial they may seem, will ultimately affect more significant beliefs by lessening our overall commitment to reason.</p><blockquote><p>If a belief is not realized immediately in open deeds, it is stored up for the guidance of the future.&nbsp; It goes to make a part of that aggregate of beliefs which is the link between sensation and action at every moment of all our lives, and which is so organized and compacted together that no part of it can be isolated from the rest, but every new addition modifies the structure of the whole.&nbsp; No real belief, however trifling and fragmentary it may seem, is ever truly insignificant; it prepares us to receive more of its like, confirms those which resembled it before, and weakens others; and so gradually it lays a stealthy train in our inmost thoughts, which may some day explode into overt action, and leave its stamp upon our character for ever.</p></blockquote><p>It is interesting to note the similarity between the position expressed in this passage and the views of Ayn Rand. Like Clifford, Rand vigorously condemned the evils of <em>evasion, </em>and she would probably have agreed with Clifford’s point that no belief is truly insignificant when considered within the total context of one’s knowledge and one’s commitment to reason. Of course, Rand would have categorically rejected Clifford’s argument that rationality is a moral obligation that we owe to “humanity”—a point that I criticized in a <a href="https://www.libertarianism.org/columns/do-we-have-moral-obligation-be-rational">previous essay</a> in this series.</p><p>Is it true, as Clifford maintained, that we have a moral obligation to be rational? We might answer this question in the affirmative even if we disagree with some of Clifford’s reasoning, so let’s leave his article, “The Ethics of Belief,” behind and consider this issue in more general terms.</p><p>A possible objection to assessing beliefs as “moral” or “immoral” is that moral judgments, properly considered, should apply only to <em>actions</em>. This objection evaporates, however, when we understand that the assent of the mind to the truth of a proposition, which is what I mean by a “belief,” is not the core issue here. Rather, the moral judgment applies to the <em>reasons,</em> or lack therefore, for the assent. We properly speak of mental actions as well as physical actions, and to reason is to engage is a type of mental activity. Suppose, as with Clifford’s shipowner, we arrive at a belief while willfully ignoring evidence to the contrary. The “immorality” involved here would pertain not to the mental assent as such but to our failure to take the necessary <em>mental actions</em> required to justify our belief.</p><h2>Credibility</h2><p>Precious few philosophers would disagree with what George Santayana wrote in his essay “William James” (<em>Character and Opinion in the United States, </em>Scribner’s, 1920, p. 87):</p><blockquote><p>To be boosted by an illusion is not to live better than to live in harmony with the truth; it is not nearly so safe, not nearly so sweet, and not nearly so fruitful. These refusals to part with a decayed illusion are really an infection to the mind. Believe, certainly; we cannot help believing; but believe rationally, holding what seems certain for certain, what seems probable for probable, what seems desirable for desirable, and what seems false for false.</p></blockquote><p>Ah, yes, says the philosopher: I will believe only what is reasonable to believe. I will believe only when there is sufficient reason to believe, and I will reject all beliefs that lack justification. These are noble ideals, but the issue is not nearly as simple as may first appear. Complications abound, among which is the uncomfortable fact that we cannot possibly consider and evaluate the evidence, pro and con, for <em>every</em> knowledge claim that happens our way. I pride myself on being a rational person; but like every other mortal who has ever existed, I am also fallible, so it is highly improbable—so improbable as to be virtually impossible—that I am the first person in the history of humankind who holds no incorrect beliefs whatsoever. Let’s assume, as a lowball estimate, that 1 percent of my beliefs are incorrect or, at the very least, highly dubious. How would I go about identifying that 1 percent? Where would I even start? &nbsp;</p><p>I don’t profess to have a good answer to my own questions, though to consider various possibilities makes for an interesting mental exercise. I raise the question as a springboard to discuss some features of belief that are sometimes overlooked. The first thing I shall discuss is the <em>credibility </em>of a knowledge claim. As I said, we do not, because we cannot, assess the details of every knowledge claim that we happen to encounter. This is where the credibility of a knowledge claim comes into play.</p><p>Assertions, arguments, doctrines, etc. (which, for the sake of convenience, I shall call <em>propositions</em>) must strike us as both <em>relevant </em>and <em>credible</em> before we will take time to investigate them further. A proposition is relevant if it is related to our intellectual interests, whether theoretical or practical. A relevant proposition is one whose truth or falsehood would have a significant impact on what we believe or how we act.</p><p>A proposition must also appear credible before we will take it seriously. If I am told that American astronauts did not really land on the moon but that this event was an elaborate hoax concocted by NASA to secure funding for the space program, I would likely reject this assertion outright—because, though interesting, it does not strike me as credible. True, I do not have the evidence in hand to prove that the moon landing was authentic, and we have abundant evidence of other governmental frauds; nevertheless, I would not take the time and effort to investigate this claim unless I was presented with enough presumptive evidence to establish its credibility. Only if I took the claim seriously enough to merit further investigation would I seek for more detailed information that would resolve the issue one way or another to my own satisfaction.</p><p><em>To assess a proposition as credible is to say not that it is justified but that it is worthy of being justified. </em>A credible proposition is one that we regard as worthy of further consideration. Without credibility a proposition will simply pass through our consciousness without stopping long enough to be examined. Credibility is like an Ellis Island of cognition, a checkpoint for immigrating ideas that are seeking permanent residence in our minds. Whether a proposition is turned away or admitted for further investigation will depend on how we assess its credibility.</p><p>The same point can be made by differentiating between a reasonable belief and a justified belief. A reasonable proposition is one that does not strike us as impossible or highly improbable, even though it may lack sufficient justification to warrant our assent. Of course, given the vast number of reasonable beliefs, we cannot examine every proposition that falls into this category. Severe limitations of time require that we narrow our focus, selecting only those propositions that we regard as reasonable <em>and</em> relevant.&nbsp;</p><p>Of course, a problem with the credibility test—a mental sieve, in effect, that sorts knowledge claims that are worthy of serious consideration from those that are not—is that our standards of credibility may sometimes exclude beliefs that are worthy of serious consideration and that may actually turn out to be true. This is part of what it means to be fallible. More needs to be said about this problem.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 11:43:34 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                George H. Smith        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3937</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Rival Notions of Republicanism</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/rival-notions-republicanism</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>John W. Malsberger</div><div><div>Dept. of History, Muhlenberg College</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_342">“The Political Thought of Fisher Ames.”&nbsp;Journal of the Early Republic&nbsp;2 (Spring 1982): 1–20.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_343">Fisher Ames (1758–1808), a Federalist representative from Dedham, Massachusetts in the first four Congresses, is mistakenly viewed as a paranoid conservative zealot. Ames’ vitriolic anti-populism was rather an expression of “his political ideology which more closely resembled seventeenth century classical republicanism than the definition of republicanism which emerged in America following the Revolution.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_344">On several critical issues, including his pessimistic view of mankind&#8217;s depraved nature, the chaotic condition of the pre-civil state of nature, and his insistence on a strong, centralized, and paternalistic government, Ames’ political thinking differed from his chief enemies, the Jeffersonian Republicans. Growing increasingly pessimistic with the successes of Jefferson&#8217;s version of populist republicanism, Ames feared for the survival of constitutional government. “In essence, then, Fisher Ames was a classical republican theorist attempting to deal with a political system which was no longer based on those ideals.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_345">The post-Revolutionary period witnessed the subtle transformation of Ames’ classical republican ideal of a “mixed constitution” made up of a balance of social groups or estates (monarchical, oligarchic, and popular) into a predominantly democratic separation of governmental powers. This shocked such classical republicans as Ames who feared the undisciplined people as a mobocracy and who insisted on the rule of “virtue” through a “natural aristocracy” and powerful, paternalistic government.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_346">Believing in the idea that liberty could be secured only by such a vigilant central government, Ames was baffled by the contrary Jeffersonian republican ideology which believed that individual liberty grew as government declined. Ames’ classical republicanism also differed from the Jeffersonian approval of multiple factions, an optimistic view of human nature, and democratic populism. Republicanism as Ames understood it in the classical sense did indeed decline during the early national years under the pressure of a more modern and pluralistic republicanism espoused by Jefferson and Madison.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 10:07:02 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3936</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Explaining the Rise of Donald Trump</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/media/free-thoughts/explaining-rise-donald-trump</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <p>How much of a role did media coverage play in Donald Trump winning the Republican primary? Is Trump&#8217;s brand of conservative populism and identity politics here to stay? Would a Trump loss in November be an opportunity for libertarians to reshape the philosophy of the American right?</p><p>Ben Domenech shares his personal theory that explains Donald Trump&#8217;s rise to prominence on the political stage.<br /><br /><strong>Show Notes and Further Reading<br /><br /></strong>Here&#8217;s Domenech in 2015, <a href="http://thefederalist.com/2015/08/31/donald-trump-hangs-the-elephant/">predicting the path of Donald Trump&#8217;s candidacy</a>&nbsp;and on&nbsp;<a href="http://thefederalist.com/2015/08/21/are-republicans-for-freedom-or-white-identity-politics/">the emergence of Trump&#8217;s brand of identity politics</a>.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 00:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Ben Domenech, Trevor Burrus, Aaron Ross Powell        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3915</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Of the Duration of Human Life: Godwin&#039;s Thoughts on Man</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/duration-human-life-godwins-thoughts-man</link>
 <description><![CDATA[<div class="field-collection-container clearfix editors-note">

<div class="field-name-field-editor-s-note">
  
      <span class="field-label">Editor&#8217;s Note</span>
  
                <div class="field-collection-view clearfix view-mode-full field-collection-view-final"><div class="entity entity-field-collection-item field-collection-item-field-editor-s-note " about="/field-collection/field-editor-s-note/250" typeof="">
  

<div class="field-name-field-ednote-text">
  
  
                <p>In his seventh essay, William Godwin turns from ethics and psychology to a series of ruminations about lived experience and the temporal extent of human existence. How we all experience the passage of time and the amount of time we spend engaged in conscious action, our author assures us, “will form no unimportant chapter in the science of the human mind.” The essay begins by stipulating that the species is essentially divided between those who spend their working hours performing manual labor and mental labor. Everyone must find sufficient time in a day to accomplish work, leisure, and rest. The balance between these three necessary elements is essential to a healthy, pleasant life, and the individual must constantly account for these drives. No doubt, we are all familiar with the soul-crushing slowness with which time often advances, and yet rather than embrace this natural stillness, humans are often in constant, restless motion. Godwin suggests that the finest of artists, writers, and philosophers command the attentions of an audience so greatly, that the consumer finally <em>slows down his or her day</em> to savor the import in every word or brushstroke. Rather than continuing to rush headlong through the course of events and passage of time, truly valuable contributions to humanity encourage us to prolong our conscious existence through active and engaged, yet decidedly <em>slow and steady</em> contemplation. The great effect of culture and wisdom on the human experience, then, is to encourage the individual to <em>live deliberately</em>, exacting every bit of pleasure and value from days, hours, minutes, and seconds he or she is lucky enough to have. For those born into the far more numerous class of manual laborers, however, Godwin remains well aware that such chances to actively live in every moment are greatly reduced or complicated beyond the intellectual’s understanding. Our author concludes with a rather stern rebuke to the tired, time-worn scholar who complains there are too few hours in the day. Our days are sharply limited, but the sincerest livers of life find productive use in every second.</p>        </div>


<div class="field-name-field-ednote-name">
  
  
                Anthony Comegna, PhD        </div>


<div class="field-name-field-ednote-title">
  
  
                Assistant Editor for Intellectual History        </div>
</div>
</div>        </div>
</div><hr /> 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <h2>THOUGHTS ON MAN: HIS NATURE, PRODUCTIONS AND DISCOVERIES INTERSPERSED WITH SOME PARTICULARS RESPECTING THE AUTHOR (Excerpts)</h2><p>By William Godwin</p><h3>ESSAY VII. OF THE DURATION OF HUMAN LIFE.</h3><p>The active and industrious portion of the human species in civilised countries, is composed of those who are occupied in the labour of the hand, and in the labour of the head.</p><p>The following remarks expressly apply only to the latter of these classes, principally to such as are occupied in productive literature. They may however have their use to all persons a considerable portion of whose time is employed in study and contemplation, as, if well founded, they will form no unimportant chapter in the science of the human mind.</p><p>In relation to all the members of the second class then, I should say, that human life is made up of term and vacation, in other words, of hours that may be intellectually employed, and of hours that cannot be so employed.</p><p>Human life consists of years, months and days: each day contains twenty-four hours. Of these hours how many belong to the province of intellect?&#8230;</p><p>Now, of the hours that remain when all the necessary demands of human life have been supplied, it is but a portion, perhaps a small portion, that can be beneficially, judiciously, employed in productive literature, or literary composition.</p><p>It is true, that there are many men who will occupy eight, ten, or twelve hours in a day, in the labour of composition. But it may be doubted whether they are wisely so occupied.</p><p>It is the duty of an author, inasmuch as he is an author, to consider, that he is to employ his pen in putting down that which shall be fit for other men to read&#8230;If he is an author of spirit and ambition, he wishes his productions to be read, not only by the idle, but by the busy, by those who cannot spare time to peruse them but at the expence of some occupations which ought not to be suspended without an adequate occasion. He wishes to be read not only by the frivolous and the lounger, but by the wise, the elegant, and the fair, by those who are qualified to appreciate the merit of a work, who are endowed with a quick sensibility and a discriminating taste, and are able to pass a sound judgment on its beauties and defects. He advances his claim to permanent honours, and desires that his lucubrations should be considered by generations yet unborn.</p><p>A person, so occupied, and with such aims, must not attempt to pass his crudities upon the public&#8230;in other words, we should carefully examine what it is that we propose to deliver in a permanent form to the taste and understanding of our species. An author ought only to commit to the press the first fruits of his field, his best and choicest thoughts. He ought not to take up the pen, till he has brought his mind into a fitting tone, and ought to lay it down, the instant his intellect becomes in any degree clouded, and his vital spirits abate of their elasticity.</p><p>There are extraordinary cases. A man may have so thoroughly prepared himself by long meditation and study, he may have his mind so charged with an abundance of thought, that it may employ him for ten or twelve hours consecutively, merely to put down or to unravel the conceptions already matured in his soul&#8230;</p><p>He might go on perhaps for some time longer with a reasonable degree of clearness. But the fertility which ought to be his boast, is exhausted. He no longer sports in the meadows of thought, or revels in the exuberance of imagination, but becomes barren and unsatisfactory. Repose is necessary, and that the soil should be refreshed with the dews of another evening, the sleep of a night, and the freshness and revivifying influence of another morning.</p><p>These observations lead, by a natural transition, to the question of the true estimate and value of human life, considered as the means of the operations of intellect.</p><p>A primary enquiry under this head is as to the duration of life: Is it long, or short?&#8230;</p><p>Men do not live for ever. The longest duration of human existence has an end: and whatever it is of which that may be affirmed, may in some sense be pronounced to be short. The estimation of our existence depends upon the point of view from which we behold it. Hope is one of our greatest enjoyments. Possession is something. But the past is as nothing. Remorse may give it a certain solidity; the recollection of a life spent in acts of virtue may be refreshing. But fruition, and honours, and fame, and even pain, and privations, and torment, when they ere departed, are but like a feather; we regard them as of no account&#8230;</p><p>But this way of removing the picture of human life to a certain distance from us, and considering those things which were once in a high degree interesting as frivolous and unworthy of regard, is not the way by which we shall arrive at a true and just estimation of life. Whatever is now past, and is of little value, was once present: and he who would form a sound judgment, must look upon every part of our lives as present in its turn, and not suffer his opinion to be warped by the consideration of the nearness or remoteness of the object he contemplates&#8230;</p><p>Human understanding and human industry cannot embrace every thing. When we take hold of one thing, we must let go another. Science and art, if we would pursue them to the furthest extent of which we are capable, must be pursued without interruption. It would therefore be more to the purpose to say, Man cannot be for ever young. In the stream of human existence, different things have their appropriate period. The knowledge of languages can perhaps be most effectually acquired in the season of nonage.</p><p>At riper years one man devotes himself to one science or art, and another man to another. This man is a mathematician; a second studies music; a third painting. This man is a logician; and that man an orator. The same person cannot be expected to excel in the abstruseness of metaphysical science, and in the ravishing effusions of poetical genius. When a man, who has arrived at great excellence in one department of art or science, would engage himself in another, he will be apt to find the freshness of his mind gone, and his faculties no longer distinguished by the same degree of tenacity and vigour that they formerly displayed. It is with the organs of the brain, as it is with the organs of speech, in the latter of which we find the tender fibres of the child easily accommodating themselves to the minuter inflections and variations of sound, which the more rigid muscles of the adult will for the most part attempt in vain&#8230;</p><p>But this is only ascribable to the limitation of our faculties, and that even the shadow of perfection which man is capable to reach, can only be attained by the labour of successive generations. The cause does not lie in the shortness of human life, unless we would include in its protracted duration the privilege of being for ever young; to which we ought perhaps to add, that our activity should never be exhausted, the freshness of our minds never abate, and our faculties for ever retain the same degree of tenacity and vigour, as they had in the morning of life, when every thing was new, when all that allured or delighted us was seen accompanied with charms inexpressible&#8230;</p><p>I return then to the consideration of the alleged shortness of life. I mentioned in the beginning of this Essay, that “human life consists of years, months and days; each day containing twenty-four hours.” But, when I said this, I by no means carried on the division so far as it might be carried. It has been calculated that the human mind is capable of being impressed with three hundred and twenty sensations in a second of time&#8230;</p><p>There is perhaps no art that may not with reasonable diligence be acquired in three years, that is, as to its essential members and its skilful exercise. We may improve afterwards, but it will be only in minute particulars, and only by fits. Our subsequent advancement less depends upon the continuance of our application, than upon the improvement of the mind generally, the refining of our taste, the strengthening our judgment, and the accumulation of our experience.</p><p>The idea which prevails among the vulgar of mankind is, that we must make haste to be wise. The erroneousness of this notion however has from time to time been detected by moralists and philosophers; and it has been felt that he who proceeds in a hurry towards the goal, exposes himself to the imminent risk of never reaching it&#8230;</p><p>It would however be a more correct advice to the aspirant, to say, Be earnest in your application, but let your march be vigilant and slow&#8230;</p><p>The book does not deserve even to be read, which does not impose on us the duty of frequent pauses, much reflecting and inward debate, or require that we should often go back, compare one observation and statement with another, and does not call upon us to combine and knit together the <em>disjecta membra</em>.</p><p>It is an observation which has often been repeated, that, when we come to read an excellent author a second and a third time, we find in him a multitude of things, that we did not in the slightest degree perceive in a first reading. A careful first reading would have a tendency in a considerable degree to anticipate this following crop.</p><p>Nothing is more certain than that a schoolboy gathers much of his most valuable instruction when his lesson is not absolutely before him. In the same sense the more mature student will receive most important benefit, when he shuts his book, and goes forth in the field, and ruminates on what he has read. It is with the intellectual, as with the corporeal eye: we must retire to a certain distance from the object we would examine, before we can truly take in the whole&#8230;</p><p>But the thing it was principally in my purpose to say is, that it is one of the great desiderata of human life, not to accomplish our purposes in the briefest time, to consider “life as short, and art as long,” and therefore to master our ends in the smallest number of days or of years, but rather to consider it as an ample field that is spread before us, and to examine how it is to be filled with pleasure, with advantage, and with usefulness. Life is like a lordly garden, which it calls forth all the skill of the artist to adorn with exhaustless variety and beauty; or like a spacious park or pleasure-ground, all of whose inequalities are to be embellished, and whose various capacities of fertilisation, sublimity or grace, are to be turned to account, so that we may wander in it for ever, and never be wearied.</p><p>We shall perhaps understand this best, if we take up the subject on a limited scale, and, before we consider life in its assigned period of seventy years, first confine our attention to the space of a single day. And we will consider that day, not as it relates to the man who earns his subsistence by the labour of his hands, or to him who is immersed in the endless details of commerce. But we will take the case of the man, the whole of whose day is to be disposed of at his own discretion.</p><p>The attention of the curious observer has often been called to the tediousness of existence, how our time hangs upon our hands, and in how high estimation the art is held, of giving wings to our hours, and making them pass rapidly and cheerfully away. And moralists of a cynical disposition have poured forth many a sorrowful ditty upon the inconsistency of man, who complains of the shortness of life, at the same time that he is put to the greatest straits how to give an agreeable and pleasant occupation to its separate portions. “Let us hear no more,” say these moralists, “of the transitoriness of human existence, from men to whom life is a burthen, and who are willing to assign a reward to him that shall suggest to them an occupation or an amusement untried before.”</p><p>But this inconsistency, if it merits the name, is not an affair of artificial and supersubtle refinement, but is based in the fundamental principles of our nature. It is unavoidable that, when we have reached the close of any great epoch of our existence, and still more when we have arrived at its final term, we should regret its transitory nature, and lament that we have made no more effectual use of it. And yet the periods and portions of the stream of time, as they pass by us, will often be felt by us as insufferably slow in their progress, and we would give no inconsiderable sum to procure that the present section of our lives might come to an end, and that we might turn over a new leaf in the volume of existence.</p><p>I have heard various men profess that they never knew the minutes that hung upon their hands, and were totally unacquainted with what, borrowing a term from the French language, we call ennui. I own I have listened to these persons with a certain degree of incredulity, always excepting such as earn their subsistence by constant labour, or as, being placed in a situation of active engagement, have not the leisure to feel apathy and disgust.</p><p>But we are talking here of that numerous class of human beings, who are their own masters, and spend every hour of the day at the choice of their discretion. To these we may add the persons who are partially so, and who, having occupied three or four hours of every day in discharge of some function necessarily imposed on them, at the striking of a given hour go out of school, and employ themselves in a certain industry or sport purely of their own election.</p><p>To go back then to the consideration of the single day of a man, all of whose hours are at his disposal to spend them well or ill, at the bidding of his own judgment, or the impulse of his own caprice.</p><p>We will suppose that, when he rises from his bed, he has sixteen hours before him, to be employed in whatever mode his will shall decide. I bar the case of travelling, or any of those schemes for passing the day, which by their very nature take the election out of his hands, and fill up his time with a perpetual motion, the nature of which is ascertained from the beginning.</p><p>With such a man then it is in the first place indispensibly necessary, that he should have various successive occupations. There is no one study or intellectual enquiry to which a man can apply sixteen hours consecutively, unless in some extraordinary instances which can occur but seldom in the course of a life. And even then the attention will from time to time relax, and the freshness of mental zeal and activity give way, though perhaps, after the lapse of a few minutes they may be revived and brought into action again.</p><p>In the ordinary series of human existence it is desirable that, in the course of the same day, a man should have various successive occupations. I myself for the most part read in one language at one part of the day, and in another at another. I am then in the best health and tone of spirits, when I employ two or three hours, and no more, in the act of writing and composition. There must also in the sixteen hours be a time for meals. There should be a time for fresh air and bodily exercise. It is in the nature of man, that we should spend a part of every day in the society of our fellows, either at public spectacles and places of concourse, or in the familiar interchange of conversation with one, two, or more persons with whom we can give ourselves up to unrestrained communication. All human life, as I have said, every day of our existence, consists of term and vacation; and the perfection of practical wisdom is to interpose these one with another, so as to produce a perpetual change, a well-chosen relief, and a freshness and elastic tone which may bid defiance to weariness.</p><p>Taken then in this point of view, what an empire does the man of leisure possess in each single day of his life! He disposes of his hours much in the same manner, as the commander of a company of men whom it is his business to train in the discipline of war&#8230;</p><p>How infinitely various may be the occupations of the life of man from puberty to old age! We may acquire languages; we may devote ourselves to arts; we may give ourselves up to the profoundness of science. Nor is any one of these objects incompatible with the others, nor is there any reason why the same man should not embrace many. We may devote one portion of the year to travelling, and another to all the abstractions of study. I remember when I was a boy, looking forward with terror to the ample field of human life, and saying, When I have read through all the books that have been written, what shall I do afterwards? And there is infinitely more sense in this, than in the ludicrous exclamations of men who complain of the want of time, and say that life affords them no space in which to act their imaginings.</p><p>On the contrary, when a man has got to the end of one art or course of study, he is compelled to consider what he shall do next. And, when we have gone through a cycle of as many acquisitions, as, from the limitation of human faculties, are not destructive of each other, we shall find ourselves frequently reduced to the beginning some of them over again. Nor is this the least agreeable occupation of human leisure. The book that I read when I was a boy, presents quite a new face to me as I advance in the vale of years. The same words and phrases suggest to me a new train of ideas. And it is no mean pleasure that I derive from the singular sensation of finding the same author and the same book, old and yet not old, presenting to me cherished and inestimable recollections, and at the same time communicating mines of wealth, the shaft of which was till now unexplored.</p><p>The result then of these various observations is to persuade the candid and ingenuous man, to consider life as an important and ample possession, to resolve that it shall be administered with as much judgment and deliberation as a person of true philanthropy and wisdom would administer a splendid income, and upon no occasion so much to think upon the point of in how short a time an interesting pursuit is to be accomplished, as by what means it shall be accomplished in a consummate and masterly style. Let us hear no more, from those who have to a considerable degree the command of their hours, the querulous and pitiful complaint that they have no time to do what they ought to do and would wish to do; but let them feel that they have a gigantic store of minutes and hours and days and months, abundantly sufficient to enable them to effect what it is especially worthy of a noble mind to perform!</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 11:18:52 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                William Godwin        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3726</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Jeffersonian Optimism vs. Country Pessmism</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/jeffersonian-optimism-vs-country-pessmism</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Joyce Appleby</div><div><div>University of California (Los Angeles)</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_335">“What Is Still American in the Political Philosophy of Thomas Jefferson?”&nbsp;William and Mary Quarterly&nbsp;39 (2) (April 1982): 287–309.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_336">A&nbsp;great deal of scholarly effort has recently gone into construing the political philosophy of Thomas Jefferson and his followers as an American version of the English Country Party. This new interpretation rests on the foundation laid in Bernard Bailyn&#8217;s&nbsp;The Ideological Origins of the American Revolution. For Bailyn, however, the Revolution was an event which transformed traditional British concepts in the American colonies and gave them a distinctly American cast. The scholarship of the last ten years has, on the other hand, tended to delay this Americanization of politics more than thirty years. Thus, the celebrated clashes between Alexander Hamilton and Jefferson have been reinterpreted as a transatlantic replay of the battle between the great Court politician Robert Walpole and his Country opponent, Henry St. John Bolingbroke. Some historians have even pushed the continuation of classical politics in America back to 1815. Reacting against this trend, Prof. Appleby&#8217;s article stresses the numerous sharp divergences between Jeffersonian thought and the agrarian conservatism implicit in classical republican (“Country”) principles.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_337">Perhaps the most fundamental difference between Jefferson and the Country view lay in their divergent concepts of human nature. Country philosophy embraced the model of the eternal Adam with his penchant toward evil. Against this creature of dark passion, the forces of freedom and order had constantly to be on guard. The difficulty of guarding against him, of course, was that he existed in all of us. Jefferson, on the other hand, had adopted a conception of human nature that emphasized its benign potential.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_338">Whereas traditional thinkers traced social evils back to wayward human propensities, Jefferson reversed the terms of this equation and ascribed man&#8217;s lowly state to repressive institutions. The environment might create either vice or virtue. The innate qualities of man however held out great promise for the cause of virtue. The purpose of government was thus not to increase its power to check the power of the populace, but rather to ensure conditions for liberating man&#8217;s self-actualizing capacities. Because of this positive view of human nature, Jefferson does not evidence the all-pervasive fear of the “mob” demonstrated by Country thinkers. As a result, he could write to Abigail Adams that his followers feared the ignorance of the people less than the selfishness of their rulers.</p><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_015"><img src="http://lf-oll.s3.amazonaws.com/titles/1304/lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_015.jpg" alt="lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_015.jpg" /></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_339">Jefferson reversed the priorities implicit in the classical tradition on another basic political question. For him, the private had primacy over the public. Country philosophy had regarded the public arena as the locus where men rose above self-interest to serve the common good. Jefferson, on the contrary, wanted government to offer protection to the personal realm, so that men might freely exercise their beneficent faculties.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_340">In addition, Jefferson did not share the classical fear of “luxury” and its corrosive effect on republican virtue. On the contrary, he extolled his nation&#8217;s enormous potential for plenty. In his writings, he described the enlightenment which would result from a populace comprised of comfortable, well-fed landowners, contrasting them with impoverished, ignorant masses of many European countries.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_341">Finally, Jefferson dismissed Country-minded distrust of the large republic. Far from considering expansion as a danger to freedom, he encouraged it—provided that it was founded “not on conquest, but in principles of compact and equality.” Jefferson&#8217;s optimism led him to believe that an enduring republic was “built much on the enlargement of the resources of life, going hand in hand with the enlargement of territory, and the belief that men are disposed to live honestly, if the means of doing so are open to them.” This ebullient expression of hope helps us to judge how far Jefferson the American had moved from the crabbed pessimism and distrust of the British Country tradition.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 10:19:07 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3935</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>The First Amendment: 1918-1928</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/first-amendment-1918-1928</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Robert M. Cover</div><div><div>Yale Law School</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_316">“The Left, the Right, and the First Amendment: 1918–1928.”&nbsp;Maryland Law Review&nbsp;40 (3) (1981): 349–388.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_317">In the wake of World War I, American democracy felt itself severely challenged by explosive developments which were shaking the forms of political order around the world. With the political collapse of Europe, the struggle over the League of Nations, the Russian Revolution, and the rise of fascism, American democracy became a principal contender in a global struggle for ideas and power. At the same time, Americans at home felt increasingly threatened by what they judged as political ‘pathologies’ brought in from abroad by immigrants and intellectuals.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_318">It fell to the Supreme Court, as the foremost articulator of American democratic principles, to frame a response to these challenges. The response had to occur on two levels. On the ideological level, it was necessary to mark distinctions between the American variant of capitalist democracy and the newly spawned foreign political ‘pathologies’—in other words, to describe and reaffirm America&#8217;s distinct mission and experience. On a practical level, it was crucial to delineate an effective defense against the political pathogens. For, while Europe was clearly the source of the disease, the very nature of the struggle—its articulation in the transnational terms of class or race warfare—was that of a potential civil war.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_319">The conservatives and liberals on the High Court of that period addressed themselves to different aspects of these complex questions. For the conservatives, led by William Howard Taft, the disorderly politics of the street that had emerged in Europe and America after the war threatened not only property but civil society itself. The conservatives’ dedication to the elimination of private violence was most evident in the legal weapons they provided the federal courts against picketing and organization work by unions. Nonetheless, after 1919, these same conservatives were prepared to acquiesce in some parallel restraints against the radical right.&nbsp;Moore v Dempsey, for example, implicitly overruled&nbsp;Frank v Mangum&nbsp;and empowered federal courts in habeas corpus cases to pierce the record and determine independently of the state court whether a state trial was dominated by a mob.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_320">The intellectual turmoil of the period raised serious questions concerning the legitimate parameters of dissent in American society. It was in this area that the liberals (Holmes and Brandeis) made their most important contributions. In his concurrence to&nbsp;Whitney v California, for example, Justice Brandeis began by characterizing the essential choice of political modes as being one between the “deliberative” and the “arbitrary.” The essay then validates a commitment to the deliberative mode as an act of the Founding Fathers to which an ongoing commitment is always necessary.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_321">In advocating the widest possible freedom of expression, Brandeis acknowledged the danger of allowing calls to disorderly, nondeliberative change in politics. Nevertheless, in the face of this danger, the commitment to liberty required an act of courage demanded by the very structure of our politics. For Brandeis,&nbsp;law&nbsp;mediates the dichotomy between the deliberative and arbitrary, between reason and force in politics. It becomes justifiably arbitrary and coercive only by remaining the product of a truly deliberative process.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_322">It is a measure of the distinction of the Taft Court that it posed to the country and to the world a basic dilemma: Is it possible to stop the coercive, violent forms of street politics without resorting to the arbitrary violence of the law? The conservatives had resolved to accept the force of law, the voice of the then dominant community groups. Justices Brandeis and Holmes, on the other hand, expressed a different faith and a resolve to have it both ways.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:49:48 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3934</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>The Limited Liability Corporation</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/limited-liability-corporation</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Christine E. Amsler, Robin L. Bartlett, and Craig J. Bolton</div><div><div>University of Pennsylvania, Denison University, and University of Dallas</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_290">“Thoughts of Some British Economists on Early Limited Liability and Corporate Legislation.”&nbsp;History of Political Economy&nbsp;13 (Winter 1981): 774–793.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_291">The origins and development of the limited liability corporation (LLC) have either been little studied or distorted by hostile ideological presuppositions. Contrary to popular anti-corporate mythology, the “beast of corporatism” was not spawned at the end of the 19th-century by “mature capitalism” without any previous economic analysis. The authors seek to give some background on the earlier intellectual, economic, and legal history of the LLC and raise research questions for the future. First, they trace the steady, if not always progressive, development of British common law from the 16th century down to the 1850s. Next, they examine the attitudes, pro and con, of the famous British classical economists (Smith, Senior, Tooke, J.S. Mill, and McCulloch) toward the corporate form of business organization in the years before its final legal establishment. Finally, they sketch the series of Parliamentary inquiries and reforms during the 1850s and 1860s as a background to subsequent reactions by late classical and early neoclassical economists (including the seminal assessment of corporatism by Alfred Marshall).</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_292">By way of broad generalization, even in England, the birthplace of industrialization and the traditional home of legal and social pragmatism, the modern LLC had a tortured and uncertain birth. While championed by a few prestigious economists, it was vilified by many (such as John Ramsey McCulloch). Even extreme economic and legal reformers were torn between what seemed an opportunity to benefit the poor or middle classes (by reducing their risk in investing their modest savings through legally limiting their liability) and condemnations of limited liability corporations as impractical and unjust. Even after Parliament had committed itself, in 1844 (the Registration Act) and again in 1856 (the Joint-Stock Companies Act), nearly half a century was required in order to reach a well-functioning body of statutory law. The notion that the LLC was a ‘necessary’ product of capitalist development appears to be historical hindsight.</p><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_010"><img src="http://lf-oll.s3.amazonaws.com/titles/1304/lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_010.jpg" alt="lf0353-19_1982v3_figure_010.jpg" /></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_293">Finally, it is surprising that the debate over the merits of the LLC has remained on such an elementary level. While Williamson, Alchian, and others have analyzed in some detail Smith&#8217;s and McCulloch&#8217;s contentions concerning the cost effectiveness of corporate organization (see Eirik Furubotn and Svetozar Pejovich, eds.&nbsp;The Economics of Property Rights, 1974), Marshall&#8217;s more complex and provocative suggestions have not been intelligently followed up. His correspondence indicates that he saw the conversion of many markets from partnerships to corporate domination as an evolutionary trend but he expressed fears of an industrial world dominated by a few large firms by reason of special legal privileges.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:47:37 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3933</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>British Free Banking &amp; Monetary Theory</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/british-free-banking-monetary-theory</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Lawrence Henry White</div><div><div>University of California, Los Angeles</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_177">“Free Banking in Britain: Theory, Experience, and Debate, 1800–1845.” Ph.D. thesis; University of California, Los Angeles, 1982.</p></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_178">Free banking—the system under which the paper currency of an area is issued by unregulated and competitive private banks on the basis of convertibility into standard coin—was widely advocated in the nineteenth century. White&#8217;s dissertation studies the question of free banking as it confronted policy makers and economic writers in Britain in the first half of the nineteenth century. The study intertwines monetary theory, economic history, and the history of economic doctrine.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_179">Chapter 1 undertakes to build a theory of free banking as a framework for the historical and doctrine-historical discussions of later chapters. The author models the individual bank of issue as a profit-maximizing firm and finds that the desired banknote circulation of the bank is limited by cost considerations. He next models the system as a whole, viewing it as a small open economy on an international specie standard, and finds its nominal magnitudes determinate. He then examines the equilibrating mechanisms which restrain banks from over-issuing by bringing about a “reflux” of excess notes. Reflux occurs as holders of excess notes re-establish their asset-holding preferences. Commonly the route of reflux passes through a note-exchange system, an inter-bank clearing mechanism whose origins are explained in an invisible-hand fashion.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_180">Chapter 2 examines the record of free banking in Scotland, the world&#8217;s clearest-cut example of free banking in practice. The author traces the evolution of the Scottish banking industry, emphasizing competitive entry and innovation. He then contrasts the arrangement, legal framework, and macroeconomic record of Scottish banking in its heyday with those of contemporary English banking, and finds the Scottish system superior.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_181">The third chapter shows that the question of free banking versus central banking as the remedy for business cycles was a focal point of British monetary policy debates between 1820 and 1845. He revises the standard “Currency School-Banking School” picture of these debates by identifying the Free Banking School as an important third body of monetary thought. He traces the debates chronologically. Adam Smith and then the Bullionist controversy of 1800–1820 are treated as precursors. He next examines the free banking controversy of 1820–1845 in detail, placing the major contributors and their contributions against two sets of background events, the era&#8217;s successive business cycles and its Acts of banking legislation.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_182">Chapter 4 deals issue-by-issue with the major analytical differences dividing the Currency, Banking, and Free Banking School theorists. The issues treated are: (1) free trade in the production of currency; (2) over-issues under free banking and under central banking; (3) the origin and transmission of business cycles; (4) the “currency principle,” the monetary rule proposed by the Currency School; (5) “banking principles,” among which the author distinguishes the real bills doctrine, the needs of trade doctrine, and the “law of the reflux”; and (6) spontaneous (undesigned) order versus constructed order in monetary systems. In general the positions of the Free Banking School on these issues are found to have the greatest cogency.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_183">The final chapter argues the relevance of free banking to contemporary discussion—particularly Hayek&#8217;s call for “denationalization of money”—of alternative monetary institutions. White pictures free banking as a means of escaping the problem that a government monetary authority must be dangerously flexible or dangerously inflexible. Free banking dispenses with government authority over money, and allows an orderly yet unmanipulated monetary system. Its use of precious metals as a monetary base is not inefficient when consumers prefer speciebased currency for its greater trustworthiness. A free market in currency is the only means of discovering the monetary system most preferred by consumers.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:45:16 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3932</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Constitution or Competition? Alternative Views on Monetary Reform</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/constitution-or-competition-alternative-views-monetary-reform</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_010"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_006">I. Money: Medium of Exchange or Policy Instrument?</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_62">Money, for practically as long as it has existed, has been employed to realize two fundamentally different sorts of goals: production or plunder. In a market economy, private individuals routinely use monetary institutions in a cooperative way to achieve voluntary exchanges of goods and services. Political authorities, by contrast, use monetary institutions in a non-cooperative way to achieve involuntary transfers of wealth.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_63">As a means for realizing cooperatively achieved ends, the use of money signals a great social advance over its predecessor, direct barter exchange. Carl Menger provided the classical invisible hand or spontaneous order explanation of the process of natural social evolution from barter to commodity money.&nbsp;The emergence of money was an unplanned or “spontaneous” event. No one person invented money; it gradually evolved as individuals, seeking to minimize the number of barter transactions necessary to obtain the commodities they wanted, learned that certain goods were more marketable than others and began to accumulate trading inventories for the exclusive purposes of exchange.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_64">Money&#8217;s usefulness as a general&nbsp;medium of exchange&nbsp;is clear in contrast to the inconvenience of direct exchange: money eliminates the would-be trader&#8217;s need to search among the sellers of the commodities he wants to acquire in order to find those few sellers who, in turn, want to acquire the particular commodity or service that he has to offer. The use of money thereby serves, in the words of Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer, as a “substitute for investment in information and labor allocated to search.”&nbsp;Brian Loasby aptly comments: “Money, like the firm, is a means of handling the consequences of the excessive cost or sheer impossibility of abolishing ignorance.”&nbsp;It may be added that money, again like the firm, permits a far greater degree of specialization and division of labor because it reduces the need to search through markets. Without the institution of money, the modern economy could hardly have grown to its current level of complexity.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_65">The use of money as a medium of exchange brings with it the widespread practice of quoting prices in a common currency unit. As a consequence, money becomes a tool of economic calculation —a “means of appraisal” in addition to its medium-of-exchange role as a “means of adjustment.” It facilitates the formation of economic plans as well as their execution.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_66">The corrective feedback processes of a complex exchange system crucially depend upon these social functions that money performs. The informational and operational constraints that block both the individual decision-maker and the whole economic order from better coordination of plans would be far more severe had not the institution of money spontaneously emerged. The emergence of money was itself an adaptive response to those obstacles.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_67">The single most important book which has to date been written on the subject of money is Ludwig von Mises’&nbsp;Theory of Money and Credit, first published in 1912. If the reader wanted to read just one work for general instruction, this would be the text to choose. It offers still today the most comprehensive and sophisticated system of theory on monetary phenomena. There are of course a number of other important works discussing the nature, evolution, and functions of money.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_68">In its contrasting role as a means for realizing non-cooperative ends, a government-issued circulating currency provides political agencies with an instrument for redistributing wealth. Wealth transfers are achieved through the manipulation of money and credit production, specifically through the injection of new money.&nbsp;For its first spenders the new money represents fresh additional command over goods and services; but, as the monetary injection does nothing to increase the available supplies of goods and services, the first spenders’ command of these goods and services comes at the expense of other participants in the monetary economy. Such money-facilitated government interventions may either transfer wealth from one group of private individuals to others within the private sector of the economy, or transfer wealth to the government itself from the private sector as a whole, depending on whether the initial recipients of the new money represent public or private agencies.&nbsp;Economists refer to the first type of transfer as the use of “monetary instruments” in pursuit of macroeconomic “policy targets,” and to the second as government revenue creation via an “inflation tax.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_69">Discussion of the currently competing theories of macro-economic policy can be found in a number of textbooks.&nbsp;The books of Arthur Marget,&nbsp;The Theory of Prices&nbsp;(1942), and Axel Leijonhufvud,&nbsp;On Keynesian Economics and the Economics of Keynes&nbsp;(1968), provide valuable doctrine-historical perspectives on macro-economic theory. Of the many extensive analyses of the nature and implications of the revenue-generating potential of a government fiat currency monopoly, two works co-authored by H. Geoffrey Brennan and James M. Buchanan deserve special attention: “Money Creation and Taxation,” which appears in&nbsp;The Power to Tax: Analytical Foundations of a Fiscal Constitution&nbsp;(1980); and&nbsp;Monopoly in Money and Inflation: The Case for a Constitution to Discipline Government&nbsp;(1981).</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_70">One point is worth noting in passing. There seems to exist a unidirectional (‘one-way street’) dependence between the feasibility of utilizing a currency&#8217;s universal acceptability for facilitating economic exchange and the feasibility of exploiting this property for political ends. In other words, it appears possible for money to serve the needs of market participants without at the same time necessarily having to serve the interests of political agencies; yet it seems impossible for money to serve the non-cooperative currency controller without it already having been adopted for use by the cooperative social order. The relationship, in other words, is like that of host to parasite.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_011"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_007">II. The Problem Plaguing Monetized Systems: Government Mismanagement of Currency Production</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_71">As S. Herbert Frankel has noted in his&nbsp;Money: Two Philosophies; The Conflict of Trust and Authority(1977), the cooperative and non-cooperative uses of money do not simply coexist peacefully. There exists a “trade-off” between the cultivation of a monetary order best suited to the purposes ofmicroeconomic&nbsp;adjustment (processes based on the ability of individuals to calculate and exchange effectively), and the manipulation of the monetary system to achieve&nbsp;macroeconomic&nbsp;adjustment. Government impairs monetary reliability (i.e., the reliability of money price signals for calculation and exchange) when it manipulates money and credit flows in pursuit of “full employment” levels of output. Frankel has described the situation as one of “conflict between money as a tool of state action and money as a symbol of social trust.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_72">Crucial to the economic usefulness of money is the&nbsp;predictability&nbsp;of its exchange-value or purchasing power. The greater the general stability of monetary conditions of the economy, the more efficiently does resource allocation based upon subjective valuation and availability of economic goods take place.Unpredictability&nbsp;in the value of the money unit, on the contrary, is the quality of a money that proves most valuable for political purposes. Government may most profitably expand the number of money units in circulation when the inflationary consequences are unanticipated, especially by the economic sectors which are destined to experience the greatest loss of wealth due to the actions of the authorities. Where inflationary expectations of market participants underestimate the effects of politically expedient monetary disturbances on the system, the resulting changes in the distribution of wealth and income, and the unanticipated transfers of capital, are an indication that political goals are, by a crude process, being achieved at the expense of economic ends. Alternatively, if such monetary manipulations for political purposes are being&nbsp;unsuccessfully executed, this may indicate that individual agents in the market sector are successfully anticipating and, as a result, guarding themselves against movements in the currency&#8217;s purchasing power. In this event, economic activities requiring the use of money are then succeeding at the expense of political programs.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_73">In sum, the economic role of money within the market order is that of a general means serving no&nbsp;oneparticular end but rather an ever-changing&nbsp;set&nbsp;of private ends.&nbsp;In order for this role to be most efficiently filled, the value of the money unit must be stable, or, at least predictable. By serving “economic” interests, money serves&nbsp;social&nbsp;interests in general.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_74">In its political role, however, currency serves as an instrument to advance special interests. Unlike the market function of money, the political function of money is not end-independent, but endspecific. Whether the end consists of implementing full-employment policy or creating revenue, monetary systems that have been set up to permit manipulation of the money stock for the benefit of special rather than general interests tend to systematically destabilize the market. The resulting disturbances are the consequence of the falsification of economic calculations caused by price distortions. The distortions, in turn, result from the unpredictable changes in, and consequent uncertainty about, the structure of relative prices affected by policy decisions.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_75">Several important works by economists and accountants have discussed the negative consequences of monetary expansion undertaken for political ends, as those consequences fall on particular private groups or individuals.&nbsp;Others have considered the burden of such manipulations in terms of their disruption of the overall orderliness of a monetized exchange system.&nbsp;Axel Leijon-hufvud has cogently summarized the way in which inflationary monetary policies interfere with microeconomic coordination:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_76">Transactors will not be able to sort out the relevant “real” price signals from the relative price changes due to … inflationary leads and lags. How could they? Messages of changes in “real scarcities” come in through a cacophony of noises signifying nothing…and “sound” no different. To assume that agents generally possess the independent information required to filter the significant messages from the noise would…amount to assuming knowledge so comprehensive that reliance on market prices for information should have been unnecessary in the first place.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_77">The economics profession generally acknowledges that use of monetary policy for full-employment purposes involves some sacrifice. There is little consensus, however, concerning the nature and significance of this “trade-off.” The properties of the “Phillips curve” —the graphic representation of a supposed trade-off between lower inflation and lower unemployment—have been the subject of extensive theoretical and empirical investigation. Economists of the Austrian School have recently been joined on one issue by those of the Monetarist School, and especially the “Rational Expectations” wing of the latter. Both groups advance the proposition that any increase in output or employment that is induced by monetary expansion must be temporary and self-reversing. Such an increase results only from mistaken actions influenced by the false price signals generated by the monetary expansion. Unexpectedly rapid money growth may bring greater measured output and employment today, but it does not bring greater output or employment tomorrow, and is indeed likely to depress aggregate productivity in the long run due to its structurally disruptive impact.&nbsp;Unquestionably, it brings greater inflation of prices.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_78">The contrary belief that discretionary money and credit management can achieve positive policy outcomes has been associated with Keynesian economic thought. The literature in support of discretionary policy is vast, as is the literature in opposition.&nbsp;The issue is still very much alive in the economic journals.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_79">The questions of the&nbsp;feasibility&nbsp;of generating (short-run) increases in employment and output through monetary expansion, and of the consequences of such a policy for the (long-run) reliability of money and money price signals, are matters for an impartial&nbsp;wertfrei&nbsp;economic science to investigate. However, the question of the relative&nbsp;desirability&nbsp;of such various policy-dependent outcomes, no matter what theoretical and empirical propositions one may accept, calls for a normative, value-oriented appraisal. The non-value-free nature of such an appraisal might have been emphasized by placing between quotation marks the words “problem” and “mismanagement” in the subtitle above.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_80">A preference for long-term stability in the purchasing power of a community&#8217;s monetary unit—as opposed to policy-induced changes of dubious duration in levels of aggregate resource utilization—is a major impetus behind recent arguments for reform of existing monetary arrangements. An even greater impetus to reform is a perception of the injustice inherent in a system that enables those in authority to systematically plunder the real wealth of the citizenry via an “inflation tax” —clearly a most insidious form of “taxation without representation.” Economists in the field of monetary political economy have concluded that an extremely serious problem of design exists in the present organization of the governmentally controlled money supply system. In their view the money-using public&#8217;s demand for long-term monetary stability is not being met. The task remaining for specialists in the field is therefore clear: to discover and develop a more appropriate means for realizing of the goal of monetary stability.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_81">Let us now consider what these writers have proposed.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_012"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_008">III. The Proposed Remedies to Bureacratic Corruption of Token Currency</h2><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_013"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_009">A. Gold: A Note on the “Classical” Solution</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_82">The oldest and certainly most familiar solution to the corrupting effects of state-controlled paper money is a return to a gold standard. To many of us, the idea of reintroducing the use of specie (coined precious metals) and specie-convertible bank liabilities as exchange media is practically synonymous with a return to stable money. The essential virtue of a monetary system based on “hard” currency is perhaps best expressed by one of the leading proponents of the gold standard, Hans F. Sennholz. He writes, in his&nbsp;Inflation or Gold Standard:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_83">It is undoubtedly true that the fiat standard is more workable for economic planners and money managers. But this is the very reason why we prefer the gold standard. Its excellence is its&nbsp;unmanageability&nbsp;by government. And we also deny that the fiat standard, which is characterized by rapid self-destruction and has failed wherever it was tried, compares favorably on purely scientific grounds with the gold standard, which is as old as man&#8217;s civilization. Out of the ashes of fiat money the gold standard always springs anew because it is no technical creation of a few expert advisers, but a social institution that flows from economic freedom and economic law.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_84">As anyone pursuing the question of monetary reform soon discovers, a mountain of literature—both popular and technical —has been published over the years on the nature and benefits of commodity money. Ludwig von Mises, in&nbsp;The Theory of Money and Credit, has deeply explored the distinctions among the three types of money: commodity money, credit money, and fiduciary, fiat, or “token” money. Of late, the leading advocates of the reinstitution of a gold standard have included Murray N. Rothbard, Henry Hazlitt, and Hans F. Sennholz.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_85">Of related interest is the concept of a “commodity reserve” currency convertible not into coin but into a wide “basket” of standardized goods. Unlike a gold coin standard, a commodity reserve system would necessarily have to be the technical creation of a few expert advisers. This proposal has been discussed by Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman among others.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_86">Although much has been written on the pros and cons of a return to gold as the solution to the chaos of politically controlled fiat money, this classic debate will not be considered in further detail here. Instead we turn to reform proposals&nbsp;not&nbsp;based on re-establishment of convertibility for government-issued currencies. In this context, two alternative means of preventing continued government mismanagement of currency production have been suggested: imposing legislated constraints on the behavior of the monetary authority or, more radically, abolishing the government&#8217;s monopoly in currency production. An extremely significant literature has grown up in recent years out of the debate between these two camps concerning the most appropriate structure for a purely token money system. The first group supposes continued government monopolization, while the second argues for a free market in the issue of private currency.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_014"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_010">B. Monetary Rules:</h2><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_015"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_011">The Call for a “Constitutionally Constrained” Government Monopoly</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_87">The by-now-mainstream response among monetary economists to the need for reform of the existing currency arrangements is the proposal that a “monetary constitution” be constructed and imposed upon those authorities who are vested with the responsibility for managing the nation&#8217;s money supply. Such a “constitution” would lay down binding rules defining in detail the money-supply procedure to be followed. Fundamental to this program is a perpetuation of the existing market structure in currency production, namely government-run or nationalized monopoly.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_88">At present, the United States clearly lacks any explicit legal rule restricting the federal government&#8217;s money-creation behavior. Indeed, it lacks even&nbsp;general&nbsp;constitutional limitation upon governmental efforts to “manage” the economic system overall. As Neil H. Jacoby notes, “It is a remarkable fact that the federal Constitution says practically nothing about the role of the President in guiding the national economy. Present institutions of control have evolved outside the Constitution and to a considerable extent outside of federal statutes.” Jacoby conjectures that the Founding Fathers neglected “problems of economic stabilization” due to the fact that [s]uch problems did not exist in the predominantly rural and agricultural society of about four million souls that was the United States in 1789.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_89">Existing statutes concerning the federal government&#8217;s control over the monetary system are so vague that they may be interpreted in almost any fashion. They are therefore of little help in legally constraining the monetary authorities. This ambiguity is apparent in the original Federal Reserve Act of 1913, which broadly directed the monetary authorities to regulate the nation&#8217;s currency so as to “accommodate commerce and business.”&nbsp;The Act was initially designed to guide the authorities within the context of the gold reserve standard that existed at the time. The elimination of the gold standard brought about by World War I, however, rendered the Act inadequate to constrain bureaucratic behavior.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_90">With the end of the gold standard, money-creation authorities in the United States and other nations became free to follow more “activist” macroeconomic policy measures. The Keynesian intellectual underpinnings of such monetary policies as they have evolved in the last half-century have been dissected by “Public Choice” economists James M. Buchanan and Richard E. Wagner, and by Austrian economists F.A. Hayek and Murray N. Rothbard.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_016"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_012">Two Rationales for Rules</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_91">As already suggested, the various programs that monetary constitutionalists have proposed rest on two basic planks. First, they propose to maintain the existing government-run monopoly of the currency industry. Secondly, they advocate that a binding money-creation “rule” be imposed on the monopoly authority. As we shall see below, a number of different rules have found advocates.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_92">Imposing a strictly defined and inflexible rule of monetary discipline, of whatever kind, is taken by monetary constitutionalists to represent “nothing more than the replacement of an undefined and potentially biased system of monetary policy by a defined system.”&nbsp;They share the belief, as expressed by Milton Friedman, that “the monetary structure needs a kind of monetary constitution, which takes the form of rules establishing and limiting the central bank as to the powers that it is given, its reserve requirements, and so on.” By defining the “rules of the game” of currency production, the monetary constitution will supposedly require that the government execute plans affecting the money supply “by law instead of by men.” It will remove the “extraordinary dependence on personalities, which fosters instability arising from accidental shifts in the particular people and the character of people who are in charge.”&nbsp;As a result, such a monetary constitution will greatly diminish the wide fluctuations in economic activity which in the past have allegedly resulted from “the granting of wide and important responsibilities that are neither limited by clearly defined rules for guiding policy nor subjected to test by external criteria of performance.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_93">Before discussing some of the specifics of the various monetary constitutionalists’ programs for institutional reform, it is interesting to note that there appear to exist two very different theoretical rationales behind the advocacy of these reforms.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_94">Many proponents of a binding monetary rule argue for its necessity on the grounds that those in control of the currency production apparatus are faced with insurmountable limitations of knowledge. They argue that the authorities’ inability to forecast precisely the lagged responses of the economic system to their policy actions renders the achievement of monetary stability via discretionary “fine-tuning” technically impossible. Given the present state of knowledge, then, some sort of inflexible and binding managerial “constitution” is perhaps the most reasonable procedure available. Most notable among those advancing this “informational limitations” argument are the Monetarist authors Phillip Cagan, Anna J. Schwartz, and Milton Friedman. Friedman expresses this position in the following way:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_95">[A “simple” monetary rule] is also likely to strike many of you as simpleminded. Surely, you will say, it is easy to do better. Surely, it would be better to “lean against the wind,” in the expressive phrase of a Federal Reserve Chairman, rather than to stand straight upright whichever way the wind is blowing…[T]he matter is not so simple. We seldom in fact know which way the economic wind is blowing until several months after the event, yet to be effective, we need to know which way the wind is going to be blowing when the measures we take now will be effective, itself a variable date that may be a half year or a year or two years from now. Leaning today against next year&#8217;s wind is hardly an easy task in the present state of meteorology.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_96">An alternative framework for analyzing the problematical behavior and consequences of an “unconstrained” government monopoly in currency production, though it leads to the same policy conclusions, has been developed and utilized by James M. Buchanan and other Public Choice theorists.&nbsp;These writers emphasize the monetary authorities’&nbsp;motivational&nbsp;shortcomings, rather than their informational limitations. The authorities, according to this viewpoint, actually lack the properintentions&nbsp;to be allowed to exercise discretionary powers in the day-to-day management of the supply of currency. Buchanan and H. Geoffrey Brennan, for example, base the case for a rule constraining government&#8217;s currency-creating activities on “government behavior in the ‘worst-case’ setting,” a setting in which the “natural proclivities” of politicians and bureaucrats predominate. The “natural proclivities” of political functionaries involve, according to these theorists, the tendency to make decisions and take actions based upon a “narrowly-defined self-interest” which “run[s] counter to the basic desires of the citizenry.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_97">Richard E. Wagner argues in the same vein: “Existing monetary institutions create a link between politics and monetary control. The consequence of monetary monopoly combined with the pursuit of political self-interest can be macroeconomic discoordination.” More specifically, given the government&#8217;s notorious and seemingly irresistible tendency to consistently overspend and contribute annually to an already enormous federal deficit, its monopoly over the production of currency “alters the constraints within which government conducts its activities, and alters them systematically by creating the bias toward monetary expansion.”&nbsp;As Gordon Tullock notes, monetary administrators are</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_98">…people who have no great security of tenure. Under the circumstances, maximizing the present value of income over the next few years, rather than over the entire income stream, is their objective. In general, inflation is a better way of achieving this objective than is an effort to give a good reputation to your currency…</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_99">In short, monetary systems granting monopoly privileges and permitting the wide use of discretion to those in power will most certainly function in a manner which maximizes the prospects for achieving political ends through monetary means. As a result, such systems tend to do “maximum, rather than minimum violence, to the logic of the market economy, sufficing to transform it from a harmonious to a self-destructive system.”&nbsp;As Wagner has emphasized, “it is contrary to reason and to history to expect that a monopoly position will fail to be exploited for the benefit of those in a position to practice such an exploitation.”</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_017"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_013">Suggestions Concerning the Rule&#8217;s Content</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_100">Constitutionally constrained monetary systems are, as John Culbertson defines them, “token money systems with explicitly defined behavioral properties.” Various monetary rules differ according to the particular economic variable whose behavior is singled out for explicit control. There are basically two sorts of rules: (1) those that focus on the behavior of some monetary statistic, such as Milton Friedman&#8217;s well-known proposal for a fixed annual growth rate in some measure of the stock of money; and (2) those that focus on the behavior of some non-monetary statistic, such as proposals for stabilizing the price level or interest rates. In either case, the monetary authority is required to manipulate the monetary variable(s) under its immediate control—for the Federal Reserve System this is the sum of currency plus bank reserves—so as to keep the economic “target” variable on track.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_101">Upon closer examination of proposals involving the first sort of rule, it becomes evident that their long-run aim is usually identical to those rules which directly focus on maintaining a constant consumer price index. Friedman&#8217;s proposal, for example, calls for a three to five percent annual growth rate in a particular measure of the money stock. This growth-rate interval is chosen, he acknowledges, “so that on average it could be expected to correspond with a roughly stable long-run level of final product prices…A rate of 3% to 5% per year might be expected to correspond with [such a] price level.”&nbsp;Elsewhere Friedman argues that the “optimal” growth rate of the quantity of money would be that rate expected to correspond with a&nbsp;falling&nbsp;price level, specifically a price level falling at a percentage rate equal to the real rate of interest.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_102">Friedman and others have extensively discussed the details of possible programs incorporating a constant-money-growth-rate rule.&nbsp;E. S. Shaw has elaborated a version of the program specifying a 4% growth rate.&nbsp;In all cases, inflexibility inherent in such programs has come under criticism. Martin Bronfenbrenner claims greater efficiency on behalf of a “lag” rule, “according to which the growth rate of the money supply is adjusted to prior fluctuations in the growth rates of real national output and the velocity of the circulation of money.” He argues that such a rule “may be worthy of consideration as a compromise between the rigidity of the Friedman-Shaw proposals and complete reliance on that combination of forecasting ability, political pressure, and administrative routine which passes as ‘judgment’ or ‘discretion.’”&nbsp;Other writers suggest that the rule adopted should be a “flexible” one, containing “override provisions” which permit it to be subjected to “frequent review” and “modification…as may be needed for maintenance of stability in the value of money.”&nbsp;Yet inflexibility also has its defenders. They contend that the monetary rule, once put into operation, should function so “mechanically” and serve its purpose so effectively, that “hereafter, we may hold to it unrationally—on faith—as a religion, if you please.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_103">Several authors have proposed and examined rules which constrain the monetary authorities by directing them specifically to maintain a constant price level rather than a constant money growth rate. Foremost among these authors are Jacob Viner, Henry Simons, Clark Warburton, and William H. Hutt.&nbsp;James M. Buchanan&#8217;s prescription for monetary management more broadly emphasizes predictability rather than simple constancy in the level of money prices.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_104">The number of different monetary rules which could be devised is virtually infinite. Those which have been engineered to date suggest just a few of the many possibilities. Yet, despite disagreement among these theorists on the specific content of the constitutional constraint proposed, unanimity reigns concerning the necessity and importance of the constitutional construct itself. All would agree with Milton Friedman where he writes,</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_105">The main point…is not so much…the&nbsp;content&nbsp;of these or alternative rules as to suggest that the&nbsp;device&nbsp;of legislating a rule about the stock of money can effectively achieve what an independent central bank is designed to achieve but cannot. Such a rule seems to me the only feasible device currently available for converting monetary policy into a pillar of a free society rather than a threat to its foundations.</p></blockquote></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_018"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_014">Suggestions Concerning the Money Monopoly&#8217;s Organization</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_106">The passing years have witnessed numerous and detailed suggestions concerning the specific content of a constitution or rule that would define the appropriate procedure for money creation and control. The same cannot be said, however, of recommendations concerning the internal organization of the currency management apparatus. Although monetary constitutionalists concur on the necessity of concentrating the control of the currency industry in the hands of a single producer, there have been few detailed suggestions concerning this monopoly&#8217;s specific setup and day-to-day internal operation. Henry Simons, in his classic article, “Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy,” proposed placing the money-creation power presently “dispersed indefinitely, among governmental agencies and private institutions, not to mention Congress itself,” under the jurisdiction of the Treasury, which might then be “given freedom within wide limits to alter the form of the public debt—to shift from long term to short term borrowing or vice-versa, to issue and retire debt obligations in a legal tender form.”&nbsp;In order to “eliminate…the private creation and destruction of money,” Milton Friedman suggests that the right to produce and control the supply of token units in circulation be granted exclusively to “the Central Bank” or “the Reserve System.”&nbsp;In general, though, the various authors offer no clear prescriptions concerning the possible internal structure or appropriate bureaucratic characteristics of the monopoly agency that they advocate. W. H. Hutt merely refers to “a monetary Authority,”&nbsp;without giving details on the possible nature of this agency, while H. Geoffrey Brennan and James Buchanan speak simply of “government,” in their recent book&nbsp;The Power to Tax. Lack of descriptive precision on this matter is not surprising, however, since the monetary constitutionalists believe that the content of rule constraining the privileged producer, rather than the set-up of the producing agency, is crucial to the success of their proposals.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_019"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_015">The Anticipated Results of a Monetary Constitution</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_107">With constitutionally constrained monetary management, its advocates contend, the currency industry will no longer be a primary source of uncertainty and structural discoordination for the economy. Instead, the management will conduct its activities in such a way that monetary conditions become economically “neutral,” permitting the emergence of what John M. Culbertson refers to as a “zero-feedback” monetary system. Such a system does not add to “the net positive feedback of the economic system” which tends to make it “prone to excessive self-feeding movements” away from equilibrium. It does not create inflations and recessions in the name of stabilization policy. Instead it allows the “financial side of the economy” to operate as the “feedback-control” or coordinating mechanism.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_108">In sum, the legislation and enforcement of a monetary constitution, by appropriately restricting the actions of those with jurisdiction over the money production apparatus, will, it is believed, create a framework wherein the circulating medium behaves in harmony rather than in conflict with the exchange system.</p></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_020"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_016">C. A Free Market Money System:<br />The Competing Currencies Alternative</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_109">For decades, programs for a rule-restrained government monopoly had no serious rivals in the area of proposals for reform of the existing, politically dominated monetary system. In the literature of monetary policy, the constitutionalists’ suggestions were the only seriously proposed alternative to thestatus quo&nbsp;—the gold standard aside—that promised to insure stability in the circulating medium&#8217;s exchange-value. Then, in 1976, F. A. Hayek published a short but professionally shocking book entitledDenationalisation of Money: An Analysis of the Theory and Practice of Concurrent Currencies. Hayek seriously proposed the exciting, challenging possibility of a spontaneous monetary order providing for its own token currency needs, without the involvement of government. The result was a major explosion of research into this new—free market—alternative to the state&#8217;s historically exclusive right to issue currency for the economy.</p><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_021"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_017">From “Bitter Joke” to “Crucial Issue”</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_110">First presented by Hayek “as a sort of bitter joke,”&nbsp;the proposition that the free market might provide the best institutional vehicle for the production of monetary services has emerged as the single most important development in the area of monetary reform in recent years. This free market approach to money is not to be confused with the so-called “Free Money” policies advocated earlier in this century by such inflationists as Silvio Gesell in&nbsp;The Natural Economic Order&nbsp;and Henry Meulen in&nbsp;Free Banking, an Outline of a Policy Individualism&nbsp;(1934). Those policies were designed to permit abundant rather than&nbsp;sound&nbsp;private monies. The program behind the “Free Money Movement” called for by Hayek requires, by contrast, nothing less than a radical switch from the government&#8217;s traditionally closed monopoly in the token currency industry to a regime of free trade in the production and choice of exchange media. Hayek would allow government to continue to produce currency only as one competitor among many: “What is so dangerous and ought to be done away with is not governments’ right to issue money but the&nbsp;exclusive&nbsp;right to do so and their power to force people to use it and accept it at a particular price.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_111">Proponents of free trade in currency predict that a program for monetary reform which placescompetitive&nbsp;rather than “constitutional” constraints on the individual money producer will prove to be far more effective in orienting managerial activities toward satisfying the needs of a currency-consuming public. Given the success of the market system in other realms of production, Hayek argues that the appropriate control of monetary aggregates to meet the demands of transactors “will be done more effectively not if some legal rule forces government, but if it is in the self-interest of the issuer which makes him do it, because he can keep his business only if he gives the people a stable money.” Raising the informational as well as the motivation problems of monetary central planning and nationalization, he adds that “the monopoly of government of issuing money has not only deprived us of good money but has also deprived us of the only process by which we can&nbsp;find out&nbsp;what would be good money.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_112">It would be difficult to overstate the seriousness and urgency with which Hayek advocates the denationalization of money as a means for reforming the existing system. He does not propose the end of the monetary monopoly merely as a temporary expedient, to tide us over until we are able to design a constitutional mechanism that will channel the government monopoly into more commendable modes of behavior; nor as a standby plan in case the present system collapses. His alternative of monetary self-organization requires nothing less than the permanent removal of all barriers to entry and free competition in the currency and banking industries. And what is more, it promises nothing less than an end to the catastrophic effects of central-bank-caused business cycles:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_113">It is very urgent that it become rapidly understood that there is no justification in history for the existing position of a government monopoly of issuing money…(T)his monopoly…is very largely the cause of the great fluctuations in credit, of the great fluctuations in economic activity, and ultimately of the recurring depressions…. (I)f the capitalists had been allowed to provide themselves with the money which they need, the competitive system would have long overcome the major fluctuations in economic activity and the prolonged periods of depression.</p></blockquote></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_022"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_018">Earlier Advocates of Free Trade in Money: From Smith to Spencer</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_114">Earlier discussions of the nature and consequences of a regime of free trade in the money and banking industries may be found in the works of several classical political economists.&nbsp;Adam Smith, for example, in his unsurpassed&nbsp;Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations&nbsp;(1776), expressed support for Scotland&#8217;s policy of laissez faire towards the issue and circulation of private bank notes used in commercial exchange. Smith explained that substantial economies could be gained by employing redeemable paper currencies in place of gold and silver coin, as the displaced coin could then be exported in exchange for productive capital goods. Nevertheless, he was also aware of the potential dangers of such paper monies:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_115">The gold and silver money which circulates in any country, and by means of which, the produce of its land and labour is annually circulated and distributed to the proper consumers, is…all dead stock. It is a very valuable part of the capital of the country, which produces nothing to the country. The judicious operations of banking, by substituting paper in the room of a great part of this gold and silver, enables the country to convert a great part of this dead stock into…stock which produces something to the country…. The commerce and industry of the country, however,…though they may be somewhat augmented, cannot be altogether so secure, when they are thus, as it were, suspended upon the Daedalian wings of paper money, as when they travel about upon the solid ground of gold and silver.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_116">The insecurity for domestic banknote users was, in Smith&#8217;s words, mainly due to “the accidents to which they are exposed from the unskillfulness of the conductors (issuers) of this paper money.” Smith&#8217;s solution, not surprisingly, was free competition:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_117">(The) multiplication of banking companies…, an event by which many people have been much alarmed, instead of diminishing,&nbsp;increases&nbsp;the security of the publick. It obliges all of them to become more circumspect in their conduct, and…to&nbsp;guard&nbsp;themselves against those malicious runs, which the rivalship of so many competitors is always ready to bring upon them…. By dividing the whole circulation into a greater number of parts, the failure of any one company, an accident which, in the course of things, must sometimes happen, becomes of less consequence to the publick. This&nbsp;free competition&nbsp;too obliges all bankers to be more liberal in their dealings with their customers, lest their rivals should carry them away. In general, if&nbsp;any&nbsp;branch of trade, or&nbsp;any&nbsp;division of labour, be advantageous to the publick, the&nbsp;freer and more general the competition, it will always be the more so.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_118">John Stuart Mill, in his&nbsp;Principles of Political Economy&nbsp;(1848), also offered arguments for relying—with some qualifications —upon private sector competition in the production of money and banking services. He noted:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_119">The reason ordinarily alleged in condemnation of the system of plurality of issuers…is that the competition of these different issuers induces them to increase the amount of their notes to an injurious extent…. (But) the extraordinary increase in banking competition occasioned by the establishment of the joint-stock banks, a competition often of the most reckless kind, has proved utterly powerless to enlarge the aggregate mass of the banknote circulation; that aggregate circulation having, on the contrary, actually decreased.&nbsp;In the absence of any special case for an exception to freedom of industry, the general rule ought to prevail.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_120">The irrepressible Herbert Spencer, in&nbsp;Social Statics, also voiced his support for private enterprise in servicing the public&#8217;s credit and currency needs. Spencer wrote:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_121">Thus,&nbsp;self-regulating&nbsp;as is a currency when let alone, laws cannot improve its arrangements, although they may, and continually do,&nbsp;derange&nbsp;them. That the state should compel every one who has given promises to pay, be he merchant, private banker, or shareholder in a joint-stock bank, duly to discharge the responsibilities he has incurred, is very true. To do this, however, is merely to maintain men&#8217;s rights—to administer justice; and therefore comes within the state&#8217;s normal function. But to do&nbsp;more&nbsp;than this—to restrict issues, or forbid notes below a certain denomination, is no less injurious than inequitable…</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_122">When, therefore, we find α&nbsp;priori&nbsp;reason for concluding that in any given community the due balance between paper and coin will be&nbsp;spontaneously maintained—when we also find that three-fourths of our own paper circulation is&nbsp;self-regulated—that the restrictions on the other fourth entail a useless sinking of capital—and further, that facts prove a&nbsp;self-regulated system&nbsp;to be both safer and cheaper, we may fairly say…that legislative interference is…needless.</p></blockquote></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_023"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_019">Recent Discussions of the Competitive Supply of Money</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_123">Scholarly analysis of the properties of a competitive system of privately issued “token” monies—moniesnot&nbsp;redeemable on demand for precious metals—appears to be confined to recent decades. One of the first major theoretical discussions of such a system is William P. Gramm&#8217;s “Laissez-Faire and the Optimum Quantity of Money,” which appeared in 1974.&nbsp;Developing a model of the currency industry characterized by a “perfectly” competitive market structure, Gramm counters the claims made by monetary economists Harry Johnson, Paul Samuelson, as well as Boris Pesek and Thomas Saving. These scholars claim that competition in the production of nominal money balances wastes resources and results in a non-optimal quantity of money, implying, therefore, that the currency industry is subject to “market failure.”&nbsp;In his excellent “Theory of Money and Income Consistent with Orthodox Value Theory,” also appearing in 1974, Earl Thompson also analyzes the efficiency and macroeconomic stability properties of a system in which “competitive money creators” or “bankers” supply the needs of currency-using transactors. Thompson demonstrates the beneficial consequences that follow when we properly apply the standard assumptions of orthodox neoclassical value theory to a perfectly competitive production-and-exchange economy in which the provision of money is also subject to perfect competition. The result is an equilibrium quantity of real money balances which is: (1) determinate; (2) “Pareto optimal” (i.e., all resources go to their highest-valued uses); and (3) consistent with Say&#8217;s Law of Markets (i.e., inconsistent with permanent, aggregate resource unemployment).</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_124">In November of 1974, another major work on the competing currencies question was published in theJournal of Money,&nbsp;Credit, and Banking. In his article “The Competitive Supply of Money,” Benjamin Klein dealt the final blow to those arguments against monetary competition. Klein refutes the criticism that such a system would necessarily generate a hyper-inflation, leading to an infinitely high level of money prices. He demonstrates that we could expect such a result only when the “brand names” or “trademarks” of the various privately issued token monies are not protected from counterfeiting. He provides an excellent discussion of the process by which the competitive system would punish a money-producing firm that attempted to cheat its customers by deceitfully manipulating the supply of its brand of money, and how, correspondingly, it would reward a firm that operated to preserve its customers’ trust. Klein concludes with a short historical discussion and a consideration of the pros and cons of competition, but he comes to no strong conclusions concerning the preferability of a competitive market structure over the existing closed government monopoly.&nbsp;In two later articles, Klein applies his theoretical apparatus to the questions of European monetary unification and the seignorage profits earned by currency issuers.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_125">Shortly after Klein&#8217;s first article, Gordon Tullock&#8217;s “Competing Monies” appeared in the&nbsp;Journal of Money, Banking, and Credit&nbsp;(1975). This fascinating article, after suggesting some possible examples of historical precedents in the use of competing private token issues, offers an important theoretical analysis of the microeconomic process by which a depreciating currency might gradually be given up in favor of another more stable one.&nbsp;Tullock&#8217;s article triggered an interesting exchange between himself and Klein concerning the authenticity and frequency of historical instances of competing private monies.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_024"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_020">Hayek and the Denationalization of Money</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_126">F. A. Hayek&#8217;s 1976 pamphlet,&nbsp;Choice in Currency: A Way to Stop Inflation, represented the beginnings of the first major attempt toinvestigate seriously the&nbsp;practical&nbsp;possibilities of a system of competing paper issues. It was here that Hayek began to address the question, “Why should we not let people choose freely what money they want to use?” —and to answer it: “There is no reason&nbsp;whatever&nbsp;why people should not be free to make contracts, including ordinary purchases and sales, in any kind of money they choose, or why they should be obliged to sell against any particular kind of money.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_127">The program presented in&nbsp;Choice in Currency&nbsp;involves domestic competition among different&nbsp;national government&nbsp;monies, each of whose circulation is presently confined almost exclusively to its country of origin. But over a period of eight months, the program quickly evolved into a full-blown scheme of competing&nbsp;private&nbsp;(as well as governmental) monies. The result of this development was Hayek&#8217;s pathbreaking&nbsp;Denationalisation of Money: An Analysis of the Theory and Practice of Concurrent Currencies. First published in 1976, this work was subsequently revised and extended.&nbsp;It provides the best existing account of, and the best case for, free competition in the production and control of privately issued token monies. Hayek&#8217;s analysis of the hypothetical working of a laissez-faire monetary system may seem deceptively simple, due to its brief treatment of a novel idea. The analysis should be closely read and carefully considered by the interested reader, as it has been misunderstood by more than one writer in the area.&nbsp;The author comes to the firm conclusion that “the past instability of the market economy is the consequence of the exclusion of the most important regulator of the market mechanism, money, from itself being regulated by the market process.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_128">Since Hayek&#8217;s&nbsp;Denationalisation of Money&nbsp;was first published, several other authors have made significant contributions to the small but rapidly growing discipline of currency competition. These include Lance Girton and Don Roper, whose “Substitutable Monies and the Monetary Standard” (1979) gives a clear and concise statement of the “theory of multiple monies” and discusses some of the major issues connected with the choice-in-currencies question.&nbsp;Roland Vaubel&#8217;s “Free Currency Competition” (1977) is an excellent study offering an extremely thorough overview of the subject and its controversies. In addition, it provides some personal predictions concerning what Vaubel believes to be the most likely outcome of a competitively determined currency industry.&nbsp;Vaubel refers to two as-yet-unpublished works, Wolfram Engels’ “Note Issue as a Branch of Banking” and Wolfgang Stutzel&#8217;s “Who Should Issue Money? Private Instead of Public Institutions? Bankers Instead of Politicians!”, that further discuss and argue for a free market in money.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_129">Among lay audiences concern with understanding the existing monetary mess has reached a high level of intensity in recent months. In order to satisfy this popular demand, a number of nontechnical introductory articles on the competing token monies alternative have recently appeared. Among these are pieces by economists Martin Bronfenbrenner, F. A. Hayek, Lawrence H. White, and Peter Lewin.&nbsp;In addition, a number of works have examined historical incidents of privately-issued monies (token, fiduciary, and commodity), complementing research done on the purely theoretical level.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_025"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_021">The Competitive Process of Currency Production</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_130">The hypothetical day-to-day operation of an established competitive token monetary system is in fact no more (or less) mysterious than is the working of the market process in any other production domain. Private issuers would compete in a number of dimensions to meet the community&#8217;s demands for monetary services: purchasing-power behavior over time, convenience of use in exchange, convenience of use in accounting, and so on. Depending upon the preferences of currency consumers, the producer would adjust the existing supply of nominal units of his money so as to provide the appropriate degree of appreciation or constancy in his money&#8217;s value. The purchasing-power control technique (or “rule”) employed in actual practice by any given firm is, under a competitive system, a matter to be determined exclusively by the subjective judgments of the monetary entrepreneur.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_131">Because people&#8217;s exchange needs are different, preferences with respect to changes in the exchange-value of currencies can be expected to vary over the population of money users. This would result in issuer specialization to meet the unique requirements of particular user interests. Similarly, tastes may differ with respect to the index of commodity prices devised to monitor deviations from the desired level or rate of change of the purchasing power of a money. On this point, Hayek explains: “Experience of the response of the public to competing offers would gradually show which combination of commodities constituted the most desired standard at any time and place.”&nbsp;In short, under competitive conditions, the monetary standard, the monetary rule, and the purchasing-power behavior of money are all determined by expressed choice in the marketplace rather than by arbitrary political command.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_132">Over time, those issuers who most effectively satisfy the demand for monetary services would profit and expand their market shares. Others who, for example, increase the value of their currencies when most money-holders prefer stable tokens, or stabilize their monies when most users prefer appreciating tokens, would be driven out of business or be forced to maintain a more modest circulation due to reduced profits. Which sort of monies would actually prove most popular, only the competitive market process can tell. For instance, Roland Vaubel points out, while purchasing-power appreciation tends to enhance a money&#8217;s desirability as an asset (or “store of value”), purchasing-power constancy may enhance its desirability as an accounting device (or “standard of value”).</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_133">The case for competition appears the logically superior one. However, doubts and queries about the operation of the system have nevertheless been expressed. Critics have especially emphasized potential problems concerning the stability and emergence of efficient supplies of currency when competition is allowed to regulate its production.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_026"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_022">Is a Free-Market Monetary System Stable?</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_134">The issue of stability centers on the question of the controlability of a currency&#8217;s value under a “perfectly” competitive scheme. This is sometimes framed, inversely, as the problem of “infinite” levels of money prices presumably resulting from a laissez-faire regime. Boris Pesek, for example, expresses the belief that in the long run a competitive paper currency system would generate a situation in which “money is so ‘abundant’ as to sell for a zero price and be a free good,” producing a “regression into full-time barter since free money is worthless money, incapable of performing its task of facilitating exchange of goods among persons.”&nbsp;Benjamin Klein, as noted earlier, has demonstrated that such a result depends on improperly specified or protected property rights in the currency industry, and would emerge in&nbsp;any&nbsp;market in which brand names could be counterfeited. In such a market, producers and consumers lack a signaling mechanism by which to identify the outputs of different firms in the industry, so that a low-quality product cannot be identified and shunned in advance. Explains Klein:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_135">It is true that if, for example, a new money producer could issue money that was indistinguishable from an established money, competition would lead to an overissue of the particular money and the destruction of its value. The new firm&#8217;s increase in the supply of money would cause prices in terms of that money to rise and, if anticipated, leave real profit derived from the total production of the money unchanged. But there has been a distribution effect—a fall in the established firm&#8217;s real wealth. The larger the new firm&#8217;s money issue the greater its profit; therefore profit maximization implies that the new firm will make unlimited increases in the supply of the money, reducing the established firm&#8217;s profit share close to zero (unless it too expands.)</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_136">If the established firm legally posseses a trademark on its money, this “externality” of the new firm&#8217;s production represents a violation of the established firm&#8217;s property right and is called counterfeiting. Lack of enforcement of an individual&#8217;s firm&#8217;s property right to his particular name will permit unlimited competitive counterfeiting and lead to an infinite price level. This merely points up the difficulties in the usual specification of competitive conditions. If buyers are unable to distinguish between the products of competing firms in an industry, competition will lead each firm to reduce the quality of the product it sells since the costs of such an action will be borne mainly by the other firms in the industry…. [I]ndistinguishability of the output of competing firms will lead to product quality depreciation in any industry.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_137">Thus, in order to solve the paradox of infinite price levels, we need only introduce into a competitive currency model that was designed to prove the instability of free trade in money an assumption implicit in all standard analyses of competitive industry: the premise that products are distinguishable with respect to origin. (This is not inconsistent with another assumption of “perfect competition” models: that products are completely indistinguishable or identical with respect to their flow of services.) On making this assumption the proof is reversed, and we may deduce stability properties typically found in a perfectly competitive world. Criticisms of the stability properties of a free-market monetary system in this case point up a potential problem concerning the appropriate legal structure necessary for a properly functioning competitive system, rather than a problem of the competitive market structureitself, given a well-defined system of property rights.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_027"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_023">Could Private Token Currencies Emerge? Would They?</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_138">The emergence of a competitive token monetary system from the existing domestic government monopoly raises two questions. First, there is the issue of how in theory a system of multiple monies could emerge; and second, there is the question of whether in practice such an evolution should be expected to take place once the requisite property rights structure has been established for the industry.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_139">Posing the first question, Henry Hazlitt asks:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_140">(H)ow does a private issuer establish the value of his money unit in the first place? Why would anybody take it? Who would accept his certificates for their own goods and services? And at what rate? Against what would the private banker issue his money? With what would the would-be user buy it from him? Into what would the issuer keep it constantly convertible? These are essential questions.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_141">Indeed, new currencies would not appear or be accepted overnight. During the gradual process of establishing a private currency, the issued certificates would not immediately be greeted by money-users as currency. At the outset they would be supplied to the public in the form of money&nbsp;substitutes. These money substitutes would be supplied under an explicit contract guaranteeing the bearer some minimum rate of exchange between these certificates and one or more commodities or pre-existing currencies. Currency entrepreneurs would of course decide which commodities or monies to use in this process, and money-users would then choose from among the alternatives offered.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_142">Only later, after the issuing firm had fostered sufficient consumer confidence in its trademarked tokens by making the necessary investments in the firm&#8217;s “brand-name capital,”&nbsp;would the issued notes begin to take on a monetary life of their own. The point marking this transformation is reached when currency-users effectively acknowledge the new currency as “monetized” by no longer routinely demanding that it be converted into another more liquid asset. Instead transactors begin circulating the notes as an independent exchange medium in their daily business.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_143">Empirical doubts about the second question—whether&nbsp;a competitive currency system would in fact spontaneously emerge under the right legal conditions—are almost without exception framed in terms of the economic concept of “transactions costs.” They are presented on the basis of a number of confusions, widespread within the economics profession, concerning the notions of “cost,” “choice,” and “competition.” Such confusions are all too familiar to Austrian economists.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_144">Arguments that deny the likely emergence of concurrent privately issued monies under laissez faire typically run as follows. People employ goods “having currency” for a variety of reasons, the most important among these being the purpose of transacting economic exchanges. In its capacity as a medium of exchange, a monetized commodity, due to its quality of being highly marketable, provides the transactor with a device which allows him to economize on the time and resources required to complete his desired set of exchanges. Thus far the argument is unobjectionable. Confusion enters in the form of a&nbsp;non sequitur&nbsp;when the argument leaps to the conclusion that, to the individual agent, “money is more useful the larger its transactions domain.” On this basis Roland Vaubel argues that</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_145">Since the cost of using money falls as its domain expands, the quality (and, hence, the value) of the product money and, consequently, the marginal value productivity of the factors engaged in its production increase so that the money industry must be viewed as a (permanently) declining-cost industry.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_146">This argument leads Vaubel to conclude: “Ultimately, currency competition destroys itself because the use of money is subject to very sizeable economies of scale. The money-industry must be viewed as a ‘natural monopoly,’ which at some stage must be nationalized.” He adds that since it is “undisputed that lines of production that are subject to permanently declining cost must at some stage be nationalized (or, in an international context, be ‘unified’), the fact that currency competition will lead to currency union must be regarded as desirable.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_147">This argument labors under some rather common misconceptions. First, only individuals transact, and they do so only with one other individual or organization at a time, rather than with the&nbsp;entireeconomic order or “transactions domain.” Further, there are likely to be many sectors of the monetized system with which these actors have little or no interest in dealing. These submarginal transactions areas vary from person to person. It is not at all obvious, then, that a money&nbsp;will&nbsp;be “more useful” to any given agent, the more universal or extensive the domain within which the money (or monies) he uses circulates. Some degree of specialization and heterogeneity in the currency industry&#8217;s supply of services may in fact persist indefinitely because of persistence of differences in the needs and purposes of the various money-using members of a community.&nbsp;In that case, several different issues may circulate side by side, each servicing the individuated demands of a separate subset or “neighborhood” of the “global” transactions domain. And, of course these currency areas may overlap.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_148">The exact configuration of the resulting monetary mosaic is unpredictable under a competitive monetary arrangement since each currency consumer&#8217;s choice from among the array of currencies available to him is made according to purely subjective benefit-cost calculations. Accordingly, the aggregate impact of consumers’ choices in determining a given currency&#8217;s domain will be revealed only after the execution of the particular plans that are based upon these calculations. Since their requirements may, for example, be highly localized geographically, it seems unreasonable to conclude&nbsp;a priori&nbsp;that a system of several concurrently circulating monies is “likely to be purely transitory, and that the only lasting—and again desirable—result will be currency union.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_149">A second problem with the prediction of a “spontaneous monopolization” of the currency industry concerns the misconception of the competitive process that underlies this forecast. Surely, no one can resist reaching the conclusion that “competition destroys itself” in&nbsp;any&nbsp;industry in which marginal costs of production are continuously falling; no one, that is, who has adopted the entrepreneurially&nbsp;staticnotion of “perfect competition” as a benchmark. In that conceptual framework, the criterion of a “competitive” industry refers to a specific&nbsp;magnitude&nbsp;or&nbsp;pattern&nbsp;(“many” firms or price equal to marginal and average costs), rather than to the end-independent (and unceasing)&nbsp;process&nbsp;(rivalrous pursuit of profits) that characterizes the operation of the system. It naturally follows that any industry not obeying the perfectly competitive “pattern” must by definition exhibit “monopolistic tendencies.”</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_150">Once we recognize, however, that real-life competition is a dynamic and unending discovery process, we no longer can meaningfully judge an actual industry&#8217;s competitiveness by comparing it with some final static state of “optimality,” “perfection,” or “equilibrium.” So long as the necessary legal framework is in force, the competitive process&nbsp;is&nbsp;at work whether one firm&nbsp;or&nbsp;many firms persist. In Brian Loasby&#8217;s words: “[T]he critical question is, not what should the pattern of resource allocation&nbsp;look&nbsp;like, but&nbsp;howis it to be achieved; and the perfectly competitive model, which has defined the terms of the argument, provides no recipe for achieving anything. Actual competition is a process, not a state; and perfect competition can exist only as the description of a state.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_151">Vaubel goes on to offer one more criticism of the efficiency of competing currencies. He argues that because “a good like money[’s]…precise purpose is to reduce transaction cost, information cost and risk (as compared with barter), a diverse plethora of private issuers in the industry is likely to be “particularly inconvenient” due to the “diseconomies of small scale.” He further argues that these effects “do not disappear if all banks of issue are led or forced to denominate their monies in the same standard of value.”&nbsp;The issue of whether several concurrently circulating exchange media would present an inconvenience to currency-users depends, again, on the individual users’ subjective evaluations of the benefits and costs involved. The outcome cannot be conclusively determined&nbsp;a prioriby the theorist. What is more, it is of interest to note that economic historian Hugh Rockoff has offered evidence which suggests by analogy that the benefits of a multi-issuer system may in fact&nbsp;outweigh&nbsp;the possible inconvenience in the estimations of consumers:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_152">[I]t seems unlikely that the heterogeneous nature of the currency (of the nineteenth century) was a major brake on economic growth, for in many crucial respects the system was little different from that which prevails today. Locally we use demand deposits. But these are not generally acceptable as a means of payment. Each time we wish to make a purchase by check from a businessman we force him to make some judgement about the quality of the money we are offering. Instead of having to worry about different kinds of bank notes a merchant today must worry about different kinds of deposits which could be as numerous as his customers. Counterfeiting currency is now rare, but forged checks and insufficient balances are a constant irritation. Yet no one today would argue that the heterogeneity of our deposit money is a serious impediment to the growth of national income…[T]he inefficiency of a heterogeneous currency should not be exaggerated.</p></blockquote></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_028"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_024">Skepticism From Gold Standard Advocates</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_153">It should be mentioned that a few advocates of the gold standard have questioned the feasibility of privately circulated issues of explicitly “token” form.&nbsp;Their criticisms are clearly directed not against market-oriented monetary reform&nbsp;per se&nbsp;(as the gold standard they advocate is itself a market-controlled monetary system), but rather against a system of irredeemable and exclusively paper monies. According to these skeptics, the Hayekian paper regime could never exist. A purely fiduciary money is simply not possible in a world of free and rational agents; and it follows, they argue, that a system of competing paper issues is also impossible:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_154">In a truly free society,…Professor Hayek and his bank would be allowed to issue paper certificates. So would we and our neighbors down the street. The real question is: Who would&nbsp;accept&nbsp;such certificates for their goods or services? Remember, they are not legal tender. Their value could not be insured…It is difficult to believe that sophisticated businessmen would long accept such paper certificates when, in a free society, they could ask for and receive gold or certificates redeemable in gold….</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_155">Given the fact that few people now alive have ever known sound money and given the general ignorance of sound monetary theory, it is possible that some established banks might find some who would accept their privately issued paper certificates. But, as Hans Christian Andersen tells the story of the illusion of “The Emperor&#8217;s Clothes,” sooner or later some innocent bystander would point out that such paper certificates are not the most marketable commodity in a free society and hence not “money.”</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_156">It is surprising how many basic confusions concerning the theories of subjective valuation, money, and the spontaneous order have been included in such a short passage. The implication that an established token issue&#8217;s acceptability is necessarily dependent upon its possessing a governmentally sanctioned “legal tender” status (“Remember they are not legal tender”) is false. In contrast to these would-be Misesian writers, Mises himself notes:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_157">The law may declare anything it likes to be a medium of payment…But bestowing the property of legal tender on a thing does not suffice to make it money in the economic sense. Goods can become common media of exhange only through the practice of those who take part in commercial transactions…. Quite possibly, commerce may take into use those things to which the State has ascribed the power of payment; but it need not do so. It may, if it likes, reject them.</p></blockquote></div><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_158">If these writers mean to suggest that token money is exclusively a “creature of the State,” perhaps they should say so directly.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_159">The bald assertion that a newly issued private money&#8217;s value “could not be insured” is also incorrect. More than one author has explained how and why such “value insurance” for new monies might hypothetically be made available to interested-but-wary potential customers.&nbsp;What is worse, the assertion represents a disconcertingly unannounced jump in logic. It leaps from a general and objective analytical discussion of the issues to a highly specific and essentially entrepreneurial judgment concerning the dimensions in which the market for insurance services could or could not operate in the future. An economist oversteps his bounds in going beyond purely scientific explanations of the operations of the competitive process in the currency industry into the realm of concrete predictions concerning the industry&#8217;s future organization (“supply-side”) and qualitative (“demand-side”) features. Such prediction is the concern of entrepreneurs. In these instances, criticism seems to reveal a basic misunderstanding of the literature concerning the Hayekian private paper money system in particular, and of the theory of the spontaneous order as a fluid discovery process in general.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_160">The fact of the matter is that individuals do transact with and are willing to hold merely “token” currencies.&nbsp;Even more generally, we may note that presumably rational, valuing agents, when situated within the context of a social system, continuously engage in various “customary” activities or follow established “norms” or procedures that do not yield obvious and direct benefits to them. These modes of behavior have evolved to facilitate social intercourse, though frequently those practicing them may be incapable of articulating or rationalizing those functions explicitly.&nbsp;The question is, should we deny or ignore the actual existence of certain forms of money or various other “products of human action but not of human design” simply because their acceptability seems “difficult to believe”? Or should we recognize that such structures do indeed exist, although to date their occurrence remains to be satisfactorily explained? To the inquiring mind, the answer seems obvious.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_161">Additional and more practical objections to a system of free-market paper monies have been developed in the literature.&nbsp;A number of these have come (somewhat surprisingly) from the program&#8217;s chief proponent, F.A. Hayek.</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_029"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_025">Rules and Commands: Their Confusion by the Constitutionalists</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_162">Finally, one of the most important arguments against monetary competition is implicit in a leading defense of a constitutionally constrained monopoly. This argument, which has been frequently invoked by monetary constitutionalists of both the Monetarist and Public Choice camps, seems, again, to rest on some rather serious misconceptions: The use of money, it is argued, is directly analogous to the following of legal rules of conduct within a civilization. Further, both the law and money come under the category of highly social “multi-purpose instruments.”&nbsp;Since the extra-market constitutional mechanisms devised in the past appear to facilitate the successful functioning and development of thelegal&nbsp;order, it seems naturally to follow that the creation of such a mechanism for the&nbsp;monetary&nbsp;order would serve to enhance&nbsp;its&nbsp;operation and progress as well. The creators and practitioners of law are continuously guided in their deliberations by a metal-legal framework of general principles that provides a point of reference for “producing” proper legislation. Similarly, might not the creators and practitioners (managers) of the currency system be disciplined in their day-to-day activities by a set of principles? A monetary constitution would thereby insure that the “proper” monetary services would be produced and made available to market participants.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_163">Two rather basic errors mar this argument. The first is that an analogy&nbsp;per se&nbsp;demonstrates nothing. It may indeed be true the use of currency in economic interactions has characteristics similar to those of the adherence to legal rules in social interactions. But it does not follow that it is therefore necessary for efficiency that the production of money be carried out within an institutional framework analogous to that created for the production of laws—a closed, govermentally controlled, jurisdictional monopoly. If this conclusion really were thought to follow, moreover, it would prove too much. That is, it would be unclear why its proponents have not also endorsed the socialization of religion, say, or the development of a constitution mandating and defining an overall set of principles for the production and use of language in society. If the evolution of optimal “supplies” of languages and language areas is allowed to be determined by spontaneous order, why then should not optimal money supplies and currency areas be so determined as well?</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_164">The second and more serious problem with the above argument is that the specific analogy used is flawed. It overlooks a crucial difference between currency and rules: laws (written down explicitly or not) are&nbsp;prerequisites&nbsp;for market activity. Money, while it does facilitate such activity, is not a prerequisite. Money is a&nbsp;good&nbsp;with a distinct demand and supply. Being an economic commodity capable of providing specific services to its users, there is no apparent reason why its production cannot be regulated by the&nbsp;same&nbsp;rules which guide the creation of&nbsp;all&nbsp;goods—the body of laws protecting competitive activity.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_165">When it is claimed that currency production must be supervised by its own “special” legal framework and protected from the competitive process by being manufactured only by government, whereas other goods may be produced competitively under the standard legal framework calling for free and equal exchange, a confusion between the notion of&nbsp;abstract rules&nbsp;and that of particular&nbsp;commands&nbsp;is apparent. Those advocating a monetary constitution propose&nbsp;not&nbsp;an abstract rule for the promotion of the general welfare of those who manage their affairs within the nexus of the monetized exchange system, but what is in essence a monetary&nbsp;command—a command being defined as a rule “for the performance of assigned, specific, tasks” —for centrally planned money production. They, in short, take a “constructivistic” approach to monetary matters.&nbsp;Indeed, money and law are both “multipurpose” tools facilitating social interchange. But whereas laws are procedural dictates, money is an economic good.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_166">As Hayek has pointed out on numerous occasions,&nbsp;what generalized “principles of justice” or “rules of just conduct” are intended to generate is not a command society (which&nbsp;would&nbsp;be the result if these “rules” were defined according to the endspecific criterion implied by the monetary constitutionalists), but rather a competitive society. The proper role of constitutional laws or principles is that of arbitrarily defining the set-up of the apparatus (government) by which the generalized rules of conduct of the liberal social order may be enforced. The French classical liberal Frederic Bastiat put the entire matter succinctly in&nbsp;The Law: “liberty means competition.”&nbsp;And, as Girton and Roper state clearly with respect to the monetary system of an open society in particular: “Competition in money issue&nbsp;providesa rule&nbsp;enforced by the market, and a monetary standard that is attractive compared to current monopoly paper money standards.”</p></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_030"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_026">Monetary Constitutionalists as Entrepreneurs in Scientists’ Clothing</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_167">By denying currency the status of a privately producible “good” capable of being regulated by the pressures of market competition (and instead elevating it to the status of a supramarket social tool which needs by its very nature to be supplied by a non-market governmental agency), the monetary constitutionalists are in fact stepping out of realm of scientific conjecture and into the domain of entrepreneurial conjecture. In the case of each program for a monetary constitution or “rule,” the author has tacitly adopted the approach of the hypothetical currency producer-entrepreneur seeking the best production method. But rather than admit this, and in the process acknowledge that the only objective test of the correctness of such conjectures is the profit-and-loss test of market competition, each author continues to use the rhetoric of scholarship in the development of a “scientific” argument for his own particular “brand” of currency and its production design. What we have here is a case of entrepreneurs in scientists’ clothing.</p></div></div></div><div id="lf0353-19_1982v3_div_031"><h2 id="lf0353-19_1982v3_head_027">IV. Conclusion: Competition as the Proper Response to Ignorance</h2><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_168">Economists have clearly articulated the need for reform of the existing monetary system. The available alternatives for change have in recent years also taken clear and unambiguous shape:&nbsp;either&nbsp;continued yet constrained monopoly&nbsp;or&nbsp;free-market competition in the supply of currency. The case for competition rather than constitutional restriction seems at present to be far stronger. The essence of the argument for free currency competition has perhaps been best expressed by Brian Loasby, who writes:</p><div><blockquote><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_169">The argument for competition rests on the belief that people are likely to be wrong…. In the end, the case against an authoritarian system of resource allocation rests on the same principle as the case against an authoritarian structure in any discipline: part of the case…is that no person or body of persons is fit to be trusted with such power; the (other) part…is that no one person or group of persons can say for sure what new knowledge tomorrow will bring. Competition is a proper response to ignorance.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_170">Comments and suggestions from Gary Anderson, James Buchanan, Robert Tollison, Gordon Tullock and Daniel Orr on earlier drafts of this essay are gratefully acknowledged. Of course they are absolved of responsibility for any errors or omissions that remain. Lawrence H. White contributed extensive editorial services to the final draft.</p></blockquote></div></div>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:42:52 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Pamela J. Brown        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3931</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Editorial: Mises</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/editorial-mises</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <p id="_0353-19_1982v3_44">In Vienna, prior to, during, and just after World War I, Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was attaining his full intellectual maturity. For a liberal like Mises these were truly lamentable years. The years from the early 1890s to 1920 constituted perhaps the most retrogressive watershed in the history of Western civilization. They were the years during which the grand liberal system of the Nineteenth Century was overthrown and transformed into Twentieth-Century statism. Saddened, but undaunted, Mises would spend the rest of his life championing the noble but forsaken cause of liberty and liberalism.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_45">By the last decade of the Nineteenth Century, signals were clear that the beginning of the end of the liberal era was at hand. The liberating forces that had been advancing for more than two centuries were grinding to a halt. The New Imperialism, preparation for militarism, and protectionism were replacing both the principles and reality of international peace and free trade. Neo-mercantilism was being reconstructed around the globe.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_46">The liberals knew that the unprecedented prosperity yielded during the heyday of liberalism depended on implementing the free trade plank of the liberal platform. As Mises never tired of pointing out, necessarily central to the free trade system is a sound monetary mechanism to facilitate the policy of free trade. Free trade, sound money, and prosperity are mutually interdependent parts of a single policy.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_47">To pay for military build-ups and for the burdens of neocolonialization, governments around the world resorted to inflation. Governments and the bankers were once again drawn together into a Neo-Mercantile symbiosis. Inflation, as it always has a way of doing, led to protectionism. Sound money and free trade were left hanging in the balance. The final and decisive blow against the classical liberal order in general and against the international trade and monetary mechanism (the gold standard) in particular was delivered with a vengeance by the Great War.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_48">In the blink of an eye, it was all but gone. The Rights of Man, Peace, Prosperity—all these and the rest of the honored liberal agenda—lay prostrate and smoldering among the ghastly ruins on the battlefields of Europe.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_49">Unfortunately, nearly all of Twentieth-Century history flows directly from this monumental misfortune. The Versailles treaty, the Bolshevik revolution, run-away inflation, the rise of fascism, the Great Depression, exchange controls, autarkic trading blocs, the destruction of international trade and its monetary mechanism (the gold standard), the Second World War, the Cold War—this entire brood of evils emanated from World War I. At every turn, statism; and at every turn Mises was there to debunk and refute each statist measure and more particularily the collectivist philosophy that lay behind the interminable measure-after-measure of statist intervention.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_50">Even before the Great War, Mises had achieved a significant measure of international acclaim with the publication of his&nbsp;Theory of Money and Credit&nbsp;(1912). In it, Mises performed the monumental task of, in effect, completing the subjectivist revolution in economic theory by unifying all economics into a general microeconomic framework. Mises demonstrated that there is no realm of so-called macroeconomics separate from micro theory, one which requires a separate policy. The policy in all areas of economics, as Mises showed, must be&nbsp;laissez faire&nbsp;across the board and with no exceptions. This means a total separation of public finance from the banking industry. It means there must be no central bank to service the desires of the government&#8217;s treasury department. It means a policy of free banking.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_51">Matters of money and monetary theory were to remain of central concern to Mises throughout his long and distinguished career. As an economist, Mises knew that money was the life blood of an advanced, progressive, industrialized economy. Without a sound monetary system, an advanced industrialized economy could not for long function. (On this see Mises’ critique of central economic planning under socialism in his seminal 1920 article “Economic Calculation in the Socialist Commonwealth.”) Furthermore, Mises knew that sound money served as the necessary core of the international division of labor and international trade mechanism. As an economist and historian, Mises realized that the gold standard was not the creature of governments, but rather had developed through centuries of expanding international commerce and trade. The gold standard was the free market&#8217;s spontaneous answer, via commercial and merchant banking practices, to the international market&#8217;s trade needs.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_52">As a liberal, Mises saw the gold standard, along with constitutions and bills of rights, as an integral element in the Classical Liberal political program for protecting the people from the avaricious designs of governments. To a very considerable degree, a hard money policy kept at a minimum the relationships between public finance and national banking systems; it forced the governments of the world to refrain from tampering too terribly much with the people&#8217;s money through inflation. During the height of the gold standard, if governments wanted to gain more control of the people&#8217;s wealth they had to resort to naked taxation for redistribution and not hide behind the monetary veil of inflation. Sound money was every bit as much a protection of civil liberties as was the right of free speech or of assembly. As such, it was an irritating impediment to governments everywhere, and sound money was one of the first building blocks in the liberal edifice to be ruthlessly discarded by all governments during this period.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_53">Mises’ first detailed written reflections as a liberal social and political analyst (as distinct from an economist narrowly defined) were published in 1919 in an extraordinarily prescient and just recently translated work,&nbsp;Nation, State and Economy. According to many, it ranks with J.M. Keynes’&nbsp;The Economic Consequences of the Peace&nbsp;as the most prophetic and sound liberal analysis of the causes and consequences of the war.&nbsp;Nation, State and Economy&nbsp;is replete with social, political, and economic insights, many that would occupy Mises’ attention during the following half century: the causal interrelationships between private property, the division of labor, free trade, and peace; the absurdities and inadequacies of socialism as a mode of social and economic organization; and, most importantly for our purposes, Mises extended his lifelong investigations into the distorting effects that inflation has on the real structure of production. In this work he is particularly interested in exposing the distorting effects of inflationary-financed military expenditures.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_54">From immediately after the World War to the end of his life Mises never stopped calling for monetary reconstruction and reform. In the long run, for Mises, the most deleterious effect of the war was destruction of the international monetary order. Without sound money there could be no serious hope of disciplining governments to keep them within the bounds of their budgets. In short, Mises foresaw that, without sound money, the Twentieth Century would become an Age of Inflation.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_55">Throughout the 1920s Mises, among many other things, continued his investigations into the relationships between changes in the money supply and the capital structure. This work culminated in 1928 with the publication of Mises’ full fledged theory of the Trade Cycle in&nbsp;Monetary Stabilization and Cyclical Policy. His theory was a brilliant combination of his own work in monetary theory with key contributions found in the works of Wicksell and Böhm-Bawerk. This theory was then taken over by Mises’ most famous student, F.A. Hayek, and expanded and developed into what is now known as the Austrian theory of the trade cycle.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_56">With the publication of&nbsp;Nation, State and Economy&nbsp;in 1919,&nbsp;Socialism&nbsp;in 1922,&nbsp;Liberalism&nbsp;in 1927, andCritique of Interventionism&nbsp;in 1929, Mises established himself not only as a great economist but also as a political philosopher and social analyst of the first order. But perhaps more than anything, by the late Twenties Mises was well established as&nbsp;the&nbsp;voice of uncompromising liberalism in Europe.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_57">But, as fate would have it, the Thirties were not good times for liberals or liberalism. The Great Depression served as a magnet to draw statist bromides, policies, and exponents from out of the woodwork. Keynesianism swept the English speaking world just as Fascism swept the Continent. The intransigent and prolific Mises never ceased in his warnings or in championing his liberal cause, but few were willing to listen. By the mid-Thirties, Mises had to flee his beloved Vienna for Geneva, where he set to work on what was to become his major theoretical work in economic science,Nationaloekonomie&nbsp;(1940), later to be reworked into the major English treatise,&nbsp;Human Action&nbsp;(1949). As the second European conflagration began, Mises and his wife Margit left Geneva for America, where they would spend the rest of their lives.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_58">Although Mises’ reputation, along with liberalism in general, waned considerably during the Thirties and Forties, his influence can nevertheless be seen in postwar Europe. Italy&#8217;s most successful President, Luigi Einaudi, was strongly influenced by Mises as were Wilhelm Roepke and Ludwig Erhard (the masterminds behind the economic Miracle in West Germany), and Jacques Rueff, who presided over the 1959 currency reform in France.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_59">It is perhaps true that Mises’ long-run intellectual leverage is greater now than at any time in his own lifetime. Hundreds of young economists and neo-liberals are now hearing about Mises and reading his numerous works. The Mises resurgence is a part of a wider resurgence of interest in both Austrian economics and liberal political economy that began a decade ago and shows no signs of receding.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_60">As has been pointed out in this editorial, central to Mises’ economic and liberal thought was his abiding interest in monetary reform in general and free banking in particular. We are pleased to help facilitate this dialogue by publishing the first of what we hope will be several essays on money and monetary reform.</p><p id="_0353-19_1982v3_61">Finally, in honor of last year&#8217;s Mises centenary, we should like to remind the reader of some of Mises’ most important and lasting contributions to economic science and liberal thought:</p><ul><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_507">(1)&nbsp;On Monetary Theory:&nbsp;The Theory of Money and Credit;&nbsp;On the Manipulation of Money and Credit.</li><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_508">(2)&nbsp;On Liberal Thought:&nbsp;Nation, State and Economy;&nbsp;Liberalism.</li><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_509">(3)&nbsp;On Social Theory:&nbsp;Socialism;&nbsp;Bureaucracy.</li><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_510">(4)&nbsp;On Political Economy:&nbsp;Critique of Interventionism;&nbsp;Planning for Freedom;&nbsp;Omnipotent Government.</li><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_511">(5)&nbsp;On Economic Method:&nbsp;Epistemological Problems of Economics;&nbsp;The Ultimate Foundation of Economic Science;&nbsp;Theory and History.</li><li id="_0353-19_1982v3_512">(6)&nbsp;On General Economic Theory:&nbsp;Human Action.</li></ul>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:26:38 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Leonard P. Liggio        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3929</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>The Levellers &amp; Natural Law</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/levellers-natural-law</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Richard A. Gleissner</div><div><div>George Mason University</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_484">“The Levellers and Natural Law: The Putney Debates of 1647.”&nbsp;The Journal of British Studies&nbsp;20 (Fall 1980): 74–89.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_485">Professor Gleissner analyzes the use of natural law—the idea that man has a determinate nature which he needs to realize by the aid of reason—by the Levellers in the period following Charles I&#8217;s imprisonment during the English Civil War. He seeks to relate the Levellers’ understanding of the natural law concept to the traditional teaching about it. He believes that the Levellers’ radical natural rights philosophy may have arisen from the assumptions about man that have been historically associated with the theory of natural law. The Putney debates reveal that the Levellers’ perception of man and the world derived ultimately from the natural law writings of Plato and Aristotle transmitted to the Levellers from Aquinas and Hooker.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_486">In late October 1647 the Levellers presented to Cromwell at Putney “An Agreement of the People,” a formal set of revolutionary social and political demands which developed out of&nbsp;The Case of the Army. The principal radical spokesmen in the debates were Colonel Thomas Rainborough and John Wildman, both of whom were familiar with the classical theory of natural law and well able to apply it to their situation. Their familiarity with natural law is evidenced from their convictions “(1) that all men share an essential structure that determines certain fundamental human inclinations or tendencies; (2) that the good for all men is the realization or fulfillment of these inclinations; (3) that norms or moral laws are derived from man&#8217;s nature and his efforts to achieve authentic fulfillment. From these premises, they went on to argue for full participation in government of all freemen—even the propertyless—as a matter of justice, whereas Cromwell and Ireton continued to uphold the practical necessity of reserving the exercise of political authority to men of ‘permanent fixed interest’ in the kingdom in order to assure internal stability and peace.” The Levellers thus approached the question of a constitutional settlement as an ethical or moral one, based on the premises of natural law.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_487">Other Levellers, Lilburne and Overton, discerned the radical potential in the natural law theory by invoking self-propriety as the basis of universal rights. Natural law served as a bridge to the utopian traditions of the Renaissance, and such thinkers as Richard Hooker and George Buchanan seem to have contributed to the Levellers’ understanding of the political uses of natural law. Gleissner surveys the parallels between natural law doctrine and Leveller statements on such topics as the origin and dissolution of government, property, right, and freedom. The Levellers transcended Cromwell&#8217;s and Ireton&#8217;s conservative, pragmatic, and&nbsp;ad hoc&nbsp;political thinking by invoking the framework of natural law morality. Any government—not just King Charles’—Wildman held to be unjust if it limited men in their natural law right to pursue their natural end. “Always, however, the Levellers’ purpose was to protect the individual&#8217;s right to live a more fully human existence without hindrance” and thus proposed universal manhood suffrage within this natural rights framework. The Levellers contributed in “formulating that broad libertarian platform of the commonwealthmen so vital to a later generation of Americans.” Natural law vindicated their optimism about the natural desire of men to actualize their potentialities and to become more fully human.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 05:01:32 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3927</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>The Elite&#039;s Reaction against &#039;Enthusiasm&#039;</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/elites-reaction-against-enthusiasm</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Michael Heyd</div><div><div>Hebrew University</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_477">“The Reaction to Enthusiasm in the Seventeenth Century: Towards an Integrative Approach.”&nbsp;The Journal of Modern History&nbsp;53 (June 1981): 258–280.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_478">Historians have devoted increasing attention to the “secularization” or “disenchantment” in religious attitudes occurring in European society during the second half of the 17th and the early 18th centuries. The reaction against religious “enthusiasm” in this period should be seen as an integral part of this broader cultural shift among the elites of Europe. “Enthusiasm” was used as a derogatory term by social, cultural, and political elites to attack individuals or groups who claimed to have direct divine inspiration, whether European millenarists, the radical sects and early Quakers in England in the Interregnum period, or the French Cévennes Prophets who came to England after the Revocation. This reaction against enthusiasm was multifaceted, affecting writing style, views on medicine, madness and melancholy, scientific paradigms, and religious attitudes, and casts light on the social and political motives behind the European elite&#8217;s increasing reluctance to resort to supernatural explanations of events. The hostile reaction of the political, intellectual, scientific, and ecclesiastical establishment to the “enthusiasts” helped to shift the ideological foundations of 17th-century socio-cultural order.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_479">Church historians, such as Ronald Knox in&nbsp;Enthusiasm, stress how the very nature of enthusiasm with its individualistic claims to private judgment questioned authority and hierarchical institutions. The “heretical Marxist” Leszek Kolakowski in&nbsp;Chrétiens sans église&nbsp;emphasizes the existentialist-individualist theme of a dialectical relationship between the enthusiasts (representing the party of Grace and Individual Faith) and the orthodox reaction (representing the party of Law and Organization). Enthusiasm is part of a continuing conflict between an establishment and its more individualistic non-conformist opponents.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_480">Enthusiasm transcends religious or theological questions and involves other issues—social, political, and cultural—peculiar to the period. For example the anti-enthusiastic reaction cultivated a “sober,” rationalistic literary style and discredited appeals to the imagination, passions, and high-flown rhetoric. Heyd traces the medical, literary, theological, cultural, scientific, and political filiations of the debate over enthusiasm back to Plato and Aristotle, through the Middle Ages and Renaissance, until the cultural polemics of the early modern period.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_481">Of particular importance is the social and cultural debate over enthusiasm within the ideological context of the English Revolution. J.R. Jacob has shown, in&nbsp;Robert Boyle and the English Revolution, how Boyle “was on the one hand attracted to, and influenced by the piety and millenarian vision of the hermetic tradition, but on the other opposed to the interpretation that the radical sects had given to it. Boyle stressed patient work, reason, and experimental philosophy as antidotes to the sectarian claims for direct inspiration, claims which he regarded as subverting the social and moral order. He similarly presented his corpuscular philosophy as an alternative to the Aristotelian and Platonic conception of autonomous and vitalist natural forces, conceptions which were used by mortalists and pantheists like Overton and Winstanley in the 1640s and 1650s, and by the Rosicrucian enthusiasts&#8230; in the 1660s.”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_482">Likewise, Margaret C. Jacob, in&nbsp;The Newtonians and the English Revolution&nbsp;shows how the Newtonian ideology was influenced by a dialectical confrontation with and reaction against the enthusiasts. A generation earlier we see the ties between the Latitudinarian revolt against enthusiasm in the 1650s and the emergence of the new scientific ideology of the Royal Society in the 1660s.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_483">In sum, a systematic and interdisciplinary study of the social carriers of the smear term “enthusiasm” and its variegated connotations and denotations reveals much about the social history of the reaction to enthusiasm. The elites feared enthusiasm as a challenge to their social and cultural status. These elites wished to promote the norm of the “sober, reasonable, and self-controlled person” as a way to maintain the social order and their authority. The enthusiasts, as radical and inspired critics of the existing social and intellectual order, were representatives of “anti-structure.”</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:58:42 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3926</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Religious, Social, and Political Democracy</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/religious-social-political-democracy</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Christopher Hill</div><div><div>Oxford University</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_472">“Religion and Democracy in the Puritan Revolution.”&nbsp;Democracy&nbsp;2 (April 1982): 39–45.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_473">The author, an expert on the seventeenth-century English Revolution, whose works include&nbsp;Milton and the English Revolution&nbsp;and&nbsp;Century of Revolution, distills his researches to summarize the interconnections of religion and social-political beliefs during the “Puritan Revolution” of 1640–1660. The political implication of much of religious dissent of the common people during the Revolution was radical egalitarian democracy.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_474">During the English Revolution, for the first time in history, an organized political party—the Levellers—put forward fully articulated theories of political democracy. It is crucially important to understand that this period expressed all politics in religious terms whether in support or attack of the constituted political authority. The seventeenth-century Church of England was the chief prop of the social and political hierarchy. Through it, political socialization and obedience was inculcated. Before 1640, James I well formulated the nexus binding together religion and social order: “No bishop, no King, no nobility.”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_475">By challenging the status of bishops, the Puritans unwittingly but logically endorsed not only religious equality but also political equality. “Puritanism then was mainly a political movement with a revolutionary ideology, though its ideas were expressed in religious idiom.” For at least two and a half centuries before the Revolution of 1640, underground heretical movements had preached that God could speak democratically to the lower classes as well as to the privileged classes. 1640 eliminated censorship and gave voice to the pent-up insubordinate and democratic feelings of the common people. Among those dissenters, the Levellers between 1645–1647 drew the democratic and secular conclusion from this religious-political popular ferment. Gerard Winstanley, leader of the smaller group of “Diggers” or “True Levellers” likewise secularized religious liberty and equality to take on the form of proto-communism.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_476">The 1640s free religious discussion, thus, led to a social, political democratic revolution. Rejecting the elitist anti-democratic notion of man&#8217;s depravity and predestination Winstanley asserted that all men would be saved. “The possibility of a sinless society had been the dream of the heady 1640s, but the Quakers survived to bear witness to the divine spark in all men and women” after the Restoration of 1660 attempted to abolish such dangerous democratic tendencies as the denial of King, bishops, and sin.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:56:28 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3925</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Existentialism: Nature &amp; Freedom</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/existentialism-nature-freedom</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Jacob Needleman</div><div><div>Department of Philosophy, San Francisco State University; Director of the Center for the Study of New Religious Movements in America</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_454">“Man&#8217;s Nature and Natural Man.” In&nbsp;Consciousness and Tradition. New York: The Crossroad Publishing Co., 1982, pp. 12–22.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_455">Existentialists claim that man&#8217;s freedom consists in the fact that man has no nature: “man&#8217;s essence is to determine his essence, man&#8217;s nature is to choose his nature, man is condemned to absolute freedom.” This stance is opposed to those philosophic and religious thinkers who believe that man has a determinate essence to which he must conform his will and understanding if he is not to go against the grain of his purpose in the universe. But “if man has no nature, what can he hope for?”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_456">The existentialists are correct in their critique of the modern materialist world view of natural science, which arose with the mind-body split of Descartes and the “pure corporeality” of Galileo. Methodologically, the modern scientific world view sought to banish the self out of the world in order to investigate the world. It equated the real with what is knowable. “And since our ideal of knowledge came to be mathematics, it was not too long before we began to suspect that this self, or subject, since it was not mathematically knowable in any full sense, was not entirely real. At most, it was merely the pale knowing subject, very much a ghost in a universe of blind, purposeless, homogeneous corporeality.” The existentialists are right in their revolt which asserts against scientific materialism the full reality “of the free, conscious, vital, purposing self.”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_457">The existentialists, however, attack Descartes while remaining strictly within his fold. Epistemologically, they are “nothing less than Cartesian anti-Cartesians.” For existentialists, consciousness, mind, “is not viewed as something which intends an object; consciousness&nbsp;is&nbsp;this intention.” They, in effect, agree with the subject-object split of the Cartesians, merely stressing more the claims of the creativity and constituting nature of consciousness over the inert passivity of objects. In the existentialist perspective, “A man&#8217;s life is like a ship that can and does constantly change not only its destination, but its flag, its crew, its captain, its origin, and its cargo as it sails through the mathematically structured blind sea of the Cartesian&nbsp;res extensa.” Man&#8217;s consciousness, or his intentionality creatively fashions, with complete freedom, whatever reality he chooses. Whereas the Cartesian scientist denies the reality of the passenger (consciousness), the existentialist denies the reality of the surrounding ocean (objects). “Man is a purposing being in a purposeless universe&#8230; .” His imagination may creatively picture life in the ocean, but he is crossing a “truly dead sea.”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_458">But in admitting the shortcomings of the existentialist, we need not return to “some shopworn, naive idea of natural man, bestial, evil, ontologically fixed. Nor need we revive a view of human nature “that either fails to see man&#8217;s animality or else buries him in it to such a degree that his consciousness and reason are at best only minor epiphenomena.” Needleman&#8217;s thesis holds that from the point of view of mature religion, the existentialist is right in holding that “natural man has no nature,” but this “natural man is not free. On the contrary, he is a slave.” If we replace the existentialist&#8217;s world view (in which consciousness exists wholly outside the pale of the rest of reality) with a more coherent world view that sets the processes of thought, desire, and sensation within a vast, ordered, and organic whole, then we see that “freedom would presumably manifest itself not by change, but by permanence” in the sense of a determinate structure of self and universe organically interrelated.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:53:56 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3924</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Mentalities as Cultural History</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/mentalities-cultural-history</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Patrick H. Hutton</div><div><div>University of Vermont</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_440">“The History of Mentalities: The New Map of Cultural History.”&nbsp;History and Theory&nbsp;20, no. 3 (1981): 237–259.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_441">The “history of mentalities,” a field of intellectual history, considers the attitudes of ordinary people towards everyday life, including ideas concerning childhood, sexuality, family, time, and death. This approach is closely identified with the French&nbsp;Annales&nbsp;school. But whereas the&nbsp;Annales&nbsp;historians concentrate on the material factors conditioning man (economic, social, and environmental influences), the historians who investigate mentalities examine the psychological realities underpinning human conceptions of intimate relationships and basic habits of mind.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_442">The history of mentalities has parallels with the history of ideas and culture. Idealist cultural historians, such as Burckhardt and Huizinga, saw problems of culture as problems of world-views and their interpretation within the social and political contexts. This idealist approach to cultural history lost its appeal since its methodology arbitrarily limited it to studying high culture, and tended to view the common man as a passive recipient of ideals forged elsewhere. By contrast, the history of mentalities went beyond the idealist historians to consider the culture of the common man. This newer approach shifted the focus from world-views to the “structures” through which such conceptions are conveyed (such forms that regularize mental activities: customs, rituals, linguistic codes, aesthetic images). Describing these structures of ideas helps to map the mental universe which characterizes a particular culture. This new focus is on the history of mind rather than the history of ideas.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_443">Historians who first developed guidelines for the history of mentalities were Lucien Febre and Marc Bloch (founders of the&nbsp;Annales&nbsp;School in the 1920s) who were concerned with collective systems of belief. Later, Philippe Ariès and Norbert Elias identified and developed theories on early childhood. Finally, Michel Foucault, who was most thoroughgoing in applying structuralist methods, considered the psychology of social deviants and nonconformists.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_444">This mode of interpretation provides a way of examining those aspects of life and cultural history which the linear approach cannot address, such as the pressure of conformity, the sense of accelerating time, and the preoccupation with self. It provides a perspective on the civilizing process. What is called progress might, from the mentalities perspective, be easily labeled control. Thus political liberty was won at the price of a pronounced psycho-social discipline. Paradoxically, man as creator creates structures which limit his capacity for free expression.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:49:23 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3923</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Historicism &amp; the History of Ideas</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/historicism-history-ideas</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Joseph V. Femia</div><div><div>University of Liverpool</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_435">“An Historicist Critique of ‘Revisionist’ Methods for Studying the History of Ideas.”&nbsp;History and Theory&nbsp;20, no. 2 (1981): 113–134.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_436">What are the correct procedures to adopt to arrive at an understanding of a past work of philosophy or political thought? During the past decade, a “revisionist school” within the field of intellectual history—whose nucleus includes Quentin Skinner, J.G.A. Pocock, and John Dunn—have attacked traditional approaches to the history of ideas, decrying a “lack of historicity in the treatment of linguistic artifacts” (writings) from the past. In particular, this revisionist school excoriates the prevalent notion that “the whole point of studying ‘great’ works of philosophy is to extract the ‘timeless elements’ or ‘dateless ideas’ with universal (and therefore contemporary) application.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_437">The revisionists argue that in order to understand a historical text, we must recover the historical context and particularity of the author&#8217;s intended meaning. They claim that in the sphere of political-social reality, thought has (1) no universal truth, (2) no independence of its cultural-linguistic context, (3) no significance for the present, (4) and no meaning beyond its author&#8217;s intentions. Although this ‘intentional’ approach is a variant of classic historicism, it goes far beyond this type of historicism. A study of Antonio Gramsci&#8217;s historicism shows that only the first claim is entailed by historicism or justifiable in its own terms. The revisionists’ program would prevent us from understanding our own political ideas as they are founded upon our philosophical traditions.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_438">Professor Femia challenges the revisionists’ critique and methodology from Gramsci&#8217;s “absolute historicism” perspective. Concentrating on an analysis of Skinner&#8217;s famous article, “Meaning and Understanding in the History of Ideas” (History and Theory&nbsp;8 (1969): 3–53), Femia dissects the fallacies which he discerns in the revisionist approach to the history of ideas. Following Gramsci, he argues that: (1) ideas may enshrine much that is of permanent value, even though they are themselves untrue or obsolete; (2) thinkers do indeed work within intellectual traditions, which,&nbsp;to some extent, transcend particular historical-linguistic contexts; (3) all history is “contemporary history,” dictated by the interests of the historian; study of the past is valuable only insofar as it casts light on present problems and needs; and (4) it is neither necessary nor desirable, from historicist perspective, to understand a body of thought purely or even primarily in terms of the author&#8217;s conscious designs.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_439">The author presents an analysis of historicism from Vico through Dilthey and the nineteenth century to Gramsci and contemporary writers, and places Skinner in an “extreme variant” of this tradition, since Skinner sees all statements as inescapably bound up in their unique historical-linguist context which they cannot transcend without anachronism. Past ideas cannot, in effect, transcend translation into the language of disparate cultures. But if history is a series of disconnected events, what is history? The revisionists’ error derives from a positivist theory of knowledge which rests on a complete disjunction of subject and knowledge, as if facts impinge upon passive consciousness which has no activity of its own.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:46:36 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3922</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Proudhon: History as Conspiracy</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/proudhon-history-conspiracy</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Paul B. Crapo</div><div><div>The University of Michigan—Dearborn</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_409">“Proudhon&#8217;s Conspiratorial View of Society.”&nbsp;Journal of European Studies&nbsp;11 (September 1981): 184–193.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_410">Although a self-styled positivist who prided himself in his scientific method applied to political, social and economic theory, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon&#8217;s (1809–1865) conspiratorial view of society transcended empirical evidence and links him, in its imaginative mythic force, with the romantic literary figures of the nineteenth century, such as Balzac. The author believes that Proudhon&#8217;s belief in a “vaste conjuration” of government officials, capitalist bankers, and priests united to suppress the lower classes shows signs of paranoia.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_411">Proudhon&#8217;s assessments of contemporary society were stamped with an emotional, personal mythology of conspiratorial plottings of “l&#8217;autel, le trône et le coffre-fort.” “Starting from certain demonstrable observations (the retrograde ideology shared by the clergy, the bourgeoisie, the Orleanist/Bonapartist regime in nineteenth-century France; the coalition European monarchs formed in Vienna to contain revolutionary ferment), Proudhon was quick to posit an intricate alliance of Church, capitalists, and governments by magnifying these observations far beyond the actual facts.” This private conspiratorial mythology became a conceptual framework to organize his world-view as a political analyst. Proudhon&#8217;s conspiratorial views on attempts to unify Italy and Poland (rather than allowing them to be federated groupings of autonomous units) are cited as proof that he was held in the grip of an emotional ideology resembling the romantics’ reshaping of history to fit their vision.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:42:01 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3921</guid>
</item>
 <item> <title>Liberalism vs. Politics</title>
 <link>https://www.libertarianism.org/publications/essays/liberalism-vs-politics</link>
 <description><![CDATA[ 

<div class="field-name-body">
  
  
                <div><div>Norman P. Barry</div><div><div>University College, Buckingham</div></div></div><div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_394">“A Defence of Liberalism Against Politics.”&nbsp;Indian Journal of Political Science&nbsp;41 (June 1980): 171–197.</p></div><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_395">Professor Barry critiques the view, exemplified by Prof. Bernard Crick, that (1) identifies the activity of politics (reconciling conflicting interests and pressure groups) with freedom or (2) judges that such political activity is superior to the moral theory of traditional liberalism.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_396">Barry understands liberalism as it was understood in late 18th- and early 19th-century British political and economic thought as both a normative and scientific doctrine. Normatively, liberalism maintained that there “ought to be strict limits between the private and public spheres of action, which meant that the state ought to be limited either by formal, written constitutions, or unwritten, but equally binding customary rules of behaviour; that individual actions were more important, morally and politically, than collective actions; that laws ought to be general and non-discriminatory; and that a natural economic order would emerge if individuals were left to pursue their private purposes within the framework of these general rules. The scientific side of this liberalism consisted of the basic theorems of market economics, for example, the idea that the market mechanism would allocate resources more efficiently than state intervention. A crucial element in this was the belief in methodological individualism, that is the doctrine that social processes can only be understood in terms of individual action and not in terms of metaphysical entities such as ‘classes’, ‘states’ or societies’.” This version of liberalism rejects the classical utilitarian notion that there are any social ends or purposes beyond the maintenance of the system of rules within which individual transactions take place.</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_397">The writings of Professor Crick are taken by Barry as the example of the ‘political’ school, and it is argued that the liberal ideal of constitutionalism provides a better protection of individual rights than does the political process of majority voting and pressure or interest group struggles. The belief in the importance of group interests distorts the meaning of the public interest and sanctions policies that, in fact, harm that interest. Prof. Barry maintains that the identification of politics with freedom is not only logically mistaken but also conceals the fact of coercion that is a consequence of all political activity: the outcomes of political processes “must inevitably involve decisions which are uniform and coercive.”</p><p id="_0353-18_1982v2_398">Professor Barry&#8217;s far-ranging contrast of politics and liberalism deals with the nature of politics; politics, constitutions, and law; and politics, freedom, and liberalism. The symbiotic relationship of the free market, liberty, and liberalism is stressed throughout. Barry also underlines the normative vacuum of political formalism or rules without moral content.</p>        </div>
]]></description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:36:31 -0400</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>


  
  
                Literature of Liberty Reviewer        
</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">libertarianism.org:3920</guid>
</item>
  </channel>
</rss>
